ĺ

Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS Rights as property

Art 414 All things which are or may be the object of appropriation are  “property” is sometimes used to denote the thing with respect to which
considered either: legal relations between persons exist – the res over which rights
1. Immovable or real property; or (particularly ownership) may be exercised – and sometimes to the rights
2. Movable or personal property. with respect to the thing
 either real or property
What’s a thing?
 any object that exists and is capable of satisfying some human needs What is a real right?
 includes both objects that are already possessed or owned and those  Right or interest belong to a person over a specific thing
that are susceptible of appropriation  Without a definite passive subject against whom such right may be
 more comprehensive term (than property), as there are things which are personally enforced
not susceptible of appropriation and they are not included in the concept  Jus in re
of property  The res of a real right may be
o Personal property (as in pledge and chattel mortgage)
What’s property? o Real property (easement, real mortgage)
 refers to any thing which is already the object of appropriation or found o Either personal or real (as in ownership, possession, usufruct)
in the possession of man  If the res of a real right is real property, the right itself is real property;
otherwise it is personal property
Requisites of property
1. Utility Classification of real rights based upon dominion
 Capacity to satisfy some human wants 1. Domino pleno – powers to enjoy and to dispose are united
2. Substantivity a. Dominion, civil possession, hereditary right
 Quality of having existence apart from any other thing 2. Domino menos pleno – powers to enjoy and dispose are separated
3. Appropriability a. Surface right, usufruct
 Susceptibility of being possessed by man 3. Domino limitado – powers to enjoy and to dispose, though united, are
 Res communes or common things are not capable of appropriation in limited
their entirety, although they may be appropriated under certain a. By a guaranty (mortgage, pledge)
conditions in a limited way, and thereby become property in law b. By a charge (easement)
o Electricity, oxygen, etc c. By a privilege (pre-emption, redemption)
 Res nullius or a thing may have no owner because it has not yet been
appropriated, or because it has been lost or abandoned by the owner. it What is a personal right?
constitutes property as long as it is susceptible of being possessed for  Right or power of a person
the use of man  To demand from another as a definite subject
o Wild animals, hidden treasure  The fulfillment of the latter’s obligation.
 Things cannot be considered as property when they are not susceptible  Jus in personam or jus ad rem
of appropriation because of  Personal right, or right of obligation, has the following elements:
o legal impossibility (you can’t sell your body while you’re alive, 1. Active subject (person in whom the right resides)
at least not legally) or 2. Passive subject (person against whom the right is available)
o physical impossibility (you can’t own the moon, at least not yet) 3. Object or prestation or the conduct (to give, to do, or not to do)
4. Juridical or legal tie which binds the parties to the obligation

1
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Real Right Personal Right  Transactions involving real property must be recorded in the Registry of
 Definite active subject  Definite active subject and a property to affect 3rd parties. Not required with personal property, except
who has a right against all definite passive subject for chattel mortgage cases.
persons generally as an Art 415 The following are immovable property:
indefinite passive subject 1. Land, buildings, roads, and constructions of all kinds adhered to
 Object is generally a  Object always an incorporeal the soil;
corporeal thing thing 2. Trees, plants, and growing fruits, while they are attached to the
 Created by ‘mode’ and  Created by ‘title’ land or form an integral part of an immovable;
‘title’ 3. Everything attached to an immovable in a fixed manner, in such a
 Extinguished by the loss  Personal right survives the way that it cannot be separated therefrom without breaking the
or destruction of the thing subject matter material or deterioration of the object;
which it is exercised 4. Statues, reliefs, paintings or other objects for use or
 Directed against the  Directed against a particular ornamentation, placed in buildings or on lands by the owner of the
whole world (actio in rem person (actio in personam) immovable in such a manner that it reveals the intention to attach
against 3rd persons) them permanently to the tenements;
5. Machinery, receptacles, instruments or implements intended by
What’s the importance of the classification into movables or immovables? the owner of the tenement for an industry or works which may be
 In private international law, general rule is that immovables are carried on ina building or on a piece of land, and which tend
governed by the law of the country in which they are located, whereas directly to meet the needs of said industry or works;
movables are governed by the personal law of the owner which in cases 6. Animal houses, pigeon-houses, beehives, fish ponds or breeding
is the law of his nationality or his domicile places of similar nature, in cases their owner has placed htem or
preserves them with the intention to have them permanently
 In criminal law, usurpation of property can take place only with real
attached to the land, and forming a permanent part of it; the
property. On the other hand, robbery and theft can be committed only
animals in these places are included;
against personal property
7. Fertilizer actually used on a piece of land;
 In procedural law, actions concerning real property are brought in the
8. Mines, quarries, and slag dumps, while the matter thereof forms
RTC where the property is located, whereas actions involving personal
part of the bed, and waters either running or stagnant;
property are brought in the court where either the defendant or plaintiff
9. Docks and structures which, though floating, are intended by their
resides.
nature and object to remain at a fixed place on a river, lake, or
o Forcible entry and unlawful detainer for REAL property
coast;
o Replevin or manual delivery for PERSONAL
10. Contracts for public works, and servitudes and other real rights
 In contracts, only real property can be the subject matter of real over immovable property.
mortgage and antichresis, while only personal property can be the
subject matter of mutuum, voluntary deposit, pledge Classes of immovable or real property (NIDA)
 In order that the donation of an immovable may be valid, it must be 1. By nature (cannot be carried from place to place)
made in a public instrument. For movables, may be oral or in writing (if 2. By incorporation (attached to an immovable in a fixed manner to be an
more than P5000, need only to be in a private instrument) integral part thereof)
 For prescription (4 and 8 years for movables; 10 and 30 years for 3. By destination (placed in an immovable for the utility it gives)
immovables) 4. By analogy (by express provision of law because it is regarded as
united to the immovable property)

2
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Lands, buildings, roads and constructions of all kinds
 Must adhere to the soil
 Buildings must be more or less of a permanent structure independent of
and regardless of the ownership of the land on which it is erected since
the law makes no distinction (so possible to mortgage building even if in
the land of another, since it’s separate from the land
 Roads, whether public or private, are immovable
 Real property treated by the parties as personal property
o A building is by itself an immovable property irrespective of
whether or not said structure and the land on which it is adhere to
belong to the same owner
o A valid real estate mortgate can be constituted only on the
building erected on the land belonging to another
o The parties to a contract of chattel mortgage may, by agreement,
treat as personal property that which by nature would be real
property (estopped! So they can be subject to a writ of replevin
between parties)
 However, the chattel mortgage is not binding on third
persons.
Trees, plants and growing fruits
 Immovable while they are:
o Attached to the land, or
o Form an integral part of an immovable
 Once cut or uprooted, they become movable
 Growing crops or fruits, or ungathered products or fruits, may be treated
as personal property for the purposes of attachment, execution and the
chattel mortgage law (Sibal v Valdez)
 When growing crops are sold and before they are even harvested, the
transaction is considered as sale of movables because it is a given that
they are to be gathered or harvested for delivery
Everything attached to an immovable in a fixed manner
 Attachment must be such that
o It cannot be separated from the immovable
o Without breaking the material, or
o Deterioration of the object
 If temporarily separated, will still be regarded as immovable if there is
an intent to put them back (but there are different opinions to this)
 Intent to attach permanently is essential – objects placed by humans
with intention to permanent annexation lose their identity as movables
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Statues, reliefs, paintings, or other objects for use or ornamentation
 Immovable when:
o Placed on the immovable by the owner of the latter, and
o In such a manner that it reveals the intention to attach them
permanently to the tenements
 Not necessarily by him personally, can be by his agent
 If placed by a person not the owner like a lessee, the object will not
attain the character of immovable unless such person acts as an agent
of the owner
Machinery, receptacles, instruments, or implements for an industry or works
 Immovable only when:
o Placed by the owner of the tenement or his agent
o Industry or works must be carried on in a building or on a piece
of land
o Machinery, etc must tend directly to meet the needs of the said
industry or works
 Machinery which is movable in its nature only becomes immobilized
when placed in plant by the owner of the property or plant, but not when
so placed by a tenant, a usufructuary, or any person having only a
temporary right (Davao Saw Mill v Castillo)
o Exception (becomes immovable):
1. Such person acted as the agent of the owner, or
2. Lease agreement states that the machines will pass over to
the lessor after the expiration of the lease agreement (US
Valdez case)
 Must be essential and be principal elements of an industry or works to
the business, not merely incidental to business (Mindanao Bus
Company v City Assessor)
o Cash registers, typewriters for hotels, restaurants, theaters are
merely incidental, these businesses can continue on without
them
o Machineries of breweries used in the manufacture of liquor,
though movable by nature, are immobilized because they are
essential to said industries
 For purposes of taxation, it doesn’t matter who placed the machines –
the owner or mere lessee, as long as it is essential and principal
elements of an industry. The term ‘real property’ may include things
which should generally as personal property. It is a familiar
phenomenon to see things classified as real property for purposes of
3
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

taxation which on general principle might be considered personal
property. (Meralco v Central Board of Assessment Appeals – in this
case, the storage tanks were placed by Meralco, who wasn’t the owner
of the land, but it was still considered immovable)
 Attachment or incorporation to immovable not essential, since they
become immovable because of destination, what is essential is their
utility
Animal houses, pigeon houses, beehives, fish ponds or breeding places of
similar nature
 Considered immovable:
o In case their owner has placed them or preserves them
o With the intention to have them permanently attached to the
land
o And forming a permanent part of it.
o The animals in these places are included.
 Must permanently form part of the land and so intended by the owner
Fertilizers actually used on a piece of land
 Immovable when
o Actually used on a piece of land
 Fertilizers kept in a barn are not immovable
Mines, quarries and slag dumps
 Immovable when
o While the matter thereof forms part of the bed
o Meaning, the matter thereof remains unsevered from the soil
 Waters, either running or stagnant, are classified as immovables
Docks and structures, though floating
 Immovable if
o Intended by their nature and object
o To remain at a fixed place on
o A river, lake or coasts
Contracts for public works and servitudes and other real rights over
immovables
 Where the res of a real right is real property, the right itself is real
property. So ownership is real property if the thing owned is immovable
o Loan is real property by analogy if secured by a real estate
mortgage
 Where it is personal property, the right itself is personal property
o Exception: case of contracts for public works which are
considered real property

CHAPTER TWO: MOVABLE PROPERTY
Art 416 The following things are deemed to be personal property:
1. Those movables susceptible of appropriation which are not
included in the preceding article;
2. Real property which by any special provision of law is considered
as personalty;
3. Forces of nature which are brought under control by science; and
4. In general, all things which can be transported from place to place
without impairment of the real property to which they are fixed.
Art 417 The following are also considered as personal property:
1. Obligations and actions which have for their object movables or
demandable sums;
2. Shares of stock of agricultural, commercial and industrial entities,
although they may have real estate.
Classes of movable or personal property
1. Property not included in Art 415
2. Considered personal property by special provision of law
3. Forces of nature brought under control by science
4. In general, all movable things
a. Whether the property can be transported or carried
from place to place;
b. Whether such change of lacation can be made
without injuring the immovable to which the object
may be attached, and
c. Whether the object does not fall within any one of the
cases in Art 415
5. Obligations and actions (personal rights, they having a definite
passive subject)
6. Shares of stock
7. Other incorporeal personal property
a. Intellectual property such as copyrights, patents, etc

4
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Art 418 Movable property is either consumable or non-consumable. To What’s dominion?

the first class belong those movables which cannot be used in a 1. Not owned by the State but simply under its jurisdiction and
manner appropriate to their nature without their being consumed; to administration for the collective enjoyment of all the people of the State
the second class belong all the others. 2. Purpose is to serve the citizens, not the State as juridical person
3. Rises from the fact that the State is the juridical representative of the
Importance of classification: social group
 Consumable goods cannot be the subject matter of a commodatum
(unless for mere exhibition) Art 420 The following things are property of public dominion:
 In a mutuum, the subject matter is money or other consumable thing 1. Those intended for public use, such as roads, canals, rivers,
torrents, ports and bridges constructed by the States, banks
Consumable shores, roadsteads and others of similar character
 Depends on nature of thing itself 2. Those which belong to the State, without being for public use,
 Can’t be used in a manner appropriate to their nature without being and are intended for some public service or for the
consumed development of the national wealth

Fungible Three kinds of public dominion property

 Depends on the intention or purpose of the parties 1. Intended for public use
 Can be substitute by another thing of the same kind, quantity and  Can be used by everybody
quality 2. Not for public use but intended for some specific public service
 Only be used by duly authorized people, such as government
 Money, while characterized as a movable, is generic and fungible. (BPI buildings, etc
v Franco) 3. Intended for the development of national wealth, even if not employed
for public use or service
 Minerals, coal, oil, forests
CHAPTER THREE: PROPERTY IN RELATION TO WHOM IT
Charging of fees to the public does not affect the public character of the road
BELONGS or its character as property for public use.
Art 419 Property is either of public dominion or of private ownership What are other property of similar character to those intended for public
use?
Property is either of 1. Public streams, river channels, river beds, etc
1. Public dominion or property owned by the State (or its subdivisions) in 2. Accretions to the shores of the sea
its public or sovereign capacity and intended for public use and not for 3. Submerged lands or lands reclaimed from the sea by the government
the use of the State as a juridical person  Mere reclamation of certain foreshore land does not convert these
2. Private ownership or property owned by: inalienable natural resources of the state into alienable or
a. The state in its private capacity; known as patrimonial property disposable lands of the public domain.
b. Private persons, either individually or collectively
 There must be a law or proclamation officially classifying them
such.
Property is presumed to be State property in the absence of any showing to 4. Lands that disappeared into the sea
the contrary. (Regalian Doctrine)

5
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

5. Canals constructed on private lands of private ownership but the owner  Broader term
loses his proprietary right over said canal through prescription by  Includes not only public lands, but also…
allowing the public to use it for transportation 1. other lands of the government already reserved or devoted to
6. Foreshore lands when the sea moved toward an estate and the tide public use,
invade it, the invaded property becomes foreshore and passes to the 2. or subject to private rights,
public realm 3. and patrimonial lands
- Foreshore land is the strip of land that lies between the high and
low water marks Alienation of public agricultural land
7. Lot on which stairways were built for the use of the people as  Unless pubic land is shown to have been reclassified and alienated by
passageway to the highway the State to a private person, it remains part of the inalienable public
domain
 Roads refer to those constructed by the national government  All other lands are presumed to belong to the State
 Canals constructed by private persons over private lands are of private
ownership Art 421 All other property of the State, which is not of the character
 Roadstead is a place less sheltered or enclosed than a harbor where stated in the preceding article, is patrimonial property.
ships may ride at anchor
Patrimonial property
Properties of public dominion are outside of the commerce of man. Again,  Property of the State owned by it in its private or proprietary character
their purpose is to serve the citizens.  Not for public use, service or development of the national
They can not be the object of appropriation either by the State or private wealth
persons.  May be acquired by private individuals or juridical persons through
So… prescription; can be the object of an ordinary contract
1. Cannot be sold, leased or be the subject of contracts
2. Cannot be acquired by prescription, not even by municipalities as Art 422 Property of public dominion, when no longer intended for
against the State public use or for public service, shall form part of the patrimonial
3. Cannot be encumbered, attached, or be subject to levy and sold at property of the State.
public auction.
4. Cannot be burdened with easements Property of the National Government
5. Cannot be registered under the land registration law and be the subject  Not self-executing
of a Torrens title  There must be a formal declaration by the executive (exercised by the
 Inclusion of public dominion property does not confer title on the President) or possibly legislative department that the property is no
registrant longer needed for public use or for public service before the same can
be classified as patrimonial property
Public lands v Government lands  A positive act declaring land as alienable and disposable is required
Public lands 1. Presidential proclamation or executive order
 Lands of the public domain 2. Administrative action
 Does not include all lands of government ownership but only so much of 3. Investigation reports of Bureau of Lands investigators
said lands as are thrown open to private appropriation and settlement 4. Legislative act or a statute (Sec of DENR v Yap)
by homestead law  Classification of public lands is the exclusive prerogative of the
Executive Department – courts have no authority (Sec of DENR v Yap)
Government lands  Abandonment cannot be inferred from non-use. (Roponggi case)

6
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 Two requisites for judicial confirmation of imperfect or incomplete title,
under CA 141
1. open, continuous, exclusive and notorious possession and
occupation of the subject land by himself or through his
predecessors-in-interest under a bona fide cliam of ownership
since time immemorial or from June 12, 1945
2. classification of the land as alienable and disposable land of
the public domain (Sec of DENR v Yap)
 Unclassified land? Considered as forest land (Sec of DENR v Yap)
Property of Political Subdivisions
 For provinces, cities and municipalities, the conversion must be
authorized by law
 Municipal corporation has discretionary power to withdraw a street from
public use and sell it. (Cebu Oxygen v Becilles)
Art 423 The property of provinces, cities, and municipalities is divided
into property for public use and patrimonial property.
Art 424 Property for public use, in the provinces, cities, and
municipalities, consist of the provincial roads, city streets, municipal
streets, the squares, fountains, public waters, promenades, and public
works for public service paid for by said provinces, cities or
municipalities.
All other property possessed by any of them is patrimonial and shall
be governed by this Code, without prejudice to the provisions of
special laws.
Property of Political Subdivisions
 Note that the articles speak of property for public use, indicating that
properties for public service are patrimonial. (ambulance of the local
government)
 Political subdivisions cannot register as their own any part of the public
domain, unless it is first shown that a grant thereof has been made or
possession has been enjoyed during the period necessary to establish a
presumption of ownership.
 If the property is owned by the municipality in its public and
governmental capacity, the property is public and Congress has
absolute control over it.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 If it is owned in its private or proprietary capacity, then it is patrimonial
and Congress has no control over it. (page 63, de Leon)
Case doctrines:
 The use of subdivision roads by the general public does not strip it of its
private character.
 Transfer of ownership from the subdivision owner-developer to the local
government is not automatic but requires a positive act from the owner-
developer before the city or municipality can acquire dominion over the
subdivision roads. Until and unless the roads are donated, ownership
remains with the owner-developer. (Woodridge School, Inc v ARB
Construction Co, Inc)
Art 425 Property of private ownership, besides the patrimonial property
of the State, provinces, cities, and municipalities, consists of all
property belonging to private persons, either individually or
collectively.
Private property
1. Belonging to private persons, either individually or collectively
2. Belonging to the State and any of its subdivisions which are patrimonial
in nature
 There is nothing that will prohibit churches from alienating things
classified into ‘sacred, religious, and holy.’
Art 426 Whenever by provision of law, or an individual declaration, the
expression “immovable things or property” or “movable things or
property” is used, it shall be deemed to include, respectively, the
things enumerated in Chapter 1 and Chapter 2.
Whenever the word “muebles” or “furniture,” is used alone, it
shall not be deemed to include money, credits, commercial securities,
stocks and bonds, jewelry, scientific or aristic collections, books,
medals, arms, clothing, horses or carriages and their accessories,
grains, liquids and merchandise, or other thing which do no have as
their principal object the furnishing or ornamenting of a building,
except where from the context of the law, or of the individual
declaration, the contrary clearly appears.
TITLE II – OWNERSHIP
CHAPTER ONE: OWNERSHIP IN GENERAL
7
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 May be in the concept of an owner or a mere holder with the

Art 427 Ownership may be exercise over things or rights ownership pertaining to another
 Right to possess does not always include the right to use
Ownership is the… 2. Judgment of ownership may not include possession
 Independent right of a person to the exclusive enjoyment and control of  Person may be declared owner but he may not be entitled to
a thing possession which may be in the hands of another such as a tenant
 Including its disposition and recovery subject only to the  But! This doctrine may be invoked only where the actual possessor
restrictions or limitations established by law and the rights of has some rights which must be respected
others 3. Where claim to possession based on claim of ownership
 Where the ownership of a property was decided in a judgment, the
Beneficial Ownership delivery of possession should be considered included in the
 Ownership recognized by law and capable of being enforced in court decision where the defeated party’s claim to the possession is
 Right to enjoyment in one person, legal title is in another based on his claim of ownership
4. Duty of vendor to deliver possession of thing sold
Naked Ownership  Contract of sale, vendor bound not only to transfer ownership, but
 Enjoyment of all the benefits and privileges of ownership also deliver
 Considered delivered only when vendee has control and
Ownership may be exercised over things or rights possession
1. Thing – usually refers to corporeal property
2. Rights – whether real or personal, res of rights may be corporeal or Right to use and enjoy or jus utendi
incorporeal  necessarily includes the right to transform and the right to exclude any
person from the enjoyment and disposal thereof
Art 428 The owner has the right to enjoy and dispose of a thing,  he may use such force as may be reasonably necessary to repel or
without other limitations than those established by law. prevent an actual or threatened unlawful physical invasion or usurpation
The owner has also a right of action against the holder and possessor (Art 429)
of a thing in order to recover it.  he may enclose or fence his property (Art 430)
 limited because he cannot make use of such property in a manner to
The seven jus-es injure the rights of a third person
1. Possidendi
2. Utendi Right to receive the fruits and accessories or jus fruendi and accessionis
3. Fruendi  ownership gives the right by accession to everything which is produced
4. Accessionis thereby (see art 440)
5. Abutendi
6. Disponendi Right to consume or jus abutendi
7. Vindicandi
 right of the owner to consume a thing by its use – the use that
extinguishes
Right to possess or jus possidendi
 right to hold a thing or enjoy a right (Art 523) Right to dispose or alienate or jus disponendi
 may be exercised in one’s own name or in that of another  either totally (sale or donation) or partially (pledge, mortgage, etc)
1. Right to use not necessarily included
 includes right not to dispose

8
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 duty of vendor to transfer ownership
o vendor must be the owner or authorized to sell thing
o sufficient that he be the owner at the time of the delivery of the
thing sold
 only the absolute owner can pledge or mortgage one’s property
Right to recover possession and/or ownership or jus vindicandi
 true owner must resort to judicial process for the recovery of the
property
 he cannot take the law into his own hands
Actions available to recover possession and/or ownership
1. Recovery of personal property: Remedy of Replevin or manual delivery
of personal property
Requisites (Rule 60, Rules of Court):
Applicant must show by his own affidavit or that of some other person
who personally knows the facts:
i. That the applicant is the owner of the property
claimed, particularly describing it, OR is entitled to the
possession thereof
ii. That the property is wrongfully detained by the
adverse party, alleging the cause of detention thereof
according to the best of his knowledge, information
and belief
 Applicant has burden of proving his ownership or right of
possession over the property in question
 Both a principal remedy (regain possession) and a provisional
remedy (allow the plaintiff to retain the thing wrongfully
detained by another pendente lite)
2. Recovery of real property:
Forcible entry and unlawful detainer (accion interdictal)
 Forcible entry
Requisites:
i. Instituted by person deprived of possession
ii. Unlawful deprivation of the possession of any land or
building, by force, intimidation, threat, strategy or
stealth
iii. Filed within 1 year from date of actual entry (but for
cases of stealth and strategy, from date of knowledge
of actual knowledge)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
iv. At the MTC where property is located
 Unlawful detainer
Requisites:
i. Instituted by landlord, vendor, vendee or other person
against who the possession of any land or building is
unlawfully withheld
ii. Unlawful possession after the expiration or
termination of the right to hold possession (by virtue
of contract, etc)
iii. Filed within 1 year from date of last demand to vacate
iv. at the MTC where property is located
 For unlawful detainer, it is essential that the plaintiff’s supposed acts of
tolerance must have been present right from the start of the possession
which is later sought to be recovered (Valdez, jr v CA)
 Only issue involved in both is mere physical or material possession
(possession de facto), not juridical or civil possession (possession de
jure)
 Plaintiff need only to allege and prove prior possession de facto and
undue deprivation thereof
 It’s a quieting process
 Summary in nature (to solve the problem quickly and to protect the
rights of the possessor)
 Difference between the two is the time when possession became
unlawful – forcible entry: time of entry; unlawful detainer: possession at
first was legal, then became illegal
 If complaint fails to aver facts constitutive of forcible entry or unlawful
detainer as when it does not state how entry was effected or how and
when the dispossession started, the remedy should either be accion
publiciana or an accion reinvindicatoria (Valdez, jr v CA)
o Must be apparent in the face of the complaint (Sarmiento v
CA)
 Jurisdictional facts – what does a plaintiff have to allege?
o For unlawful detainer
i. Plaintiff’s right over property (describing the property)
ii. Prior lawful possession
i. If by tolerance, acts of tolerance must have been
present right from the start of the possession
ii. If by lease, contractual agreement must be shown
iii. Became unlawful (by termination of lease contract or non-
payment of rents)
9
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
iv. Extrajudicial demand to vacate
i. If by non-payment, demand letter to PAY RENTS and
VACATE premises (bar question)
v. Within one year from last demand
 Can the MTC rule on the issue of ownership in an ejectment case?
Yes! But only provisionally.
 The primal rule is that the principal issue must be that of
possession, and that ownership is merely ancillary, in which case
the issue of ownership may be resolved but only for the purpose of
determining the issue of possession.
 It must sufficiently appear from the allegations in the complaint that
what the plaintiff really and primarily seeks is the restoration of
possession.
 Inferior court cannot adjudicate on the nature of ownership where
the relationship of lessor and lessee has been sufficiently
established in the ejectment case, unless it is sufficiently
established that there has been a subsequent change in or
termination of the relationship between the parties.
 The rule in forcible entry cases, but not in those for unlawful
detainer, is that a party who can prove prior possession can
recover such possession even against the owner himself. He has
the security that entitles him to remain on the property until he is
lawfully ejected by a person having a better right through an accion
publiciana or accion reinvindicatoria
 Where the question of how has prior possession hinges on the
question of who the real owner of the disputed portion is, the
inferior court may resolve the issue of ownership and make a
declaration as to the owner. But, it is merely provisional, and does
not bar nor prejudice an action between the same parties involving
the title to the land. (Asis v Asis Vda de Guevarra, 2008)
Plenary action to recover possession (accion publiciana)
Requisites:
i. Must be within a period of ten years otherwise the real
right of possession is lost
ii. One who claims to have a better right must prove not only
his right but also the identity of the property claimed
iii. Filed in the RTC where the property is located
 Issue involved is possession de jure of realty independently of title (as
compared to interdictal, possession de facto)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Judgment rendered here is conclusive only on the question of
possession, not that of ownership
 Jurisdictional facts?
1. Right of plaintiff over property
2. Period to bring interdictal has expired
3. Don’t know na. 
Action to recover possession based on ownership (accion reivindicatoria)
Requisites:
i. Right of plaintiff over property
ii. Filed at the RTC where the property is located
 Seeks recovery of possession based on ownership, with claim of title
 Issue involved is ownership which ordinarily includes possession,
although a person may be declared owner but he may not be entitled to
possession because the possessor has some rights which must be
respected
 Action for reconveyance – prescribes in 10 years from the point of the
registration of the deed or the date of issuance of the certificate of title
(check book!); 4 years in cases of fraud counted therefrom on date of
issuance of the certificate of title over the property
o Action for reconveyance based on fraud and where plaintiff is
in possession of the property subject of the acts does not
prescribe. (Leyson v Bontuyan)
o NB: Should not have passed to a third person.
All three actions are actions in personam.
Injunction as a remedy for recovery of possession
 Injunction is a judicial process whereby a person is required to do or
refrain from doing a particular thing.
 General rule: Court should not by means of a preliminary injunction
transfer property in litigation from the possession of one party to
another.
 In order that a preliminary injunction may be granted at any time after
the commencement of the action and before judgment:
Requisites:
i. there must exist a clear and positive right over the
property in question which should be judicially protected
through the writ; and
10
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
ii. the acts against which the injunction is to be directed are
violative of such right
 What if there is someone actually possessing the property sought to
recover?
o Person not ordinarily allowed to avail of remedy of preliminary
preventive or mandatory injunction but must bring the
necessary action for the recovery of possession.
 Injunctive relief will not be granted to take property out of the
possession or control of one party and place it in that of another whose
title…
o Has not been clearly established, or
o Who did not have such possession or control at the inception
of the case
 Proper function is to maintain the status quo
 Injunction cannot be a substitute for other suits for recovery of
possession, hence, its denial will not bar the institution of the more
appropriate remedy
 Why? Well, a writ of injunction is an equitable relief; determination of
title is a legal remedy – that’s why
When can injunction be allowed?
 In actions for forcible entry, the dispossessed plaintiff may file, within ten
days from filing of the complaint, a motion for a writ of preliminary
mandatory injunction to restore him in possession.
o The court MAY grant In order to prevent the defendant from
committing further acts of dispossession during the pendency
of the case
o Issue of ownership may not be put in issue
 Ejectment cases where the appeal is taken, the lessor is given the same
remedy granted above.
 Where the actual possessor of the property who is admittedly the
owner, seeks protection from repeated or further intrusions into his
property.
o Even if it turns out that he isn’t the owner, he may still avail of
the equitable remedy of injunction to protect his possession.
 When there is a clear finding of right of ownership and possession of a
land in favor of the party who claims the subject property in possession
of another is the undisputed owner as where the property is covered by
a Torrens title pointing to the party as the owner. (Of course, check the
issuance of the title if it was in bad faith)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 When urgency, expediency and necessity require immediate
possession as where material and irreparable injury will be done which
cannot be compensated by damages.
Writ of possession as a remedy
 Writ of possession is an order whereby a sheriff is commanded to place
a person in possession of a real or personal property, such as when a
property is extrajudicially foreclosed.
 Improper to eject another from possession, unless sought in connection
with a:
1. Land registration proceeding
2. Foreclosure of mortgage, provided, that no third person has
intervened (PNB v CA – in this case, a third person was
occupying the lot subject to the writ. The SC held that the an ex-
parte petition for issuance of a possessory writ is not the judicial
process referred to in Art 433);
3. Execution sales
Limitations on the right of ownership
Limited by
1. by the State’s power to tax, police power, and eminent domain
2. those imposed by law such as legal easement
3. those imposed by the owner himself, such as voluntary
easement
4. those imposed by the grantor of the property on the grantee
5. those arising from conflicts of private rights which take place in
accession continua
6. prohibition against the acquisition of private lands by aliens
Art 429 The owner or lawful possessor of a thing has the right to
exclude any person from the enjoyment and disposal thereof. For this
purpose, he may use such force as ay be reasonably necessary to
repel or prevent an actual or threatened unlawful physical invasion or
usurpation of his property.
Principle of self-help
Requisites:
i. Person defending must be the owner or lawful possessor
ii. Use of reasonable force
iii. Only be exercised at the time of an actual or threatened
dispossession (no delay)
11
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
iv. Actual or threatened physical invasion or usurpation which is
unlawful
Read with Art 19 of the Civil Code.
Art 430 Every owner may enclose or fence his land or tenements by
means of walls, ditches, live or dead hedges, or by any other means
without detriment to servitudes constituted thereon.
Right to enclose or fence
 Limited by existing servitudes imposed on the land or tenement
Art 431 The owner of a thing cannot make use thereof in such manner
as to injure the rights of a third person.
Art 432 The owner of a thing has no right to prohibit the interference of
another with the same, if the interference is necessary to avert an
imminent danger and the threatened damage, compared to the damage
arising to the owner from the from the interference, is much greater.
The owner may demand from the person benefited indemnity for the
damage to him.
State of necessity
General rule: a person cannot interfere with the right of ownership of another
Exception: State of necessity, but of course, civil indemnification can be
asked for
Requisites:
i. interference is necessary to avert an imminent danger and the
threatened damage to actor or a third person (but the damage
must be proportionate and reasonable)
ii. imminent danger or threatening damage must be much greater
than the damage arising to the owner of the property
Art 433 Actual possession under claim of ownership raises a
disputable presumption of ownership. The true owner must resort to
judicial process for the recovery of the property.
 Applies to both immovable and movable property
Requisites to raise the disputable presumption of ownership:
i. Actual (physical or material) possession of the property
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
ii. Possession must be under claim of ownership
Judicial process contemplated
 Means ejectment suit or reinvidicatory action
 Ex-parte petition for issuance of a possessory writ is not a judicial
process, as it is non-litigious (PNB v CA)
Art 434 In an action to recover, the property must be identified, and the
plaintiff must rely on the strength of his title and not on the weakness
of the defendant’s claim.
Requisites:
i. Person who claims that he has a better right to the property must
satisfactorily prove both ownership and identity
ii. Burden of proof lies on the party who substantially asserts the
affirmative of an issue
iii. Reliance on strength of evidence and not upon the weakness of the
opposing party
 Party who desires to recover must fix the identity of the land claimed by
describing the location, area and boundaries thereof
o If a party fails to identify sufficiently and satisfactorily the land
which he claims as his own, his action must necessarily fail
o While the identity of the property must be established, it is not
necessary for the plaintiff to establish the precise location and
extent of the lands claimed or occupied by the defendant
 General rule: where there is a conflict between the area and boundaries
of a land, the latter prevails.
o An area delimited by boundaries properly identifies a parcel of
land
Exception: where the boundaries relied upon do not identify the
land beyond doubt
o In such cases where there appears to be an overlapping of
boundaries, the actual size of the property gains importance.
Equiponderance of evidence? Rule for defendant.
Evidence to prove ownership
1. A Torrens title
2. Title from the Spanish government
3. Patent duly registered in the Registry of Property
12
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

4. Deed of sale
5. Operating a business for nine years in defendant’s own name, without Condemnation or seizure of property in exercise of police power
protest of plaintiff  Relates to use and enjoyment not ownership of property
6. Occupation of a building for a long time without payment of rent  No taking of property involved
7. Letter in which defendant recognized the ownership of the property by  Persons affected not entitled to financial compensation
the plaintiff (estoppel)
8. Open, continuous, exclusive, adverse and notorious actual possession Art 437 The owner of a parcel of land is the owner of its surface and of
and occupation of parcels of land everything under it, and he can construct thereon any works or make
any plantations and excavations which he may deem proper, without
Indicia of claim of ownership detriment to servitudes and subject to special laws and ordinances. He
1. Tax declarations and tax receipts – only prima facie evidence of cannot complain of the reasonable requirements of aerial navigation.
ownership or possession; but they are good indicia of possession in the
concept of owner Surface rights of a landowner
Right of the owner of a parcel of land to construct any works or make any
Conclusiveness of certificates of title plantations and excavations on his land is subject to: (SLERRt)
 Indicates true and legal ownership of a private land and should be 1. Special laws
accorded great weight as against tax declarations 2. Local ordinances
o but is not conclusive if the land had already been previously 3. Existing servitudes or easements
registered 4. Reasonable requirements of aerial navigation
5. Rights of third persons
Art 435 No person shall be deprived of the property except by
competent authority and for public use and always upon payment of Limitations imposed by special laws
just compensation.  Includes the regalian doctrine
Should this requirement be not first complied with, the courts shall  Ownership of said land does not give him the right to extract or utilize
protect, and in a proper case, restore the owner in his possession. the said minerals without the permission of the State to which said
minerals belong
Power of eminent domain o For the loss sustained by such owner, he is entitled to just
Requisites: compensation under mining laws or expropriation proceedings
i. Taking must be done by competent authority
ii. Must be for public use Art 438 Hidden treasure belongs to the owner of the land, building, or
iii. Owner paid just compensation other property on which it is found.
iv. Requirement of due process of law must be observed Nevertheless, when the discovery is made on the property of
another, or of the state or any of its sub-divisions, and by chance, one-
Should the requirements be not first complied with, restore the property to half thereof shall be allowed to the finder. If the finder is a trespasser,
his possession. eh shall not be entitled to any share of the treasure.
 But can be lost by estoppel or acquiescence If the things found be of interest to science or the arts, the
State may acquire them at their just price, which shall be divided in
Art 436 When any property is condemned or seized by competent conformity with the rule stated.
authority in the interest of health, safety or security, the owner thereof
shall not be entitled to compensation, unless he can show that such
condemnation or seizure is unjustified.

13
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Art 439 By treasure is understood, for legal purposes, any hidden and Accession, not a mode of acquiring ownership
unknown deposit of money, jewelry, or other precious objects, the  Merely a consequence of ownership
lawful ownership of which does not appear.  Exercise of the right of ownership
 Since the law itself gives the right, accession may, IN A SENSE, be
Requisites: considered as a mode of acquiring property under the law
i. Deposit of money, jewelry or other precious objects
ii. Hidden and unknown Kinds of accession
iii. Lawful ownership of which does not appear 1. Accession discreta
 Extension of the right of ownership of a person to the products of a
thing which belongs to such a person
CHAPTER TWO: RIGHT OF ACCESSION  Includes natural, industrial, and civil fruits (Art 441)
GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. Accession continua
SECTION I – RIGHT OF ACCESSION WITH RESPECT TO  Extension of the right of ownership to that which is incorporated or
attached to a thing which belongs to such person
WHAT IS PRODUCED BY PROPERTY
 May take place:
Art 440 The ownership of property gives the right by accession to  With respect to real property
everything which is produced thereby, or which is incorporated or  Accession industrial (building, planting, sowing); or
attached thereto, either naturally or artificially.  Accession natural (alluvion, avulsion, change of river
course, and formation of islands)
Accession defined  With respect to personal property
Accession is the right of the owner of a thing, real or personal, to become  Conjunction (attachment, engraftment)
the owner of everything which is:  Commixtion or confusion
1. produced thereby,  Specification
2. incorporated
3. attached thereto, Art 441 To the owner belongs:
either naturally or artificially. o The natural fruits;
o The industrial fruits;
Accession Accessory o The civil fruits.

 fruits of, additions to,
improvements upon a thing
 includes building, planting and
sowing
 alluvion, avulsion, change of
course of rivers, formation of
islands
 not necessary to the principal
thing
 things joined to, included with
the principal for the latter’s
embellishment, better use or
completion
 necessary to principal thing
example: key of a house, bow of a
violin
Art 441 refers to accession discreta
Right of owner to the fruits
General rule: All fruits belong to the owner of a thing.
Exception: A person, other than the owner of a property, owns the fruits
thereof:
1. possession in good faith by another (possessor entitled to the fruits
received before possession is legally interrupted)
2. usufruct (usufructuary entitled to all the fruits of the property on usufruct)
3. lease of rural lands (lessee gets fruits, lessor gets rents)

14
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

4. pledge (pledgee gets fruits, etc but with the obligation to compensate 1. Owner of property recovers the property from a possessor and the
what he receives with those which are owing him) possessor has not yet received the fruits although they may have
5. antichresis (creditor acquires the fruits of his debtor’s immovable, but already been gathered or harvested; or
with the obligation to apply them first to the interest and then to the 2. The possessor has already received the fruits but is ordered to
principal amount of the credit) return the same to the owner

Art 442 Natural fruits are the spontaneous products of the soil, and the In both cases, the owner is obliged to reimburse the previous possessor for
young and other products of animals. the expenses incurred by the latter.
Industrial fruits are those produced by lands of any kind
through cultivation or labor. What if the possessor is in bad faith?
Civil fruits are the rents of buildings, the price of leases of  The owner cannot excuse himself from his obligation by alleging bad
lands and other property and the amount of perpetual or life annuities faith on the part of the possessor because the law makes no distinction
or other similar income.
When does good faith/bad faith come into play?
Natural fruits  When the goods have yet to be gathered.
Two kinds:  Under 449, a BPS in bad faith has no right of reimbursement for
1. Spontaneous products of the soil (not through human cultivation or expenses, nor to the fruits. Only for the necessary expenses of
labor), and preservation of land.
2. Young and other products of animals (chicks, eggs, wool, milk)
What if the expenses exceed the fruits?
 The second kind is considered as natural fruits whatever care or  The owner must pay the expenses just the same because the law
management, scientific or otherwise, may have been given by man makes no distinction
since the law makes no distinction.  But keep in mind that the owner only pays for the expenses for
 Puppies, while cute, bred by a professional breeder are still production, gathering and preservation – not improvement.
natural fruits
Art 444 Only such as are manifest or born are considered as natural or
Industrial fruits industrial fruits.
 Those products which are borne through the cultivation or labor of With respect to animals, it is sufficient that they are in the
humans womb of the mother, although unborn.
 Usually cultivated for a purpose
When natural fruits and industrial fruits deemed to exist
Civil fruits 1. Plants which produce only one crop and then perish (rice, corn, sugar):
1. Rents of buildings from the time the seedlings appear from the ground
2. Prices of leases (rents) of lands and other property (including movables) 2. Plants and trees which live for years and give periodic fruits (mangoes,
3. Amount of perpetual or life annuities or other similar income oranges, epols): deemed existing until they actually appear on the
plants or trees
Art 443 He who receives the fruits has the obligation to pay the 3. Animals: beginning of the maximum ordinary period of gestation (when
expenses made by a third person in their production, gathering, and there can be no doubt that they are already in the womb of the mum)
preservation. 4. Fowls: the fact of appearance of chicks should retroact to the beginning
of incubation
Art 443 applies when:

15
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Art 445 Whatever is built, planted or sown on the land of another and
SECTION II – RIGHT OF ACCESSION WITH RESPECT TO the improvements or repairs made thereon, belong to the owner of the
land, subject to the provisions of the following articles.
IMMOVABLE PROPERTY
 Owner of land must be known for this article to apply
Section 2 deals with one kind of accession continua, that of immovables. It
comprehends accession industrial (445-456) and accession natural (457- Art 446 All works, sowing, and planting are presumed made by the
465). owner and at his expense, unless the contrary is proved.
Certain basic principles must be kept in mind:
1. Accession follows the principal Disputable presumptions as to improvements:
 Owner of the principal acquires the ownership of the accession 1. The works, sowing, and planting were made by the owner. and
2. Incorporation or union must be intimate 2. They were made at the owner’s expense.
 Removal or separation cannot be effected without substantial injury
to either or both He who alleges the contrary of these presumptions has the burden of proof.
3. Effect of good faith and bad faith
 Good faith exonerates a person from punitive liability but bad faith Art 447 The owner of the land who makes thereon, personally or
may give rise to dire consequences through another, paintings, constructions or works with the materials
 General rule: person who acts in bad faith has no rights of another, shall pay their value; and if he acted in bad faith, he shall
 Exception: person who is in good faith or bad faith is entitled to also be obliged to the reparation of damages. The owner of the
reimbursement for necessary expenses or preservation (452) as materials shall have the right to remove them only incase he can do so
well as expenses for cultivation, gathering and preservation (443) without injury to the work constructed, or without the plantings,
4. Effect of both parties in bad faith constructions or works being destroyed. However, if the landowner
 Bad faith of one neutralizes bad faith of the other acted in bad faith, the owner of the materials may remove them in any
 Neither party may demand as a matter of right the removal of the event, with a right to be indemnified for damages.
improvements against the will of the other for such right is available
only to a party in good faith where the other is in bad faith Applies when the owner of the property uses the materials of another.
5. Unjust enrichment
Landowner-Builder/Planter/Sower Owner of Materials
General rule on accession industrial Good faith Good faith
Art 445 and 446 give the general rule that the accessory follows the LO-BPS can acquire the materials Entitled to full payment for value of
principal. provided there is full payment materials, or
Exception: Art 120 of the Family Code May remove materials provided
there is no substantial injury to
Definitions: work done
1. Building – generic term for all architectural work with roof built for the Bad faith Good faith
purpose of being used as man’s dwelling, or for offices, clubs, theaters, Acquire the materials provided he Entitled to full payment for value of
etc. pays full payment plus damages materials plus damages, or
2. Repairs – putting of something back into the condition in which it was Remove materials even if there will
originally in (not an improvement) be substantial injury to work done
plus damages
Good faith Bad faith

16
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Acquire materials without paying for
the value thereof and entitled to
damages due to defects or inferior
quality of materials
Bad faith
Same as when both are in good
faith.
Loses materials without indemnity
and will be liable for damages due
to defects or inferior quality of
materials
Bad faith
It is understood that there is bad faith on the part of the
landowner whenever the act was done with his knowledge and without
opposition on his part.
Art 454 When the landowner acted in bad faith and the builder, planter
or sower proceeded in good faith, the provisions of article 447 shall
apply.

What’s good faith?

Art 448 The owner of the land on which anything has been built, sown Consists in the:
or planted in good faith, shall have the right to appropriate as his own 1. Honest belief that the land he is building, planting, sowing on is his or
the works, sowing or planting, after payment of the indemnity provided that by some title, he has a right to build, plant, sow on it; and
for in articles 546 and 548, or to oblige the one who built or planted to 2. Ignorance of any defect or flaw in his title
pay the price of the land, and the one who sowed, the proper rent.
However, the builder or planter cannot be obliged to buy the land if its Abrenica definition: State of mind at the time he built the improvements
value is considerably more than that that of the building or trees. In (Pleasantville case)
such case, he shall pay reasonable rent, if the owner of the land does
not choose to appropriate the building or trees after proper indemnity. Usually, it applies to building, planting, sowing in the concept of ownership.
The parties shall agree upon the terms of the lease and in case of But the Supreme Court has expanded its coverage to
disagreement, the court shall fix the terms thereof. 1. Cases wherein a builder had constructed improvements with the
consent of the owner
Art 449 He who builds, plants or sows in bad faith on the land of 2. Builders in good faith who relied on the consent of another whom they
another, loses what is built, planted or sown without right to indemnity. have mistakenly believed to be the owner of the land
3. To children who built improvement on a land belonging to their parents
Art 450 The owner of the land on which anything has been built, with their parents consent (Macasaet case)
planted or sown in bad faith may demand the demolition of the work, or
that the planting or sowing be removed, in order to replace things in
their former condition at the expense of the person who built, planted Landowner Builder/planter/sower
or sowed; or he may compel the builder or planter to pay the price of Good faith Good faith
the land, and the sower the proper rent. Option 1: Purchase whatever has Receive indemnity for necessary,
been built, planted, or sown after useful and luxurious expenses
Art 451 In case of the two preceding articles, the landowner is entitled paying indemnity which includes (depends on landowner) with right
to damages from the builder, planter or sower. necessary, useful and luxurious of retention over the land without
expenses (if he wishes to obligation to pay rent until full
Art 452 The builder, planter or sower in bad faith is entitled to appropriate the luxurious payment of indemnity
reimbursement for the necessary expenses of preservation of the land. expenses)
Remove useful improvement
Art 453 If there was bad faith, not only on the part of the person who Prohibited from offsetting or provided it does not cause any
built, planted or sowed on the land of another, but also on the part of compensating the necessary and injury (part of right of retention)
the owner of such land, the rights of one and the other shall be the useful expense with the fruits
same as though both had acted in bad faith.

17
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 

received by the BP in good faith
(Nuguid case)
Option 2: To oblige the BP to buy
the land or the S to pay the proper
rent unless the value of the land is
considerably more than that of the
building or trees
Good faith
Option 1: To acquire whatever has
been built, planted or sown without
paying indemnity except necessary
expenses for preservation of land
and luxurious expenses (should
LO want to acquire luxurious
improvement) plus damages
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
If LO does not appropriate
luxurious improvements, BPS can
remove the same provided there is
no injury to the principal thing (land
or building)
Right of retention only applies when
LO chooses to appropriate (but
does not apply if property of public
dominion)
To purchase land at fair market
value at time of payment when
value is not considerably more than
that of the building or trees
To pay rent until the purchase has
been made (Technogas case)
If BPS cannot pay purchase price
of the land, LO can require BPS to
remove whatever has been built,
planted, or sown.
If the value of the land is
considerably more than that of the
building or trees, BPS cannot be
compelled to buy the land. In such
case, BPS will pay reasonable rent
if LO does not choose option 1.
If BPS cannot pay the rent, LO can
eject BPS from the land.
Bad Faith
Loses whatever has been built,
planted or sown without indemnity
and liable to pay damages
Entitled to reimbursement for
necessary expenses for
preservation of land but no right to
retention
Option 2: To oblige BP to buy land
or S to pay proper rent plus
damages
Option 3: To compel BPS to
remove or demolish work done
plus damages
Bad Faith
Acquire whatever has been built,
planted or sown by paying
indemnity plus damages
Bad Faith
Both in good faith
Necessary expenses
 Made for the preservation of the thing, or
Entitled to reimbursement for useful
expenses but cannot remove useful
improvements even if removal will
not cause injury
Not entitled to luxurious expenses
except when LO wants to acquire
(value of which will be the one at
the time LO enters into possession)
Entitled to remove luxurious
improvements if it will not cause
injury and LO does not want to
acquire them
Obliged to pay for land or proper
rent and pay damages
Obliged to remove or demolish
work done at his expense and pay
damages
Good Faith
If LO acquires whatever has been
built, planted or sown, BPS must be
indemnified the value thereof plus
damages
If LO does not acquire, BPS cannot
insist on purchasing land
BPS can remove whatever has
been built, planted or sown
regardless of whether or not it will
cause injury and will be entitled to
damages
Bad Faith
18
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 Those which seek to prevent the waste, deterioration, or loss of the This provision shall not apply if the owner makes use of the
thing right granted by Article 450. If the owner of the materials, plants or
seeds has been paid by the builder, planter or sower, the latter may
demand from the land-owner the value of the materials and labor.
Useful expenses
 Expenses which add value to a thing or Landowner Builder/Planter/Sower Owner of the
 Augment is income Materials
Good Faith Good Faith Good Faith
Option 1: To acquire To receive indemnity To receive indemnity
When does good faith cease? whatever has been from LO with right of from BPS who is
 From the moment defects in the title are made known to the possessor built, planted or sown retention over land until primarily liable for
by extraneous evidence or by suit for recovery of the property by the provided there is full payment materials; if BPS is
true owner payment of indemnity insolvent, to proceed
(which includes value against LO who is
What happens if good faith ceases? (Rosales case) of what has been built, subsidiarily liable with
 LO can acquire improvements built PRIOR to the notice to BPS (when planter or sown plus no right of retention
good faith ceased), and indemnify BPS of current market value at time value of materials
of payment used)
 LO entitled to rent from the time BPS good faith ceased Option 2: To oblige To buy land or to pay To receive indemnity
BP to buy land or S to proper rent from BPS only (LO is
When will these rules not apply? pay rent unless value not subsidiarily liable)
1. When other provisions of law govern (agency, co-ownership, lease, of land is considerably with right of retention
usufruct) more than that of until full payment; or
2. Improvement constructed on one’s own land subsequently sold (person building or trees
constructs a house on his own land and later sold land to another) To remove materials
 But, the provision on indemnity in 448 may be applied by analogy if there will be no
where the owner-builder later lost ownership of the land by virtue of injury on building or
a court judgment, considering that the primary intent of 448 is to trees and will have
avoid a state of forced co-ownership especially where the parties in material lien against
the main agree that 448 and 546 are applicable and indemnity for BPS for payment of
the improvements may be paid although they differ as to basis of materials
the indemnity - whut?! (Pecson v CA) Good Faith Good Faith Bad Faith
3. Builder is a belligerent occupant Same Whatever is the
4. Constructions not in the nature of buildings choice of LO, the OM:
5. Property of public domain 1. loses the materials
in favor of the BPS
Art 455 If the materials, plants or seeds belong to a third person who and
has not acted in bad faith, the owner of the land shall answer 2. will have no right to
subsidiarily for their value and only in the event that the one who made receive indemnity
use of them has no property with which to pay. from BPS nor LO
Good Faith Bad Faith Bad Faith

19
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 

Option 1: To acquire
whatever has been
built, planted or sown
without paying
indemnity except for
necessary expenses
for preservation of
land and luxurious
expenses (should LO
want to acquire
luxurious
improvements) plus
damages
Option 2: To oblige
BP to buy the land or
S to pay proper rent
plus damages
Option 3: To oblige
BP to demolish or
remove what has
been built, planted or
sown plus damages
Bad Faith
To acquire what has
been built, planted or
sown by paying
indemnity plus liable
to pay damages
Bad Faith
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
BPS loses what has (Since both BPS and Same Same No right to receive
been built, planted or OM are in bad faith, indemnity for value of
sown plus liable for treat them both as if materials from BPS
damages but is entitled they are in good nor LO (who ends up
to be indemnified for faith.) owning buildings or
necessary expenses trees)
and luxurious Whatever is the
expenses (should LO choice of the LO, OM Art 456 In the cases regulated in the preceding articles, good faith does
want to acquire has right to receive not necessarily exclude negligence, which gives right to damages
luxurious indemnity for value of under article 2176.
improvements) and materials from BPS
has no right of removal only (LO has no Art 457 To the owners of the lands adjoining the banks of rivers belong
even if removal will not subsidiary liability for the accretion which they gradually receive from the effects of the
cause damage value of materials current of the waters.
because OM is
considered in good Article treats of alluvion, a form of accession natural.
faith only insofar as
BPS is concerned) Alluvion is…
 Accretion which the banks of rivers gradually receive from the effects of
OM has no right to the current of the waters and
remove materials  Which belong to the owners of lands adjoining the said banks
even if there will be
no injury or damage  Riparian owners are owners of lands adjoining the banks of rivers.
To buy the land or pay OM has right of  Littoral owners are the owners of lands bordering the shore of the sea or
proper rent and liable removal provided lake or other tidal waters
to pay damages to LO there will be no injury
or damage Distinguished from accretion
To demolish or remove Liable to pay  Alluvion is applied to the deposit of soil or to the soil itself
what has been built, damages due to  Accretion is the act or process by which a riparian land gradually and
planted or sown and defects or inferior imperceptively receives addition made by the water to which the land is
liable for damages quality of materials contiguous
Good Faith Good Faith Requisites
To receive indemnity TO receive indemnity i. Deposit or accumulation of soil or sediment must be gradual and
from LO plus damages of materials imperceptive
principally from BPS ii. Accretion results from the effects or action of the current of waters of
and in case BPS is the river (exclusive work of nature)
insolvent, subsidiarily iii. Land where accretion takes place must be adjacent to the bank of a
from LO river
Good Faith Bad Faith
Instances when alluvion DOES NOT take place
20
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

1. Accretion because of sudden and forceful action like that of flooding person, by failure of such owner to register such accretion within the
2. Accretion caused by human intervention (would still be part of public prescribed period
domain – Vda de Nazerno v CA)
3. Accretion caused by action of Manila Bay (since Manila Bay is not a Art 458 The owners of estates adjoining ponds or lagoons do not
river, it’s part of the sea) acquire the land left dry by the natural decrease of the waters, or lost
4. Accretion on the bank of a lake (like Laguna de Bay) have been held to that inundated by them in extraordinary floods.
belong to the owners of the lands to which they are added  Refers only to ponds and lagoons
o No application when the estate adjoins a creek, stream, river or
Elements of river and their ownership lake
A river is a compound concept consisting of three elements: o For purposes of alluvion, lakes are of the same category of
1. Running waters creeks, streams and rivers
2. The bed  Pond
3. The banks o a body of stagnant water without an outlet
o larger than a puddle and smaller than a lake
 Since a river is a compound concept, it should have only one nature – it  Lagoon
should either be totally public or completely private. And since rivers, o small lake, ordinarily of fresh water,
whether navigable or not, are of public dominion (Art 420), it is implicit o and not very deep, fed by floods
that all the three component elements be the same nature also. o the hollow bed of which is bounded by elevations of land
 Lake
Reasons for alluvion o Body of water formed in depressions of the earth
1. Compensate the riparian owner for the danger of loss that he o Ordinarily fresh water
suffers because of the location of his land o Coming from rivers, brooks or springs
2. Compensate him for the encumbrances and various kinds of o Connected with the sea by them
easements to which his property is subject o Hence, Laguna de Bay is a lake
3. Promote the interests of agriculture for the riparian owner it in the
best position to utilize the accretion
Art 459 Whenever the current of a river, creek or torrent segregates
Accretions affecting lands registered under the Torrens system from an estate on its bank a known portion of land and transfers it to
In case of diminution of area another estate, the owner of the land to which the segregated portion
 Registration does not protect the riparian owner against diminution of belonged retains the ownership of it, provided that he removes the
the area of his land through gradual changes in the course of the same within two years.
adjoining stream
 Accretions which the banks of rivers may gradually receive from the Avulsion is…
effect of the current become the property of the owners of the banks  Also known as force of river
In case of increase of area  Defined as the accretion which takes place when the current of a river,
 Although alluvion is automatically owned by the riparian owner, it does creek or torrent segregates from an estate on its bank a known portion
not automatically become registered land, just because the lot which and transfers it to another estate
receives such accretion is covered by a Torrens title  In which case, the owner of the estate to which the segregated portion
 So, alluvial deposit acquired by a riparian owner of registered land by belonged, retains the ownership thereof
accretion may be subjected to acquisition through prescription by a third  Also refers to the segregation or transfer itself of a known portion of land
to another by the force of the current

21
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

o Raging flood or rushing stream of water

Alluvion Avulsion
 Deposit of soil is gradual  Deposit is sudden or abrupt What if a portion of land is transferred, but not by a current of water, but by a
 Deposit of soil belongs to the  The owner of the property from landslide?
owner of the property where which a part was detached  You can apply Art 459, by analogy.
the same was deposited retains the ownership thereof
 The soil cannot be identified  Detached portion can be Remove it within two years
identified  The former owner preservers his ownership of the segregated portion
provided he removes (not merely claims) the same within the period of 2
 Where there had been accretions to the land adjacent to the bank of a years
river, the riparian owner does not lose the ownership of such accretions  It would seem that his failure to do so would have the effect of
even if they are separated by avulsion from the land by the sudden automatically transferring ownership over it to the owner of the other
change of the course of the river estate
 Law doesn’t make a distinction between private land and land of the
Requisites public domain
i. Segregation and transfer must be caused by the current of a river,  Why two years?
creek or torrent o Segregated portion is usually very small and it is thus useless
ii. Segregation and transfer must be sudden or abrupt to the original owner
iii. Portion of land transported must be known or identifiable o Similar to uprooted trees (but there, 6 months)
o If the owner of the separated portion retains his ownership
 Even if the detached portion be placed on top of another land instead of without any qualification, he would have a right to enter the
being adjoined to it, Art 459 still applies as long as it can be identified as other estate at any time, which wouldn’t be convenient to the
coming form the estate from which it was detached other estate
 If only soil is removed by water and spread over another’s land such o After a long period, the detached potion may become
that no known portion can be said to exist which can be removed, there permanently attached to the new land so it’ll be hard to remove
is no avulsion
 Current Art 460 Trees uprooted and carried away by the current of the waters
o Continuous movement of a body of water, often horizontal, in a belong to the owner of the land upon which they may be cast, if the
certain direction owners do not claim them within 6 months. If such owners claim them,
 River they shall pay the expenses incurred in gathering them or putting them
o Natural surface stream of water of considerable volume in a safe place.
o Permanent or seasonal flow
o Emptying into an ocean, lake or other body of water  Applies only to uprooted trees
 Creek  If a known portion of land with trees standing thereon is carried away by
o Small islet extending further into land the current to another land, Art 459 governs
o Natural stream of water normally smaller than and ofter  The original owner claiming the trees is liable to pay the expenses
tributary to a river incurred by the owner of the land upon which they have been cast in
 Torrent gathering them or putting them in a safe place
o Violent stream of water  Claim must be done in 6 months
o A flooded river or one suddenly raised by a heavy rain and o If not, the trees will belong to the owner of the land where the
descending a steep incline trees have been cast to

22
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
o Six months is a condition precedent and not a prescription
period
o After a claim is made within 6 months an action may be
brought within the period provided by law for prescription of
movables
NB: For trees, you need only CLAIM within the period. For land (Art 459),
you have to REMOVE them within 2 years
Art 461 River beds which are abandoned through the natural change in
the course of the waters ipso facto belong to the owners whose lands
are occupied by the new course in proportion to the area lost.
However, the owners of the lands adjoining the old bed shall have the
right to acquire the same by paying the value thereof, which value shall
not exceed the value of the area occupied by the new bed.
River beds abandoned through natural change in the course of waters
 They belong to owners occupied by the new course of the river
o In proportion to the area lost (if only one owner lost a portion of
his land, the entire old bed should belong to him. If more than
two, then in proportion to the area lost)
 Abandoned? The words may be construed to mean that where there is
abandonment by the government over the old bed, the owner of the
invaded land automatically acquires ownership of the same without any
formal act on his part. (Remember that rivers are property of public
dominion)
o The change in the course of the river does not ipso facto result
in the abandonment of the river but must be the reason for its
abandonment, in other words, the river is abandoned because
of or through the natural change of the water
 The owners of land adjoining the old bed are given the preferential right
to acquire the old bed by paying the value thereof
o The indemnification shall not exceed the value of the area
occupied by the new bed (in case of disagreement, bring the
case to court.)
Requisites
i. There must be a natural change in the course of the waters of the
river
ii. Change must be abrupt or sudden
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
NB: Law speaks of change of river course. If a river simply dries up or
disappears, the bed left dry will belong to public dominion (Art 502)
Art 462 Whenever a river, changing its course by natural causes, opens
a new bed through a private estate, this bed shall become of public
dominion.
NB: This article talks of the new riverbed. Art 461 talked about the old
riverbed.
 The bed of a public river or stream is of public ownership (Art 502)
 If the river changes its course and opens a new bed, this bed becomes
of public dominion even if its on private property
 Just as the old had bed had been of public dominion before the
abandonment, the new riverbed shall likewise be of public dominion
 No distinction whether a river is navigable or floatable or not
Art 463 Whenever a current of a river divides itself into branches,
leaving a piece of land or part thereof isolated, the owner of the land
retains his ownership. He also retains it if a portion of land is separated
from the estate by the current.
NB: This article does not refer to the formation of islands through accretion
(that’s in Art 464 and 465).
This article refers to the formation of an island caused by a river dividing
itself into branches resulting in:
1. The isolation of a piece of land or part thereof, or
2. The separation of a portion of land from an estate by the current (see
Art 459)
 The owner preserves his ownership of the isolated or separated
property
Art 464 Islands which may be formed on the seas within the
jurisdiction of the Philippines, on lakes, and on navigable or floatable
rivers belong to the State.
23
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art 465 Islands which through successive accumulation of alluvial
deposits are formed in non-navigable and non-floatable rivers, belong
to the owners of the margins or banks nearest to each of them, or to
the owners of both margins if the island is in the middle of the river, in
which case it shall be divided longitudinally in halves. If a single island
thus formed be more distant from one margin than from the other, the
owner of the nearer margin shall be the sole owner thereof.
Rules of ownership of islands form through alluvion
1. An island belongs to the State as part of its patrimonial property if it is
formed:
a. On the seas within the jurisdiction of the Philippines
b. On lakes
c. On navigable or floatable rivers
2. If it is formed in non-navigable and non-floatable rivers:
a. It belongs to the nearest riparian owner or owner of the margin
or bank nearest to it as he is considered in the best position to
cultivate and develop the island (in other words, sa
pinakamalapit na may ari ng lupa)
b. If it is in the middle of the river, the island is divided
longtitudinally in halves
c. If the island formed is longer than the property of the riparian
owner, the latter is deemed ipso jure to be the owner of that
portion which corresponds to the length of that portion of his
property along the margin of the river
d. If a new island is formed between an existing island and an
opposite bank, the owner of the older island is considered a
riparian owner together with the owner of the land adjoining the
bank for the purpose of determining ownership of the island
o He must of course register the land, else it be subject to
adverse possession of another
 Navigable river
o One which forms in its ordinary condition by itself or by uniting
with other waters a continuous highway over which commerce
is or may be carried on
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o Test: whether it is navigable in fact, if it is used or susceptible
of being used as a highway of commerce, for trade and travel
in the usual and ordinary modes
o A navigable river is one that is “floatable”, that is, a river
admitting floats
i. Hence, a floatable stream is a navigable stream
(Macatangay v Secretary of Public Works – in this
case, natangay si Macatangay. Hehehe!)
SECTION THREE – RIGHT OF ACCESSION WITH
RESPECT TO MOVABLE PROPERTY
Art 466 Whenever two movable things belonging to different owners
are, without bad faith, united in such a way that they form a single
object, the owner of the principal thing acquires the accessory,
indemnifying the former owner thereof for its value.
Adjunction is…
 The union of two movable things belonging to different owners
 In such a way that they form a single object
 But one of the component things preserves its value
Characteristics of adjunction
In order that adjunction may take place, it is necessary that:
1. There are two movables belonging to different owners
2. They are united in such a way that they form a single object; and
3. They are so inseparable that their separation would impair their nature
or result in substantial injury to either
 In determining the right of the parties in adjunction, regard is had only to
the things joined and not to the persons.
 But where there is a mere change of form or value which does not
destroy the identity of the component parts, the original owners may
demand their separation (Art 469)
Kinds of adjunction
1. inclusion or engraftment (such as when a diamond is set on a gold ring)
2. soldering or soldadura (when led is united or fused to an object made of
lead)
24
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

a. ferrumincaion (if both the accessory and principal are of the even though the thing to which is has been incorporated may suffer
same metal) some injury.
b. plumbatura (if they are of different metals)
3. writing or escritua (when a person writes on paper belonging to another) When separation of things united are allowed
4. painting or pintura (when a person pains on canvas of another) 1. Whenever the separation can be done without injury
5. weaving or tejido (when threads belonging to different owners are used 2. When the accessory much more precious, the owner of the accessory
in making textile) may demand its separation even though the principal thing may suffer
Art 467 The principal thing, as between two things incorporated, is some injury
deemed to be that to which the other has been united as an ornament,  Owner who made or caused the union or incorporation shall bear
or for its use or perfection. the expenses for separation
3. When principal acted in bad faith, owner of accessory may separate
Art 468 If it cannot be determined by the rule given in the preceding even if the principal thing be destroyed
article which of the two things incorporated is the principal one, the
thing of the greater value shall be so considered, and as between two Art 470 Whenever the owner of the accessory thing has made the
things of equal value, that of greater volume. incorporation in bad faith, he shall lose the thing incorporated and
In painting and sculpture, writings, printed matter, engraving shall have the obligation to indemnify the owner of the principal thing
and lithographs, the board, metal, stone, canvas, paper or parchment for the damages he may have suffered.
shall be deemed the accessory thing. If the one who has acted in bad faith is the owner of the
principal thing, the owner of the accessory thing shall have a right to
Tests to determine the principal in adjunction choose between the former paying him its value or that the thing
In the order of application, the principal is that: belonging to him be separated, even though for this purpose it be
1. To which the other (accessory) has been united as an ornament or necessary to destroy the principal thing; and in both cases,
for its use or perfection. (rule of importance and purpose) furthermore, there shall be indemnity for damages.
2. Of greater value, if they are of unequal values; If either one of the owners has made the incorporation with the
3. Of greater volume, if they are of an equal value; knowledge and without the objection of the other, their respective
4. That of greater merits taking into consideration all the pertinent rights shall be determined as though both acted in good faith.
legal provisions (see Art 475) applicable as well as the comparative
merits, utility and volume of their respective things ADJUNCTION (accessory follows principal)
Rights of Owner of Principal Rights of Owner of Accessory
 The special rule regarding paintings, etc is based on the Good Faith Good Faith
consideration that what is painted is of greater value that the board Acquires the accessory, Loses the accessory but has a right
or canvas inasmuch as the exceptions mentioned are specified, its indemnifying the owner of the value to indemnity for the value of the
provision can not be applied by analogy to cases of adjunction of thereof accessory
similar nature which are deemed excluded. (See Art 467 and 468)
Except: When value of accessory is Has a right to demand separation
Art 469 Whenever the things united can be separated without injury, much more precious than the even if it causes injury to the
their respective owners may demand their separation. principal thing (469) principal thing (469)
Nevertheless, in case the thing united for the use,
embellishment or perfect of the other, is much more precious than the Except: When still separable, may May demand separation (469(
principal thing, the owner of the former may demand its separation, demand separation (no adjunction
anyway)

25
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Good faith Bad faith Rules governing mixture (co-ownership)

Acquires the accessory and has a
right to indemnity for damages he
may have suffered
Bad faith
Pays for the accessory plus
damages
Loses the thing and has liability for 1. If the mixture by will of owners, their rights shall be governed by their
damages stipulations. In the absence of any stipulation, each owner acquires a
right or interest in the mixture in proportion to the value of his materials
Good faith as in co-ownership.
Option 1: Demand the owner of the MIXTURE
principal to pay for the value of the Owner who caused mixture Owner of the thing mixed into
accessory plus damages Good faith or by chance Good faith or by chance

Separate thing even if it is Option 2: Demand separation even Each owner acquires a right Each owner acquires a right
destroyed plus pay damages if it causes the destruction of the proportional to the part belonging proportional to the part belonging
principal thing plus damages to him, bearing in mind the value of to him, bearing in mind the value of
Bad Faith Bad Faith the things mixed or confused the things mixed or confused
As if both are in good faith Bad faith Good faith
Loses the thing mixed or confused Acquires the thing mixed plus
Art 471 Whenever the owner of the material employed without his plus liable to pay damages entitled to damages
consent has a right to indemnity, he may demand that this consist in
the delivery of a thing equal in kind and value, and in all other respects,
to that employed, or else in the price thereof, according to expert Art 474 One who in good faith employs the material of another in whole
appraisal. or in part in order to make thing of a different kind, shall appropriate
Art 472 if by the will of their owners two things of the same or different the thing thus transformed as his own, indemnifying the owner of the
kinds are mixed, or if the mixture occurs by chance, and in the latter material for its value.
case the things are not separable without injury, each owner shall If the material is more precious than the transformed thing or
acquire a right proportional to the part belonging to him, bearing in is of more value, its owner, may, at his option, appropriate the new
mind the value of things mixed or confused. thing to himself, after first paying indemnity for the value of the thing,
Art 473 if by the will of only one owner, but in good faith, two things of or demand indemnity for the material.
the same or different kinds are mixed or confused, the rights of the If in the making of the thing bad faith intervened, the owner of
owners shall be determined by the provisions of the preceding article. the material shall have the right to appropriate the work to himself
If by the one who caused the mixture or confusion acted in without paying anything to the maker, or to demand of the latter that he
bad faith, he shall lose the thing belonging to him thus mixed or indemnify him for the value of the material and the damages he may
confused, besides being obliged to pay indemnity for the damages have suffered. However, the owner of the material cannot appropriate
caused to the owner of the thing with which his own was mixed the work in case the value of the latter, for artistic or scientific reasons,
is considerably more than that of the material.
Definition of mixture
 Takes place when two or more things belonging to different owners are Definition of specification
mixed or combined  Takes place whenever the work of a person is done on the material of
 With the respective identities of the component parts destroyed or lost another
 Two kinds  Such material, in a consequence of the work itself, undergoing a
o Commixtion (for solids) transformation.
o Confusion (for liquids)  Imparting of a new form to the material belong to another, or making of
the material of another into a different kind

26
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

o Flour made into bread, grapes into wine, clay into bricks, love Adjunction Mixture Specification
into hate (joke. Putek, ang boring ng Property. If you’ve made it At least two things At least two things May be only one ting
this far, good for you!) whose form is changed
Component parts retain Things mixed may or Component parts retain
SPECIFICATION (accessory follows principal) or preserve their nature may not retain their or preserve their nature
Owner of material Builder respective original
Good faith Good faith nature
Right to indemnification for the Shall appropriate the thing thus Accessory follows Co-ownership results Accessory follows
value of the material. transformed as his own, principal principal
indemnifying the owner of the
material for its value.
CHAPTER THREE: QUIETING OF TITLE
Except: Material more precious
than transformed thing. ART 476 Whenever there is a cloud on title to real property or any
interest therein, by reason of any instrument, record, claim,
Option 1: Appropriate the new thing To be indemnified. encumbrance or proceeding which is apparently valid or effective but it
to himself, indemnifying the builder is in truth and in fact invalid, ineffective, voidable or unenforceable,
for his work. and may be prejudicial to said title, an action may be brought to
remove such clod or to quiet the title.
Option 2: Demand indemnity for the Appropriate the same after An action may also be brought to prevent a cloud from being
material. indemnity for material. cast upon title to real property or any interest therein.
Good faith Bad faith
Option 1: Appropriate the work to Loses his work. No right to Title to real property refers to that upon which ownership is based.
himself without paying indemnity. indemnity. Plaintiff in action for quiet title dies, should it be dismissed? No. It’s a quasi
(Damages also?) in rem suit.
Defendant’s defenses: prescription, lack of jurisdiction of court
Except: When for artistic or Pay for the materials and
scientific reasons, the thing has a damages. Cloud on title
value considerably higher than the  Semblance of title, either legal or equitable, or a claim or a right in real
material. The owner of the material property, appearing in some legal from, but which is in fact, invalid or
cannot appropriate the work. which would be inequitable to enforce
 Requisites
Option 2: Demand indemnity for i. Instrument, record, claim, encumbrance or proceeding which is
material plus damages. Must pay indemnity and damages. apparently valid or effective,
ii. Such instrument is in truth and in fact, invalid, ineffective,
voidable or unenforceable, or has been extinguished or
terminated, or has been barred by extinctive prescription
Art 475 In the preceding articles, sentimental value shall be duly iii. Such instrument may be prejudicial to said title
appreciated.
Action to quiet title
Adjunction, mixture and specification distinguished  Requisites:

27
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

i. Plaintiff or complainant has a legal or an equitable title to, or  partake of the nature of real property (vessels, motor
interest in the real property subject of the action vehicles, certificates of stocks), or
ii. The deed, claim or proceeding claimed to be casting cloud on  treated to some extent as realty because of
his title must be shown to be, in fact, invalid or inoperative registration requirements for ownership or
despite its prima facie appearance of validity or legal efficacy transactions affecting them (chattel mortgage)

Action to quiet title Action to remove a cloud on title Prescriptibility of action

 Purpose to put an end to  Removal of a possible 1. If plaintiff in possession, it does not prescribe. An action to quiet title
troublesome litigation in foundation for a future hostile brought by a person who is in possession of the property is
respect to the property claim imprescriptible.
involved  Preventive action to prevent a 2. If plaintiff not in possession, he must invoke his remedy within the
 Remedial action involving a future cloud on the title proper prescriptive period. Ten years if in good faith, 30 years if in bad
present adverse claim  2nd paragraph of Art 476 faith.
 1st paragraph of Art 476
Art 477 The plaintiff must have legal or equitable title to, or interest in
 An action to quiet title includes an action to remove a cloud of title. the real property which is the subject matter of the action. He need not
be in possession of said property.
Nature of action
 Quasi in rem Title and possession of the plaintiff
 Judgment is conclusive only between the parties  Plaintiff must have a legal or equitable title or an interest in the real
 The res, the subject-matter of the controversy, is within the court’s property which is the subject matter of the action
jurisdiction, and it is because of that circumstance that the court is able o Legal title may consist in full ownership or in naked ownership
to adjudicate o If plaintiff has beneficial interest in the property (such as a
 Not essential that the court acquire jurisdiction of the person of the beneficiary in a trust), he has beneficial title
defendant o Interest in property is any interest short of ownership, like the
interest of a mortgagee or a usufructuary
Benefits from allowing actions  If plaintiff is not in possession, he may also bring one of the three
 Task of court is to determine the respective rights of the parties so that actions mentioned in addition to the action to quiet title
the complainant and those claiming under him may forever free from  In order to afford complete relief to the parties in action to quiet title, the
any danger of hostile claim (Rumarate case) court, without thereby converting the action from quieting of title into
 Affords prompt and adequate method to remove cloud on title accion publiciana, may determine,:
o Incidentally the ownership,
 Promotes improvement of property
o The stats of the legal title to the property
o Right to the possession thereof
To what kind of property does this action apply?
 Real property, which may refer to either the title or only an interest Art 478 There may also be an action to quiet title or remove a cloud
therein (usufruct, servitude, lease record, etc) therefrom when the contract, instrument or other obligation has been
 Not to personal property extinguished or has terminated, or has been barred by extinctive
o But, they may be applied to personalty under exceptional prescription.
circumstances with respect to certain types of property which
Two cases when action allowed

28
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
An action to quiet title may be maintained:
1. When the contract, instrument, or other obligation has been
extinguished or terminated (right of the defendant has been
extinguished by the happening of a condition subsequent)
2. When the contract, instrument or other obligation has been barred by
extinctive prescription (as where plaintiff has possess in bad faith the
property publicly, adversely and uninterruptedly for 30 years)
Art 479 The plaintiff must return to the defendant all benefits he may
have received from the latter, or reimburse him for expenses that may
have redounded to the plaintiff’s benefit.
Obligation of plaintiff to return or reimburse
 The purpose of the action to quiet title is solely
o to remove the cloud on the plaintiff’s title or
o to prevent a cloud from being cast upon his title, and not to
obtain any other benefit
 Plaintiff is bound to return to the defendant all the benefits he may have
received form the latter or reimburse him for the expenses incurred on
the property which has redounded to the plaintiff’s benefit (less of
course, any damage which he suffered by reason of the defendant)
Art 480 The principles of the general law on the quieting of title are
hereby adopted insofar as they are not in conflict with this Code.
Art 481 The procedure for quieting of title or the removal of a cloud
therefrom shall be governed by such rules of court as the Supreme
Court shall promulgate.
CHAPTER FOUR: RUINOUS BUILDINGS AN TREES IN
DANGER OF FALLING
Art 482 If a building, wall, column or any other construction is in
danger of falling, the owner shall be obliged to demolish it or to
execute the necessary work in order to prevent it from falling.
If the proprietor does not comply with this obligation, the
administrative authorities may order the demolition of the structure at
the expense of the owner, or take measures to insure public safety.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 If a building, wall, column or other construction is in danger of falling, the
owner has the duty to either:
o Demolish it, or
o Repair it.
 In case he doesn’t, the administrative authorities, in the exercise of
police power, may order the demolition of the structure, or take
measures to insure public safety
 Recognition of the limitation of the owner’s rights in the use and
enjoyment of his property
o Sic utere tuo ut alienum non laedas. – Use your property as
not to injure others
Art 483 Whenever a large tree threatens to fall in such a way as to
cause damage to the land or tenement of another or to travelers over a
public or private road, the owner of the tree shall be obliged to fell and
remove it; and should he not do so, it shall be done at his expense by
order of the administrative authorities.
 Owner of the tree may be compelled to fell and remove a threatening
tree, and should he fail to do so, the work shall be ordered done at his
expenses by the administrative authorities
TITLE III – CO-OWNERSHIP
ART 484 There is co-ownership whenever the ownership of an
undivided thing or right belongs to different person.
In default of contracts, or of special provisions, co-ownership
shall be governed by the provisions of this Title.
What is co-ownership?
 As a manifestation of ownership, it is that form of ownership which
exists whenever an undivided thing or right belongs to different persons
 As a right, it has been defined as the right of common dominion which
two or more persons have in a spiritual or ideal part of a thing which is
not materially or physically divided
Requisites
i. Plurality of owners
ii. Object of ownership must be an undivided thing or right
29
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

iii. Each co-owners’ right must be limited only to his ideal share of the 6. Occupancy (two folks catch a wild animal in the jungles of Borneo)
physical whole
Co-ownership Joint Ownership
Characteristics of co-ownership  Each co-owner, together with  No abstract share ownership
1. Two or more co-owners the others, is the owner of the by the co-owners, the right of
2. Single object which is not materially or physically divided, over which whole undivided thing or right the joint tenants being
and his ideals share of the whole, each co-owner exercises ownership, but at the same time of his inseparable
together with the co-owners own ideal part thereof
3. No mutual representation by the co-owners  Can dispose of his share
4. Exists for the common enjoyment of the co-owners without the consent of the  Not permitted to dispose of his
5. No distinct legal personality other share or interest in the
6. Governed first by the contract of parties property without the consent of
a. otherwise, by special legal provisions  Survivors are subrogated to others
b. in default of such provisions, by this Title the rights of the deceased  If joint tenant dies, his
immediately upon the death of ownership dies with him
Ownership of a co-owner the latter
 Ownership of whole and over his aliquot share  Disability of a co-owner does
 Each owner is at the same time absolute owner of his own ideal but not inure to the benefit of the  Disability of a joint tenant
definite share which determines his rights and obligations in the co- others inures to the benefit of the
ownership others for purposes of
 Every co-owner, jointly with the other co-owners, is the owner prescription
i. of the whole, and over the whole he exercises the right of
dominion, and Co-ownership Partnership
ii. he is at the same time the owner of an aliquot portion which is  May be created without  Can be created only by a
truly abstract because until division is effected such portion is formalities of a contract contract, express or implied
not concretely determined  No juridical or legal personality  Distinct juridical personality
 Purpose is collective  Purpose to obtain profits
Disputed portions owned already concretely determined
enjoyment of the thing
 No co-ownership when the different portions owned by different people
 Co-owner can dispose of his  Unless authorized, a partner
are already concretely determined and separately identifiable, even if
share without the consent of cannot dispose and substitute
not yet technically described
the others, transferee another partner in his place
 Example: When northern half of land belongs to buyer, southern automatically becoming a co-  Partner can generally bind the
half belongs to seller owner partnership
 No mutual representation  Distribution of profits is subject
Sources of co-ownership
 Distribution of profits must be to stipulation of the partners
1. Contract (two persons share in paying purchase price)
proportional to the respective
2. Law (easement in party walls, absolute community of property)
3. Succession (in the case of heirs of undivided property)
interests of the co-owners  Dissolved by death or
4. Testamentary disposition or donation inter vivos (testator prohibits  Not dissolved by death incapacity
partition of the property)  Agreement to keep the thing
5. Fortuitous event or by chance (commixtion or confusion by accident) undivided for a period of more

30
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

than ten years is void  There may be agreement as to  In absence thereof, it is to be understood that the thing is
(although it may be extended any definite term without limit intended for that use for which it is ordinarily adapted
by a new agreement) set by law according to its nature
 Co-owners are free to change the purpose of the co-ownership
Co-ownership Easement by agreement, express or implied
 Each co-owner has a right of  Precisely a limitation on the o However, mere tolerance does not change purpose
dominion over the whole right of dominion 2. Must not injure the interest of the co-ownership
property and over his 3. Must not prevent the co-owners from using it according to their rights
undivided share
 Right of ownership rests solely  Right of dominion is in favor of Art 487 Anyone of the co-owners may bring an action in ejectment.
on each and every co-owner one or more persons and over
over a single object two or more different things Action in ejectment
 Any co-owner can bring, in behalf of himself, and the other co-owners
Case doctrines an action in ejectment affecting the co-ownership
 The property regime of parties to a bigamous marriage is governed by o Forcible entry, unlawful detainer, recovery of possession,
Art 148 of the Family Code which provides that all properties acquired recovery of ownership
by the parties out of their actual joint contribution of money, property, or  May be brought against strangers and even against a co-owner
industry shall be governed by the rules on co-ownership. If there is no o Only purpose of an action against a co-owner who takes
contribution from either or both of the spouses, there can be no co- exclusive possession and asserts exclusive ownership of the
ownership. (Acre v Yuttikki - aw yeah, what a name.) property is to obtain recognition of the co-ownership
 An adverse decision in the action is not necessarily res judicata with
Art 485 The share of the co-owners, in the benefits as well as in the respect to the other co-owners not being parties to the action
charges, shall be proportional to their respective interests. Any o Exception: where it appears that the action was instituted in
stipulation in a contract to the contrary shall be void. their behalf with their express or implied consent, or
The portions belonging to the co-owners in the co-ownership o The rights in the co-ownership are derived from the title of their
shall be presumed equal, unless the contrary is proved. predecessors-in-interest found by the court to be invalid or
inexistent
Presumption: Proportional to their respective interests
Does not apply to co-ownership based on will or by donation. Art 488 Each co-owner shall have a right to compel the other co-
owners to contribute to the expenses of preservation of the thing or
Art 486 Each co-owner may use the thing owned in common, provided right owned in common and to the taxes. Anyone of the latter may
he does so in accordance with the purpose for which it is intended and exempt himself from this obligation by renouncing so much of his
in such a way as not to injure the interest of the co-ownership or undivided interest as may be equivalent to his share of the expenses
prevent the other co-owners from using it according to their rights. The and taxes. No such waiver shall be made if it is prejudicial to the co-
purpose of the co-ownership may be changed by agreement, express ownership.
or implied.
Obligation to contribute to expenses of preservation and to taxes
Limitations on co-owner’s right to use  The expenses of preservation of the thing or right owned in common
1. Must be n accordance with the purpose for which the co-ownership is and the amount of taxes due thereon should be borne by all
intended
 Resort to the agreement

31
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 A co-owner who advanced them has a right to demand reimbursement
from the others in proportion to their respective interests in the co-
ownership
 Refers only to necessary expenses
 Useful expenses are not covered, unless such were incurred with the
consent of the others
 Expenses for pure luxury are not also refundable, not being for
preservation
Renunciation by a co-owner of his share in the co-ownership
 Renunciation need not be total
 The co-owner need only renounce or give up in favor of the other co-
owners so much of this undivided share as may be equivalent to his
share of expenses and taxes
 Example?
Art 489 Repairs for preservation may be made at the will of one of one
of the co-owners, but he must, if practicable, first notify his co-owners
of the necessity for such repairs. Expenses to improve or embellish the
thing shall be decided upon by a majority as determined in Article 492.
Necessity for agreement on expenses
 Acts or decisions affecting the ting owned in common may be grouped
into
o Acts of preservation (Art 489)
o Acts of administration (Art 492)
o Acts of alteration (Art 491)
 Repairs for preservation
o A co-owner has the right to compel the other co-owners to
contribute to the expenses of preservation, maintenance or
necessary repairs of the thing or right owned in common, and
to the taxes, even if incurred without the knowledge of other
co-owners or prior notice to them, in view of the nature of
expenses
o Co-owner must, if practicable, first notify the co-owners of the
necessity for the repairs
 If impracticable or where the repairs are very urgent
and the other co-owners are in remote places and
cannot be reached, the notice may be dispensed with
o The lack of notice, even if practicable, would not exempt the
other co-owners from the obligation to contribute to the
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
expenses. But the co-owner who advanced them has the
burden of proving that they were properly incurred.
Art 490 Whenever the different stories of a house belong to different
owners, if the titles of ownership do not specify the terms under which
they should contribute to the necessary expenses and there exists no
agreement on the subject, the following rules:
1. the main and party walls, the roofs and the other things used
in common, shall be preserved at the expense of all the
owners in proportion to the value of the story belonging to
each;
2. Each owner shall bear the cost of maintaining the floor of his
story; the floor of the entrance, front door, common yard and
sanitary works common to all shall be maintained at the
expense of all the owners pro rata;
3. The stairs from the entrance to the first story shall be
maintained at the expense of all the owners pro rata, with the
exception of the owner of the ground floor; the stairs from the
first to the second story shall be preserved at the expense of
all, except the owner of the ground floor and the owner of the
first story; and so on successively.
 Applies if the titles of ownership do not specify the terms thereof or
there exists no agreement on the subject
Art 491 None of the co-owners shall without the consent of the others,
make alterations in the thing owned in common, even though benefits
for all would result therefrom. However, if the withholding of the
consent by one or more ot the co-owners is clearly prejudicial to the
common interest, the courts may afford adequate relief.
Necessity of consent of other co-owners for alterations
 Alteration contemplates a change made by a co-owner in the thing
owned in common which involves:
o Change of the thing from the state or essence in which the
others believe it should remain; or
o Withdrawal of the thing from the use to which they wish it to be
intended; or
o Any other transformation which prejudices the condition or
substance of the thing or its enjoyment by the others.
 Alteration is not limited to material or physical changes
32
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
o Includes any act of ownership by which a real right or
encumbrance is imposed on the common property, such as
servitude, registered lease, lease of real property for more than
one year, mortgage, pledge
 NB: Unanimous consent of all the co-owners, not a mere majority, is
necessary even if the alteration would prove beneficial because
alteration is an act of ownership and not of mere administration
o Consent may be expressed or implied
 Liability for alteration: the co-owner who makes such alteration without
the express or implied consent of the other co-owners acts in bad faith
because he does so as if he were the sole owner
o He loses what he has spent
o Obliged to demolish the improvements done, and
o Liable to pay for loses and damages the community property or
the other co-owners may have suffered
Art 492 For the administration and better enjoyment of the thing owned
in common, the resolutions of the majority of the co-owners shall be
binding.
There shall be no majority unless the resolution is approved
by the co-owners who represent the controlling interest in the object of
the co-ownership.
Should there be no majority, or should the resolution of the
majority be seriously prejudicial to those interested in the property
owned in common, the court, at the instance of an interested party,
shall order such measures as it may deem proper, including the
appointment of an administrator.
Whenever a part of the thing belongs exclusively to one of the
co-owners, and the remainder is owned in common, the preceding
provisions shall apply only to the part owned in common.
Rules for acts of administration and better enjoyment
 Acts of management of the common property
 They contemplate acts or decisions for the common benefit of all the co-
owners and not for the benefit of only one or some of them
 While alteration is more or less permanent, acts of administration have
transitory effects and have for their purpose the preservation,
preparation and better enjoyment of the thing and which do not affect its
essence, nature or substance
 NB: Majority rule prevails.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o The majority consists of co-owners who represent the
controlling interest in the object of the co-ownership.
o The majority likewise decides the expenses to improve or
embellish the common property. Notice must be given to the
minority unless it is impracticable to do so.
 If there is no majority or the resolution of the majority is seriously
prejudicial to the interests of the other co-owners, the court, at the
instance of an interested party, may take such measures as it may
deem proper
o Examples of prejudicial acts:
 Resolution calls for a substantial change of the thing
 Authorizes leases, loans, and other contracts without
the necessary security
 Upholds the continued employment of an
administrator who is guilt of fraud or negligence in his
management
Art 493 Each co-owner shall have the full ownership of his part and of
the fruits and benefits pertaining thereto, and he may therefore
alienate, assign or mortgage it, and even substitute another person in
its enjoyment, except when personal rights are involved. But the effect
of the alienation or the mortgage, with respect to the co-owners shall
be limited to the portion which may be allotted to him in the division
upon the termination of the co-ownership.
Rights of each co-owner
1. Full ownership of his part, that is, his undivided interest or share in the
common property
2. Full ownership of the fruits and benefits pertaining thereto
3. May alienate, assign or mortgage his ideal interest or share
independently of the other co-owners
4. May even substitute another person in the enjoyment of his part, except
when personal rights are involved
33
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 A co-owner is given the legal right of redemption in case the shares of
all the other co-owners or any of them are sold to a third person (not a
co-owner)1
o Harry, Ron and Neville were co-owners of a parcel of land.
Harry sold his share to Draco. Ron and Neville may redeem
the share from Angel. If only Ron exercises the right, he shall
pay only a reasonable price. Subject to reimbursement from
Neville, as it is a preservation expense.
o If they both want to exercise the right, they may only do so in
proportion to the share they may respectively have in the thing
owned in common.
 A co-owner may exempt himself from the obligation to contribute to the
expenses of preservation of the thing or right owned in common and to
the taxes by renouncing so much of his interest as may be equivalent to
his share of the expenses and taxes
Sale or mortgage of common property
 Undivided portion
o A co-owner is free to dispose of his pro indiviso share and of
the fruits and other benefits arising from that share but the
transferee does not acquire an specific or determinate physical
portion of the whole, his right being limited to the portion which
may be allotted to him upon the partition of the property
 Definite portion
o The fact that a deed of sale appears to convey a definite or
segregated portion of the property under co-ownership that is
still undivided does not per se render the sale a nullity
o The sale is valid subject only to the condition that the interests
acquired by the vendee must be limited to the part that may be
assigned to the co-owner-vendor in the division upon the
termination of the co-ownership
o The sale affects only his proportionate or abstract share in the
property owned in common, subject to the results of the
partition, but not those of the other co-owners who did not
consent to the sale
1 Should two or more co-owners desire to exercise the right of redemption they may
Art 1620 A co-owner of a thing may exercise the right of redemption in case the
shares of all the other co-owners or of any of them, are sold to a third person. If the
price of the alienation is grossly excessive, the redepmtioner shall pay only a
reasonable one.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o There may be a valid sale of a definite portion of the property
co-owned even before actual partition where the rule of
estoppel apples (co-owners didn’t object when seller pointed a
portion out to a potential buyer)
 Whole property
o Even if a co-owner sells the whole property as his own, or
without the consent of ther other co-owners, the sale is valid
only insofar as his ideal quota is concerned unless the sale is
authorized by the other co-owners
o A sale of the entire property by one co-owner will only transfer
the rights of said co-owner to the buyer, thereby making the
buyer a co-owner of the property
o Recourse of co-owners when their consent was not secured:
action for partition
Where personal rights are involved
 A co-owner may substitute another in the enjoyment of his undivided
interest in the co-ownership except when personal rights are involved
 Personal right – a right which cannot be transferred because it affects
the personal relations of the co-owners with one another
Art 494 No co-owner shall be obliged to remain in the co-ownership.
Each co-owner may demand at any time the partition of the thing
owned in common, insofar as his share is concerned.
Nevertheless, an agreement to keep the thing undivided for a
certain period of time, not exceeding ten years, shall be valid. This
terms may be extended by a new agreement.
A donor or testator may prohibit partition for a period which
shall not exceed twenty years.
Neither shall there be any partition when it is prohibited by
law.
No prescription shall run in favor of co-owner or co-heir
against his co-owners or co-heirs so long as he expressly or impliedly
recognizes the co-ownership.
Termination of co-ownership
only do so in proportion to the share they may respectively have in the thing owned in
common.
34
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 Co-ownership may be terminated in different ways, as follows
1. Consolidation or merger in only one of the co-owners of all the
interests of the others;
2. Destruction or loss of the property co-owned
3. Acquisitive prescription in favor of a third person, or a co-owner
who repudiates the co-ownership
4. Partition, judicial or extrajudicial
5. Termination of the period agreed upon or imposed by the donor or
testator, or of the period allowed by law
6. Sale by the co-owners of the thing to a third person and the
distribution of its proceeds among them
Right of a co-owner to demand partition
 Partition is the division between two or more persons of real or personal
property which they own in common so that each may enjoy and
possess his sole estate to the exclusion of and without interference from
the others
 Co-owner ahs the right to demand at any time partition of the thing
owner in common, insofar as his share is concerned for “no co-owner
shall be obliged to remain in the co-ownership”
 Action to demand partition is imprescriptible or cannot be barred by
laches, absent a clear repudiation of the co-ownership by a co-owner
clearly communicated to the other co-owners
 The actual possession and enjoyment of several portions of the
common property by some of the co-owners does not of itself provide
proof that the property has already been partitioned and co-ownership
terminated.
o A co-owner cannot, without the conformity of the other co-
owners or judicial decree of partition, adjudicate to himself in
fee simple a determinate portion of the property owned in
common as his share theirein, to the exclusion of the others
Exceptions to the right to demand partition
1. When the co-owners have agreed to keep the thing undivided for a
certain period of time, not exceeding ten years
o Period stipulated exceeds ten years would be void insofar as
the excess is concerned
2. When the partition is prohibited by donor or testator for a certain period
not exceeding twenty years
3. When the partition is prohibited by law
o Conjugal property, etc
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
4. When partition would render the thing unserviceable for the use for
which it is intended
5. When another co-owner has possessed the property as exclusive owner
and for a period sufficient to acquire it by prescription
Prescription in favor of or against a co-owner
 Prescription does not run in favor or against a co-owner or co-heir
 Co-ownership is a form of a trust, with each owner being a trustee for
each other.
 Where, however, a co-owner or co-heir repudiates the co-ownership,
prescription begins to run from the time of repudiation (requisites)
i. He had performed unequivocal acts of repudiation of the co-
ownership amounting to an ouster of the beneficiary or the
other co-owners
ii. Such positive acts of repudiation have been made known to
the beneficiary or other co-owners
iii. Evidence thereon is clear, complete and conclusive in order to
establish prescription without any shadow of doubt; and
iv. Possession is open, continuous, exclusive and notorious
Examples of specific acts which are considered as acts of repudiation
 Filing by a trustee of an action in court against the trustor to quiet title to
property
 Action for reconveyance of land based on implied or constructive trust
 Cancellation of title in the name of the apparent beneficiaries and
application for a new certificate of title in his (administrator/trustee)
name
Art 495 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding article, the co-
owners cannot demand a physical division of the thing owned in
common, when to do so would render it unserviceable for the use for
which it is intended. But the co-ownership may be terminated in
accordance with Article 498.
Art 496 Partition may be made by agreement between the parties or by
judicial proceedings. Partition shall be governed by the Rules of Court
insofar as they are consistent with this Code.
Purpose and effect of partition
 Partition has for its purpose the separation, division and assignment of
the thing held in common among those to whom it may belong.
35
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 After partition, the portion belonging to each co-owner has been
identified and localized, so that co-ownership, in its real sense, no
longer exists
Action for partition
 Two phases:
o Determine whether there is indeed a co-ownership
o Determine how the property is to be divided
 The issue of ownership or co-ownership must first be solved in order to
effect a partition of properties
 An action for partition will not lie if the claimant has no rightful interest
over the subject property
How partition effected
 May be effected extrajudicially pursuant to an agreement
 May be effected judicially by judicial proceedings under Rule 69 of the
Rules of Court
o An action for partition is in the nature of an action quasi in rem
Application of the Statute of Frauds
 The Statute of Frauds does not apply to partition because it is not
legally deemed a conveyance or a sale of property resulting in change
of ownership but simply a segregation and designation of that part of the
property which belongs to each of the co-owners
 Oral partition is valid and enforceable where no third persons are
involved
o In cases of oral partition, the actual possession of one of the
property is evidence that there was indeed oral partition.
o In an oral partition under which the parties went into
possession, exercises acts of ownership, or otherwise partly
performed the partition agreement, equity will confirm such
partition and in a proper case, decree title in accordance with
the possession in severalty
Art 497 The creditors or assignees of the co-owners may take part in
the division of the thing owned in common and object to its being
effected without their concurrence. But they cannot impugn any
partition already executed, unless there has been fraud, or in case it
was made notwithstanding a formal opposition presented to prevent it,
without prejudice to the right of the debtor or assignor to maintain its
validity.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The law does not expressly require that previous notice of the proposed
partition be given to the creditors and assignees. But as they are
granted the right to participate in the partition, they have also the right to
be notified thereof. In the absence of notice, the partition will not be
binding on them.
 Rules:
o If no notice is given, the creditors or assignees may question
the partition already made;
o If notice is given, it is their duty to appear and make known
their position; they may concur with the proposed partition or
object to it; and
o They cannot impugn a partition already executed or
implemented unless:
 There has been fraud, whether or not notice was
given, and whether or not formal opposition was
presented, or
 The partition was made notwithstanding that formal
opposition was presented to prevent it, even if there
has been no fraud.
 Debtor or assignor has always the right to show the validity of the
partition.
Art 498 Whenever the thing is essentially indivisible and the co-owners
cannot agree that it be allotted to one of them who shall indemnify the
others, it shall be sold and its proceeds distributed.
 Although the thing cannot be physically divided, the co-ownership may
nevertheless be terminated in accordance with the above provision
pursuant to the rule in Art 494 by adjudication of the thing to one of the
co-owners who shall indemnify the others or by its sale with the
proceeds thereof divided among the co-owners
 Sale may be private, public, and purchases may be a co-owner or a
third person
 Art 498 applies when:
o Thing indivisible
o Co-owners can’t agree that it be allotted to one of them, who
shall indemnify the others
o So, ibenta na lang!
36
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art 499 The partition of a thing owned in common shall not prejudice
third persons who shall retain the rights of mortgage, servitude, or any
other real rights belonging to them before the division was made.
Personal rights pertaining to third persons against the co-ownership
shall also remain in force, notwithstanding the partition.
 Third persons, refer to all those with real rights, such as mortgage and
servitude over the thing owned in common or with personal rights
against the co-owners who had no participation whatever in the partition
Art 500 Upon partition, there shall be a mutual accounting for benefits
received and reimbursements for expenses made. Likewise, each co-
owner shall pay for damages caused by reason of his negligence or
fraud.
Art 501 Every co-owner shall, after partition, be liable for defects of title
and quality of the portion assigned to each of the other co-owners.
What are the obligations of the co-owners upon partition? (ARIW)
1. Mutual accounting for the benefits received (because the fruits and
other benefits of the thing belong to all the co-owners)
2. Mutual reimbursement for expenses (necessary expenses, taxes, etc)
3. Indemnity for damages caused by reason of negligence or fraud
4. Reciprocal warranty for defects of title or quality of the portion assigned
to a co-owner (land allotted to a co-owner belongs to a third party, or the
property is of inferior quality)
a. Atty Abrenica said that in practice, the remedy in this situation
is to divide the remaining property and just give it to the one
prejudiced
THE CONDOMINIUM ACT
 A condominium is an
o Interest in real property consisting of
 A separate interest in a unit in a residential, industrial,
or commercial building, and
 An undivided interest in common directly or indirectly
in the land on which it is located and in other common
areas of the building.
 Two important documents: Master Deed and Declaration of Restrictions
 Foreigners can own up to 40% of the entire condominium corporation
(so if the condominium has 100 units, foreigners can own up to 40 units)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 “Project” means the entire parcel of real property divided or to be
divided in condominiums, including all structures thereon
 “Common areas” (meaning the entire project excepting all units
separately granted or held or reserved) are owned by the condominium
corporation
 “Private units” (meaning the a part of the condo project intended for any
type of independent use or ownership) are owned by the unit owners
o Unit owners are shareholders in the condominium
o If you sell your unit to someone else, you lose your status as a
shareholder in the condominium corporation
 Condominium Certificate of Title is what’s given (as opposed to a OCT
or TCT)
TITLE V – POSSESSION
CHAPTER ONE
POSSESSION AND THE KINDS THEREOF
Art 523 Possession is the holding of a thing or the enjoyment of a right.
Concept of possession
 As a distinct legal concept, possession is the holding of a thing or the
enjoyment of a right with the intention to possess in one’s own right
Ownership and possession distinguished
 There is ownership when a thing pertaining to one person is completely
subjected to his will in a manner not prohibited by law and consistent
with the rights of others. It confers certain right to the owner (right to
enjoy the thing owned and the right to exclude other persons from
possession thereof)
 On the other hand, possession is defined as the holding of a thing or the
enjoyment of a right. To possess means to actually and physically
occupy a thing with or without a right.
 Possession may be in the concept of an owner or in the concept of a
holder.
 A person may be declared owner but he may not be entitled to
possession. (As in when the possession is in the hands of a tenant)
 A judgment for ownership does not necessarily include possession as a
necessary incident.
 Just as possession is not a definite proof of ownership, neither is non-
possession inconsistent with ownership.
37
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
What are the elements of possession?
1. Holding or control of a thing or right
 Possession always implies the element of corpus or occupation,
whether in one’s own name or another (except in cases in Art 537)
 In other words, there must be possession in fact
2. With intention to possess
 the intention and the will to possess are inferred from the fact that
the thing is under the control of the alleged possessor, however,
the existence of the animus possidendi is always subject to
contradiction (when in fact the person does not in fact exercise
such power of control and does not intend to do so)
 Insane and demented persons cannot acquire possession as they
are incapable of understanding their actions, therefore, the animus
possidendi cannot be present
3. In one’s own right
 Possession may be in one’s own name or that of another’s (by
himself or by an agent)
 In the first case, the possession may be in the concept of owner or
in the concept of a holder of a thing with ownership pertaining to
another
 In the second case, the possession is exercised by the owner or
holder thru his agent
 In both cases, the possession of the owner or holder is by virtue of
his right as such owner or holder
What are the relations created by possession?
 Possession is characterized by two relations:
1. Possessor’s relation to the property itself – this assumes that the
possessor exercises some degree of control more or less effective
over the object.
2. Possessor’s relation to the world – aside from the power of control
over the object, the possessor must also have the ability to exclude
others from his possession. A customer who holds and examines a
piece of jewelry in the presence of the seller may be said to have
only custody, not possession, of the jewelry.
Forms or degrees of possession
1. Possession without any title whatever
 Mere holding or possession without any right or title at all, such as
that of a thief or squatter
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
2. Possession with a juridical title
 Predicated on a juridical relation existing between the possessor
and the owner (or one acting in his behalf) of the thing but not in the
concept of owner, such as that of a lessee, usufructuary,
depositary, agent, etc
3. Possession with a just title
 Possession of an adverse claimant whose title is sufficient to
transfer ownership but is defective, such as when the seller is not
the true owner or could not transmit his rights thereto to the
possessor who acted in good faith
4. Possession with a title in fee simple
 Possession derived from the right of dominion or possession of an
owner. This is the highest degree of possession.
Nature of possession
1. As an act
 Simply the holding of a thing or the enjoyment of a right with the
intention to possess in one’s own right
2. As a fact
 When there is holding or enjoyment, then possession exists as a
fact. It is the state or condition of a person having property under
his control, with or without right
3. As a right
 Refers to the right of a person to that holding or enjoyment to the
exclusion of all others having better right than the possessor. It may
be:
o Jus possidendi, or right to possession which is incidental
to and included in the right of ownership; or
o Jus possessionis or right of possession independent of
and apart from the right of ownership.
Possession as a fact
1. The face of possession gives rise to certain rights and presumptions.
 Thus a person has a right to be respected in his possession, and
should he be disturbed therein, he shall be protected or restored to
said possession.
 A possessor has in his favor the presumption that his possession is
lawful – that he is the owner or has been given the right of
possession by the owner. He who would disturb a possessor must
show either ownership or a better possessory right.
38
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
2. Possession is not a definitive proof of ownership nor is non-possession
inconsistent therewith. Possession, however, may create ownership
either by occupation or by acquisitive prescription.
Classes of possession
1. Possession in one’s own name or in the name of another (Art 524)
2. Possession in the concept of owner or possession in the concept of
holder (Art 525), and
3. Possession in good faith or possession in bad faith (Art 526)
Extent of possession
1. Actual possession
 Occupancy in fact of the whole or at least substantially the whole.
With land, it consists in the manifestation of acts of dominion over it
of such a nature as a party would naturally exercise over his
property.
 Literally, to possess means to actually and physically occupy a
thing with or without a right.
2. Constructive possession
 Occupancy of part in the name of the whole under such circumstances
that the law extends the occupancy to the possession of the whole.
Doctrine of constructive possession
 Possession in the eyes of the law does not mean that a man has to
have his feet on every square meter of ground before it can be said that
he is in possession.
 The general rule is that the possession and cultivation of a portion of a
tract of land under claim of ownership of all is constructive possession
of all.
o There are qualifications to this rule, and one of them is that
relating to the size of the tract in controversy with reference to
the portion actually in possession of the claimant.
Art 524 Possession may be exercised in one’s own name or in that of
another.
Name under which possession may be exercised
 An owner or a holder may exercise his possession in his own name or
through another.
 In the same way, possession may be acquired by the same person who
is to enjoy it or by one acting for another (Art 532)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
1. In one’s own name
o When in one’s own name, the fact of possession and the right
to such possession are found in the same person, such as the
actual possession of an owner or a lessor of land.
2. In the name of another
o When possession is in the name of another, the one in actual
possession is without any right of his own, but is merely an
instrument of another in the exercise of the latter’s possession,
such as possession of an agent, servant or guard. Possession
in another’s name may be:
 Voluntary, when exercised by virtue of an agreement,
or
 Necessary or legal, when exercised by virtue of law,
such as the possession in behalf of incapacitated
persons.
 Physical or material, when the possessor is a mere
custodian of the property and has no independent
right or title to retain or possess the same as against
the owner (like the possession of money received by
a teller for the bank), or
 Juridical, when the possession gives the transferee a
right over the thing which the transferee may set up
against the owner, such as the possession of an
agent who receives the proceeds of sales of goods
delivered to him in agency by his principal.
Case doctrines
 In the grammatical sense, to possess means to have, to actually and
physically occupy a thing, with or without a right. Two things are
paramount in possession –
o there must be occupancy, apprehension or taking, and
o there must be intent to possess (animus possidendi). (Yu v
Pacleb)
 Possession always includes the idea of occupation. It is not necessary
that the person in possession should himself be the occupant. The
occupancy can be held by another in his name. without occupancy,
there is no possession. (Yu v Pacleb)
Art 525 The possession of things or rights may be had in one of two
concepts: either in the concept of owner, or in that of the holder of the
39
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
thing or right to keep or enjoy it, the ownership pertaining to another
person.
Concept in which possession may be had
 Concept, as contemplated in the provision, does not mean the opinion,
attitude or belief of the possessor, but of the others, generally in view of
the circumstances which precede and accompany the possession.
 Thus, possession in the concept of owner is distinguished from
possession in good faith.
 This kind of possession is also referred as to adverse possession that
may ripen into ownership under Article 540.
 Possession may be had in one of two concepts:
1. Possession in the concept of owner (en concepto de dueno)
 This takes place when the possessor, by his actions, is
considered or is believed by other people as the owner,
regardless of the good or bad faith of the possession.
 It is possession under a claim of ownership or title by one who
is the owner himself or one who is not the owner but claims to
be and acts as the owner.
2. Possession in the concept of holder
 This takes place when the possessor of a thing or right holds it
merely to keep or enjoy it, the ownership pertaining to another
person.
 It is possession not under a claim of ownership, the possessor
acknowledging in another a superior right which he believes to
be of ownership, whether this be true or not, or his belief be
right or wrong.
 A person may be a lessor although he is not the owner of the
property leased. In lease, only the temporary use and
enjoyment, not the ownership of the property is transferred.
Possession in concept of both owner and holder or in neither
 It is possible that a person may exercise possession both in the concept
of owner and in the concept of holder.
 A distinction must be borne in mind between possession of the thing
itself and possession of the right to keep or enjoy the thing.
o Rights are possessed in the concept of owner. Thus, the
lessee possesses the thing leased in the concept of holder,
and the right of lease in the concept of owner.
 The agent, parent and other legal representatives possess neither in the
concept of owner nor holder. They possess in the name of another.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Case doctrines
 Possession is:
o open when it is patent, visible, apparent, notorious and not
clandestine.
o continuous when uninterrupted, unbroken and not intermittent
or occasional.
o exclusive when the adverse possessor can show exclusive
dominion over the land and an appropriation of it to his own
use and benefit
o notorious when it is so conspicuous that it is generally known
and talked off by the public or the people in the neighborhood.
 Use of land is adverse when it is open and notorious. (Republic v
Imperial Credit Corporation)
 While a tax declaration by itself is not sufficient to prove ownership, it
may serve as sufficient basis for inferring possession. (Rep v ICC)
 Tax declarations and receipts can only be the basis of a claim of
ownership through prescription when coupled with proof of actual
possession. (Heirs of Cabal v Cabal)
 However, tax declarations and receipts are not conclusive evidence of
ownership. At most, they constitute mere prima facie proof of ownership
or possession of the property for which the taxes have been paid. In the
absence of actual public and adverse possession, the declaration of the
land for tax purposes does not prove ownership. (Cequena v Bolante)
Art 526 He is deemed a possessor in good faith who is not aware that
there exists in his title or mode of acquisition any flaw which
invalidates it.
He is deemed a possessor in bad faith who possesses in any
case contrary to the foregoing.
Mistake upon a doubtful or difficult question of law may be the
basis of good faith.
Define possessor in good faith and in bad faith
 A possessor in good faith (Buena fe) is one who is not aware that there
exists in his title or mode of acquisition any flaw which invalidates it.
 A possessor in bad faith (mala fe) is one who possesses in any case
contrary to the foregoing; he is aware that there exists in his title or
mode of acquisition a flaw which invalidates it.
 This article presupposes that the there exists a flaw in the title or mode
of acquisition of the possessor who is either aware or not aware of it.
40
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 If there is no flaw, there can be no issue regarding good or bad faith.
 Good faith is always presumed, and upon him who alleges bad faith on
the part of the possessor rests the burden of proof.
 The distinction is importance principally in connection with the receipt of
fruits and the payment of expenses and improvements and the
acquisition of ownership by prescription.
 The distinction is immaterial in the exercise of the right to recover under
Article 539 which speaks of every possessor.
 The good or bad faith is necessarily personal to the possessor but in the
case of a principal and any person represented by another, the good or
bad faith of the agent or legal rep will benefit or prejudice him for whom
he acts.
Requisites for possession in good faith or bad faith
1. The possessor has a title or mode of acquisition; (Art 712)
2. There is a flaw or defect in said title or mode; and
3. The possessor is unaware or aware of the flaw or defect or believes that
the thing belongs or does not belong to him.
 A possessor in good faith becomes a possessor in bad faith from the
moment he becomes aware that what he believes to be true is not so.
 If the flaw is in the title of the possessor’s predecessor, and affects his
own title, the flaw exists in his own title unless he can sustain his own
independent of that of his predecessor.
Concept of good faith
 Good faith or the lack of it is a question of intention, but in ascertaining
the intention, the courts are necessarily controlled by the evidence as to
the conduct and outward acts by which alone the inward motive may be
determined.
 Good faith or the want of it, is not a visible, tangible fact that can be
seen or touched but rather a state or condition of mind which can only
be ascertained by actual or fancied tokens or signs.
 The essence of bona fides or good faith lies in:
o The honest belief in the validity of one’s right,
o ignorance of a superior claim, and
o absence of intention to overreach another, or to defraud or to
seek an unconscionable advantage. (also the doctrine of Heirs
of Cabal)
 Good faith must rest on a colorable right in the possessor beyond a
mere stubborn belief in one’s title.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 One is considered a possessor in good faith if he is not aware that there
exists in his title or mode of acquisition any flaw which invalidates it.
 Basically, it’s honesty of intention and absence of malice.
Concept of bad faith
 It is the opposite of good faith.
 It imputes a dishonest purpose to do wrong or cause damage.
 It contemplates a state of mind affirmatively operating with furtive design
or some motive of self-interest of ill-will for ulterior purposes.
Mistake upon a doubtful or difficult question of law
 The phrase “mistake upon a doubtful or difficult question of law” refers
to the honest error in the application of the law or interpretation of
doubtful or conflicting legal provisions or doctrines.
 It is different from “ignorance of the law.”
 Manresa says that gross and inexcusable ignorance of the law may not
be the basis of good faith, but excusable ignorance may be such basis if
it is based upon ignorance.
 Dean Capistrano says that excusable ignorance as a basis of good faith
was rejected by the Code Commission.
Case doctrines
 The possessor with a Torrens Title who is not aware of any flaw in his
title which invalidates it is considered a possessor in good faith and his
possession does not lose this character except in the case and from the
moment his Torrens Title is declared null and void by final judgment of
the Courts. (Dizon v Rodriguez)
 The defense of having purchased the property in good faith may be
availed of only where registered land is involved and the buyer had
relied in good faith on the clear title of the registered owner. (Daclag v
Macahilig)
Art 527 Good faith is always presumed, and upon him who alleged bad
faith on the part of a possessor rests the burden of proof.
Presumption of good faith
 This article establishes the presumption of good faith; it does not say
that good faith exists, but that it is presumed.
41
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 The presumption is just because possession is the outward sign of
ownership. It is to be presumed that the right of the possessor is well-
founded.
 Every person is presumed to be honest until the contrary is shown.
 But note that for the purposes of prescription, just title must be proved; it
is never presumed.
Art 528 Possession acquired in good faith does not lose this character
except in the case and from the moment facts exist which show that
the possessor is not unaware that he possesses the thing improperly
or wrongfully.
Cessation of good faith during possession
 Possession which begins in good faith is presumed to continue in good
faith until the possessor acquires knowledge of facts showing a defect
or weakness in his title.
 The law speaks of “facts” in place of the word “acts”, the former being
broader than the latter. Thus, it is immaterial whether the “facts” from
which bad faith can be deduced involve acts of the possessor himself or
of some other person or any extraneous evidence. But the existence of
the facts mentioned in the article must be proved.
 Bad faith begins or good faith is interrupted from the time the possessor
becomes aware “that the he possesses the thing improperly or
wrongfully,” not from the time possession was acquired.
 In the absence of other facts showing the possessor’s knowledge of
defect in his title, good faith is interrupted from the receipt or service of
judicial summons.
o From the service of judicial summons, there exists an act
which the possessor knows that his right is not secure, that
someone disputes it, and that he may yet lose it; and if the
court orders that restitution be made, that time determines all
the legal consequences of the interruption, the time when the
possession in good faith ceases to be so before the law.
o The filing of a case alleging bad faith on the part of a vendee
gives cause or cessation of good faith.
Case doctrines
 When a contract of sale is void, the possessor is entitled to keep the
fruits during the period for which it held the property in good faith, which
good faith ceases when an action to recover possession of the property
is filed against him and he is served summons therefor. (DBP v CA)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art 529 It is presumed that possession continues to be enjoyed in the
same character in which it was acquired, until the contrary is proven.
Continuity of the character of the possession
 The character or possession (good faith or bad faith) is presumed to
continue until the contrary is proved
 No one can, by his sole will nor by the mere lapse of time, change the
cause of his possession.
Presumption on the continuance of possession
 There are other presumption aside from Articles 527 and 529 affecting
possession, namely:
1. Uninterrupted possession of hereditary property (Art 533)
2. Possession with just title (Art 541)
3. Possession of movables with real property (Art 542)
4. Exclusive possession of common property (Art 543)
5. Continuous possession (Art 544)
6. Uninterrupted possession (Art 561), and
7. Possession during intervening period (Art 1138)
Case doctrines
 Possession, to constitute the foundation of a prescriptive right, must be
possession under a claim of title, that is, it must be adverse. (Bogo-
Medellin v CA)
 An acknowledgment of the easement is an admission that the property
belongs to another. It gives the holder of the easement an incorporeal
interest on the land but grants no title thereto. (Bogo v CA)
 Mere material possession of land is not adverse possession as against
the owner and is insufficient to vest title, unless such possession is
accompanied by the intent to possess as an owner. (Bogo v CA)
Art 530 Only things and rights which are susceptible of being
appropriated may be the object of possession.
Object of possession
 To be the object of possession, the thing or right must be susceptible of
being appropriated.
42
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 There are more things susceptible of appropriation than there are things
within the commerce of men (i.e. those that can be acquired by
prescription).
o With respect to res nullius (property without owner), they can
be possessed because theya re capable of being appropriated
but hey cannot be acquired by prescription which presupposes
prior ownership in another. For as long as a thing is res nullius,
it is not within the commerce of men.
o Property of public dominion cannot also be the object of
prescription. The same is true of common things but both may
be the object of possession.
CHAPTER 2
ACQUISITION OF POSSESSION
Art. 531. Possession is acquired by the material occupation of a thing
or the exercise of a right, or by the fact that it is subject to the action of
our will, or by the proper acts and legal formalities established for
acquiring such right. (438a)
Ways of acquiring possession
 To be considered in possession, one need not have actual or physical
occupation of a thing all times. There are three ways of acquiring
possession, namely:
1. By the material occupation or exercise of a right;
2. By the subjection of the thing or right to our will; and
3. By proper acts and legal formalities established for acquiring such
right of possession.
 The modes of acquiring ownership can be seen in Article 712.
Material occupation or exercise of right
1. With respect to things – the law requires material occupation as one of
the modes of acquiring possession.
2. With respect to rights – since rights are intangible and cannot logically
be occupied, what is acquired is the exercise of a right. For example,
possession of a servitude of way, which is a right, is acquired by the
exercise of the right (by passing over the servient land)
Material occupation by delivery
 The material occupation of a thing as a means of acquiring possession
may take place by actual or constructive delivery. Constructive delivery
includes:
1. Tradicion brevi manu which takes place when one already in
possession of a thing by a title other than ownership continues to
possess the same under a new title, that of ownership.
2. Tradicion constitutum possessorium which happens when the
owner continues in possession of the property alienated not as
owner but in some other capacity, such as that of lessee, pledgee,
or depositary.
Subject of the action of will
 The second method of acquisition is so broad in scope that it practically
covers all means of acquiring possession.
 What the law contemplates is a distinct cause of acquiring possession
and not merely an effect.
 It refers more to the right of possession than to possession as a fact.
 Examples of which are these kinds of constructive delivery:
1. Tradicion longa manu, which is effected by the mere consent or
agreement of the parties, as when the vendor merely points to the
thing sold
2. Tradicion simbolica, which is effected by delivering an object such
as a key where the thing sold is stored or kept
Proper acts and legal formalities
 This last method of acquiring possession refers to acquisition by virtue
of a just title such as when property is transmitted by succession,
donation, contract, or execution of a public instrument, or when
possession is given by the sheriff to the highest bidder at a public
auction, or pursuant to a writ of execution.
 Unless there is a stipulation to the contrary, the execution of a sale thru
a public instrument shall be equivalent to the delivery of the thing. But
there is no delivery notwithstanding the execution of the instrument,
where the purchaser cannot have the enjoyment and make use of the
thing sold because such enjoyment and use are opposed or prevented
by another.
 Under Article 538, possession as a fact cannot be recognized at the
same time in two different personalities except in the cases of co-
possession

43
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 A sale with pacto de retro transfers the legal title to the vendee, and in
the absence of an agreement to the contrary, carries with it the right to
the possession of the property sold.
Case doctrines
 Possession alone is not sufficient to acquire title to alienable lands of
the public domain because the law requires possession AND
occupation.
 Possession is broader than occupation because it includes constructive
possession. When the lad adds the word occupation, it seeks to delimit
the all encompassing effect of constructive possession. One’s
possession must not be a mere fiction. Acutla possession of a land
consists in the manifestation of acts of dominion over it of such a nature
as a party would naturally exercise over his own property. (Ong v
Republic)
 Possession cannot be acquired through force or violence. To all intents
and purposes, a possessor, even if physically ousted, is still deemed the
legal possessor. (Cequena v Bolante)
Art. 532. Possession may be acquired by the same person who is to
enjoy it, by his legal representative, by his agent, or by any person
without any power whatever: but in the last case, the possession shall
not be considered as acquired until the person in whose name the act
of possession was executed has ratified the same, without prejudice to
the juridical consequences of negotiorum gestio in a proper case.
(439a)
By whom possession acquired
 Possession may be acquired:
1. Personally or by the same person who is to enjoy it;
2. Thru an authorized person or by his legal representative or by his
agent, and
3. Thru an unauthorized person or by any person without any power
or authority whatever.
Acquisition of possession through another
 Possession acquired by a person personally or thru another may be
exercised by him in his own name or in that of another. But minors and
other incapacitated persons need the assistance of their legal
representatives to exercise the rights arising from possession.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 If a person authorized to acquired possession for another acted beyond
his powers, the principal is not bound unless the latter ratifies the act of
acquisition.
 The exception is when a person voluntarily manages the property or
business of another. In such case, the stranger’s (gestor’s) possession
takes effect even without ratification by the owner of the property or
business.
Case doctrines
Art. 533. The possession of hereditary property is deemed transmitted
to the heir without interruption and from the moment of the death of the
decedent, in case the inheritance is accepted.
One who validly renounces an inheritance is deemed never to
have possessed the same. (440)
Acquisition of possession through succession
 The rights to the succession are transmitted from the moment of the
death of the decedent.
 From that moment, each of his heirs becomes the undivided owner of
the whole estate left with respect to that portion which might be
adjudicated to him.
 The inheritance may be accepted or repudiated.
 There is no doubt that an heir can sell whatever right, interest or
participation he may have in the property under administration, subject
to the result of said administration.
 In case the inheritance is accepted, the possession of the hereditary
property is deemed transmitted by operation of law to the heir without
interruption and from the moment of death of the decedent.
 In this inheritance is validly renounced, the heir is deemed never to
have possessed the same.
 See book for examples.
Art. 534. On who succeeds by hereditary title shall not suffer the
consequences of the wrongful possession of the decedent, if it is not
shown that he was aware of the flaws affecting it; but the effects of
possession in good faith shall not benefit him except from the date of
the death of the decedent. (442)
Effects of bad faith of decedent on heir
44
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 If the decedent was in bad faith, the heir shall not suffer the
consequences of the wrongful possession of the latter because bad
faith is personal to the decedent and is not deemed transmitted to the
heirs.
 The heir suffers the consequences of such possession only from the
moment he becomes aware of the flaws affecting the decedent’s title.
 See book again for examples.
Case doctrines
 A possessor in bad faith should not prejudice his successors-in-interest.
Bad faith is personal and intransmissible. (Escritor v IAC)
Art. 535. Minors and incapacitated persons may acquire the
possession of things; but they need the assistance of their legal
representatives in order to exercise the rights which from the
possession arise in their favor. (443)
Acquisition and exercise of rights of possession by minors and incapacitated
persons
 The persons referred to in the provision are unemancipated minors and
other persons who have no capacity to act like spendthrifts, deaf-mutes
who cannot read and write, those under civil interdiction, etc.
 Things here are limited to corporeal things only.
 This article refers principally but not exclusively to material occupation.
 Incapacitated persons may acquire property or rights by prescription
either personally or through their parents, guardians or legal reps. Once
possession of a thing is acquired by such persons, there is born the
right of possession. In the exercise of this right, they need the
assistance of their legal reps.
Art. 536. In no case may possession be acquired through force or
intimidation as long as there is a possessor who objects thereto. He
who believes that he has an action or a right to deprive another of the
holding of a thing, must invoke the aid of the competent court, if the
holder should refuse to deliver the thing. (441a)
Recourse to the courts
 Every possessor has a right to be respected in his possession. The
lawful possessor may use such force as may be reasonably necessary
to repel or prevent invasion or usurpation of his property.
 This article applies to one who believes himself the owner of real
property. If he takes justice into his own hands, he is a mere intruder;
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
and he can be compelled to return the property in an action for forcible
entry and must suffer the necessary and natural consequences of his
lawlessness.
 A party who can prove prior possession, whatever may be the character
of the possession, has the security that entitles him to recover such
possession or to remain on the property even against the owner himself
until he is lawfully ejected by accion publiciana or accion reivindicatoria.
Art. 537. Acts merely tolerated, and those executed clandestinely and
without the knowledge of the possessor of a thing, or by violence, do
not affect possession. (444)
Acts which do not give rise to possession
 The acts mentioned do not affect possession, i.e. the person in
possession does not lose the same nor does the person who results to
them acquire it. In other words, the true possessor is deemed to have
enjoyed uninterrupted possession.
o Force or intimidation – as long as there is a possessor who
objects thereto, such as by suit of forcible entry. The rule does
not apply if the possessor makes no objection, withdraws his
objection or takes no action whatsoever after initially objecting
to the deprivation.
o Acts executed clandestinely and without the knowledge of the
possessor – which mean that the acts are not public and
unknown to the possessor or owner.
o Acts merely tolerated – which do not refer to all kinds of
tolerance on the part of the owner or possessor in view of the
use of the word ‘merely’; it means permission, express or tacit,
by virtue of which the acts of possession are performed.
Hence, it is simply a question of whether permission was given
or not.
 Possession of another by mere tolerance is not adverse and no matter
how long continued, cannot ripen to ownership by prescription.
 The mere silence or failure to take any action will not be construed as
abandonment of rights on the part of the real possessor. It is, of course,
for the courts to decide whether there has been an abandonment or not.
 Possession by tolerance is lawful but becomes illegal when, upon
demand to vacate by the legal owner, the possessor refuses to comply
with such demand.
45
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art. 538. Possession as a fact cannot be recognized at the same time in
two different personalities except in the cases of co-possession.
Should a question arise regarding the fact of possession, the present
possessor shall be preferred; if there are two possessors, the one
longer in possession; if the dates of the possession are the same, the
one who presents a title; and if all these conditions are equal, the thing
shall be placed in judicial deposit pending determination of its
possession or ownership through proper proceedings. (445) 
 writ of preliminary mandatory injunction to restore him in his
Possession as a fact at the same time in two different personsalities
 The word “personalities” is not synonymous to “persons.” For example,
in co-ownership, there are two or more persons, but there is only one
personality.
 Possession as a fact may exist at the same time in two or more distinct
personalities, but as a general rule, the law will recognize only one as
the actual or real possessor.
 The exception is provided in the cases of co-possession, such as co-
ownership, where the property is possessed at the same time in
common by the co-owners also; and possession where the property is
possessed at the same time by two persons, one in the concept of
owner and the other, in the concept of holder.
 In co-possession, there is no conflict of interests of claims among the
parties.
Preference of possession
 Article 538 applies whether the property is real or personal. In case a
dispute arises regarding the fact of possession, the order of preference
is as follows:
1. The present or actual possessor shall be preferred
2. If there are two possessors, the longer in possession;
3. If the dates of possession are the same, the possessor with a title;
i.e. right or document evidencing his right to support his
possession; and
4. If all the above are equal, the fact of possession shall be judicially
determined, and in the meantime, the thing shall be placed in
judicial deposit.
CHAPTER 3
EFFECTS OF POSSESSION
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art 539 Every possessor has a right to be respected in his possession
and should he be disturbed therein he shall be protected in or restored
to said possession by the means established by the laws and the Rules
of Court.
A possessor deprived of his possession through forcible entry
may within ten days from the filing of the complaint present a motion
to secure from the competent court, in the action for forcible entry, a
possession. The court shall decide the motion within thirty days from
the filing thereof.
Rights of every possessor
Every possessor, whether in the concept of owner of in the concept of
holder, is given the following rights:
1. Right to be respected in his possession;
2. Right to be protected in or restored to said possession by legal means
should he be disturbed therein; and
3. Right to secure from a competent court in an action for forcible entry the
proper writ to restore him in his possession (Art 428)
 The mere possession of a thing is sufficient to insure respect to the
possessor while no other person appears to show and prove a better
right.
 To all intents and purposes, a possessor even if physically ousted as
through force and violence, is still deemed the legal possessor.
The fact, however, that a person was never in prior physical possession of a
land is of no moment where he has a Torrens Title over the property as prior
physical possession is necessary only in forcible entry cases.
Reasons for protection
1. To aid criminal law (by preserving the peace. Order is best secured by
protecting a possessor and leaving the true owner to seek his remedy in
a court of law)
2. As part of the law of tort (these rights of action are given in respect of
the immediate and present violation of the rights of the possessor
independently of his rights of property)
3. As part of the law of property (law does not always known that the
possession in question is unlawful. It would be unjust to cast on every
46
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
man whose possession is disturbed the burden of proving a flawless
title)
Remedies of persons deprived of possession (see discussions in Art 428)
1. forcible entry or unlawful detainer
2. accion publiciana
3. accion reivindicatoria
4. replevin or manual delivery of personal property
 In forcible entry and unlawful detainer cases, subject to some
exceptions, the immediate execution of the judgment in favor of the
plaintiff is a matter of right and mandatory.
 Considering that the only issue in ejectment is that of rightful
possession, damages that could be recovered are those which the
plaintiff could have sustained as a mere possessor, or those caused by
the loss of the use and occupation of the property, and not the damages
which he may have suffered but which have no direct relation to his loss
of material possession.
Issuance of a writ of preliminary mandatory injunction
 In forcible entry actions, the plaintiff must present within ten days from
the filing of the complaint a motion to secure from the competent court,
a writ of preliminary mandatory injunction to restore him in his
possession
 In unlawful detainer cases where an appeal is taken, the motion shall be
filed within ten days from the time the appeal is perfected, if the high
court is satisfied that the lessee’s appeal is frivolous or dilatory, or the
lessor’s appeal is prima facie meritorious.
 In an appeal from a lower court in an ejectment case, the issue of
ownership should not be delved into, for an ejectment action lies even
against the owner of a property.
Prior peaceful possession of plaintiff required in forcible entry action
 Where a dispute over possession arises between two persons, the
person first having actual possession, as between them, is the one who
is entitled to maintain the action for forcible entry.
 The main issue is possession de facto, independently of any claim of
ownership or possession de jure that either party may set forth in his
pleadings, and an appeal does not operate to change the nature of the
original action
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Even a mere applicant of public land who is in occupation and in
peaceful possession thereof can file an action for forcible entry
 Question of ownership is unessential and should be raised by the
defendant in an appropriate action
o Judgment rendered in an action for forcible entry shall not bar
an action between the same parties respecting the title to the
land or building
o The court has competence to resolve the issue of ownership
but only to determine the issue of priority of possession, as its
decision does not bind the title or affect the ownership of the
property involved (any pronouncement on ownership is
provisional)
 The purpose of the law is to protect the person who has actual
possession
 The plaintiff in an action for forcible entry and detainer cannot succeed
when it appears that, as between himself and the defendant, the latter
had possession antedating his own; and to ascertain this, it is proper to
look on to the situation as it existed before the first act of spoliation
occurred
 Legal right of prior possessor is not an issue
o If the plaintiff can prove prior possession, he may recover
possession even against the owner himself.
o If he can’t prove prior possession, he has no right of action
even if he should be the owner himself.
 In case of controverted right, the law requires the parties to preserve the
status quo until one or the other of them sees fit to invoke the decision
of a court upon the question of possession and/or possession
 A forcible entry or unlawful detainer is not suspended, abated, barred or
affected by actions filed in the RTC which do not involve physical or de
facto possession
Conditions under which action for forcible entry will lie
 Wrongful entrance by one not in possession
o The trespasser does not have to institute a state of war. The
act of going on the property and excluding the lawful possessor
therefrom necessarily implies the exertion of force over the
property, and this is all that is necessary. Under the law,
entering upon the premises by strategy or stealth is equally as
obnoxious as entering by force.
o The words “by force, intimidation, threat, etc” include every
situation or condition under which one person can wrongfully
47
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

enter upon real property to exclude another, who has prior
possession therefrom. (Banes case)
 Wrongful exclusion of prior possessor
o The foundation of the action is really the forcible exclusion of
the original possessor by a person who has entered without
right.
Art 540 Only the possession acquired and enjoyed in the concept of
owner can serve as a title for acquiring dominion.
for possession over a land, in the absence of actual possession of the
same.
 They are merely an indicum of a claim of ownership
 Nevertheless, they are good indicia of possession in the concept of
owner
 Payment of realty tax coupled with actual possession in the concept of
owner is one of the most persuasive and positive indicia, which shows
the will or desire of a person to possess with claim of ownership or to
obtain title to the land or property

Possession as basis for acquiring ownership Case doctrine

Possession acquired and enjoyed in the concept of owner may ripen into
ownership by means of prescription.
1. As holder
 Cannot be the basis of prescription
 So with possession acquired through force or intimidation (Art 536),
merely tolerated or which is not public and is unknown to the
present possessor (Art 537)
2. As equitable mortgage
 Constructive possession over the land cannot ripen into ownership
as it cannot be said to have been acquired and enjoyed in the
concept of owner
3. As claimant under a possessory information title (meh)
4. As claimant under a certificate of title
 Mere possession cannot defeat the title of a holder of a registered
Torrens title to real property
 But the true owner of the property may be defeated by an innocent
purchaser for value notwithstanding the fraud employed by the
seller (forger) in securing his title
 Generally, a forged deed is a nullity and conveys no title. However,
there are instances when such a document may become the root of
a valid title. As when the certificate of title was already transferred
from the name of the true owner to the forger, and while it remained
that way, the land was subsequently sold to an innocent purchaser
for value (land titles!)
5. As possessor of forest land (not possible!)
 Mere tax declarations of ownership do not vest or prove ownership of
the property in the declarant nor are even sufficient to sustain a claim
 In order than an action for recovery of possession may prosper, it is
indispensable that he who brings the action fully proves not only his
ownership but also the identity of the property claimed, by describing
the location, area and boundaries thereof. Insufficient identification of
the portion of land claimed in absolute ownership cannot ripen into
ownership. (Serina v Caballero)
Art 541 A possessor in the concept of owner has in his favor the legal
presumption that he possesses with a just title and he cannot be
obliged to show or prove it.
Possessor in concept of owner presumed with just title
 Just title does not always mean a document or a written instrument
 Title is that upon which ownership is based
 Actual or constructive possession under claim of ownership raises the
disputable presumption of ownership. In other words, a possession is
presumed ownership until the contrary is shown.
 A possessor is presumed to have a just title, and he cannot be obliged
to show or prove it.
o Reason? To protect the owner from inconvenience, otherwise,
he will always have to carry his titles under his arms to show
them to whoever who wants to see it
 NB: Presumption of just title does not apply in acquisitive prescription.
Adverse possessor must prove his just title.
Burden of proving just title
 The onus probandi is on the plaintiff who seeks the recovery of property
 A person who is not, in fact, in possession cannot acquire a prescriptive
right to a land by the mere assertion of a right therein. Where the

48
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
possessor is really the owner, the fact that a third person questions his
right does not impair said right.
 An owner and possessor whose title is true and valid cannot be required
to show that his possession is or has been adverse as against a new
claimant who has neither title nor possession.
What are the different kinds of title?
1. Titulo verdadero y valido or true and valid
 This is the title presumed in this provision
 Sufficient to transfer ownership without need of possessing the
property for the period necessary for acquiring title by prescription
2. Titulo justo or just title
 For the purposes of prescription, there is just title…
o When the adverse claimant came into possession of the
property through one of the modes recognized by law for the
acquisition of ownership or other real rights,
o but the grantor was not the owner or could not transmit any
right
 For prescription, just title must be proved, it is never presumed.
 It must be remembered that the burden of proving the status of a
purchaser in good faith lies upon him who asserts that status. It is
not sufficient to invoke the ordinary presumption of good faith, that
is, that everyone is presumed to have acted in good faith, since the
good faith that is here essential is integral with the very status that
must be established. (Aguirre v CA)
3. Titulo colorado or colorable title
 One which a person has when he buys a thing in good faith, from
one who is not the owner but whom he believes to be the owner
 The just title required for acquisitive prescription is titulo Colorado
4. Titulo putativo or putative title
 One which a person believes he has title but in fact he has not
because there was no mode of acquiring ownership
 As when one is in possession of a thing in the mistaken belief that it
had been bequeathed to him
What’s the difference between titulo Colorado and titulo verdadero y valido?
In Colorado, there is a need for prescription to transfer ownership. In true
and valid title, there is no need for prescription, ownership is transferred
once the mode of transfer has been perfected. (Be it by sale, donation,
succession, etc).
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Case doctrine
 In order that a co-owner’s possession may be deemed adverse to the
cestui que trusti or the other co-owners, the following elements must
concur:
1. That he has perfomrmed unequivocal acts of repudiation amounting
to an ouster of the beneficiary or the other co-owners
2. That such positive acts of repudiation have been made known to
the beneficiary or the other co-owners
3. That the evidence thereon must be clear and convincing (Aguirre v
CA)
Art 542 The possession of real property presumes that of movables
therein, so long as it is not shown or proved that they should be
excluded.
Possession of real property presumed to include movables
 Article 542 refers to material possession only of things, not rights
 Possession may be in the concept of owner, of holder, in one’s own
name or in another’s, or in good faith or in bad faith
 It is normal that movables which are found in an immovable belong to
the possessor of the latter
 If the building is occupied by the lessee, we can suppose the same with
respect to him because in this case, the possessor is the lessee
 Again, this is a mere presumption.
Art 543 Each one of the participants of a thing possessed in common
shall be deemed to have exclusively possessed the part which may be
allotted to him upon the division thereof, for the entire period during
which the co-possession lasted. Interruption in the possession of the
whole or a part of a thing possessed in common shall be to the
prejudice of all the possessors. However, in case of civil interruption,
the Rules of Court shall apply.
Exclusive possession of previous co-owner deemed continuous
 Article 543 speaks of co-possession of a thing, not of co-ownership
 Nevertheless, its principle is applicable to co-possession of a real right
 Co-possession can be over a thing or a right
 All participants of a thing possessed in common constitute only one
personality and the personality ceases when there is a partition.
 From that moment of cessation, the personality of each participant
begins.
49
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 Each co-possessor is deemed (not merely presumed!) to have
possessed exclusively and continuously during the period of co-
possession the part assigned to him in the division.
 The effects of the division retroact to the commencement of the co-
possession.
 But the division shall be without prejudice to the rights of creditors.
Harry, Ron, and Hermione have been co-possessors in the concept of
owners of a 15 hectare parcel of land until they divided the property equally
on the 8th year. If on the 4th year after the division, Draco claims ownership
of the portion allotted to Harry, Harry can assert title by acquisitive
prescription through possession for 10 years, for he is deemed to have
possessed his portion exclusively and continuously for a period of 12 years.
Interruption in possession of the thing
 Both the benefits and the prejudices that might have taken place during
the co-possession shall attach to each of the co-participants
 Prescription obtained by a co-possessor shall benefit the others
 Interruption in the possession of the whole or part of a thing shall be to
the prejudice of all the possessors.
 Possession is interrupted for purposes of prescription either
o Naturally (when through any cause it should cease for more
than 1 year)
o Civilly (when the interruption is produced by judicial summons
to the possessor)
 In civil interruption, only those possessors served with
judicial summons are affected.
 For civil interruption to take place, the possessor must
have received judicial summons.
 When will summons not be deemed to have been
issued and shall not give rise to interruption?
1. If it should be void for lack of legal solemnities, or
2. If the plaintiff should desist from the complaint or
should all the proceedings to lapse, or
3. If the possessor should be absolved from the
complaint.
 A notice for adverse claim does NOT interrupt
prescription (Heirs of Arzadon-Crisologo v Ranon)
 Interruption must refer to the whole thing itself or part of it and not to a
part or right of a co-possessor.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 In a co-possession, there is only one thing and many possessors. If the
right of a co-possessor is contested, he alone shall be prejudiced.
 With respect to the thing, the prejudice shall be against all.
Art 544 A possessor in good faith is entitled to the fruits received
before the possession is legally interrupted.
Natural and industrial fruits are considered received from the
time they are gathered or severed.
Civil fruits are deemed to accrue daily and belong to the
possessor in good faith in that proportion.
Art 545 If at the time the good faith ceases, there should be any natural
or industrial fruits, the possessor shall have a right to a part of the
expenses of cultivation, and to a part of the net harvest, both in
proportion to the time of possession.
The charges shall be divided on the same basis by the two
possessors.
The owner of the thing may, should he so desire, give the
possessor in good faith the right to finish the cultivation and gathering
of the growing fruits, as an indemnity for his part of the expenses of
cultivation and the net proceeds; the possessor in good faith who for
any reason whatever should refuse to accept this concession, shall
lose the right to be indemnified in any other manner.
 The fruits of a thing generally belong to the owner (Art 441) but a
possessor in good faith is entitled to the fruits received until good faith
ceases and bad faith begins.
 Legal interruption of possession in good faith takes place upon service
of judicial summons to the possessor.
o All fruits that the possessor may receive from the time that he
is summoned, or when he answers the complaint, must be
delivered or paid by him to the owner or lawful possessor.
 Whenever there is cessation of good faith in the eyes of the law,
whether by reason of the filing of a complaint or not, possession in good
faith should be deemed legally interrupted from such cessation and not
merely from the service of judicial summons.
 When the owner or possessor with a better right comes along, when he
becomes aware that what he had taken for granted is at least doubtful,
and when he learns the grounds in support of the adverse claim, good
faith ceases.
50
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 Possessor in bad faith is not entitled to the fruits. He has the duty to
reimburse the fruits received including that which the legitimate But entitled to
possessor could have received. necessary expenses
 The right of the possessor in good faith is limited to the fruits, referring for preservation,
to natural, industrial and civil fruits (Art 441). Other things (building) cultivation, and
belong to the owner of the land. b. Pending Owner has 2 options: gathering of fruits.

When fruits considered received First: Pro-rating

1. For natural and industrial fruits – from the time they are gathered or (based on period of No rights, not even
severed. Fruits gathered before legal interruption belong to the possession) between reimbursement of
possessor in good faith. possessor and owner expenses for
2. For civil fruits – their accrual, not their actual receipt, shall determine of: expenses, net cultivation (because
when they are considered received at the time the good faith is legally harvest and charges by right of accession,
interrupted. They are deemed to accrue daily and belong to the all fruits belong to
possessor in good faith in that proportion. owner without need to
Second: To allow pay indemnity)
Kinds of Fruits Possessor in Good Possessor in Bad possessor to stay in
Faith Faith possession until after Must pay damages as
1. Civil fruits Entitled to fruits from Not entitled to fruits. all fruits are gathered reasonable rent for
start of possession (which shall serve as the term of
until legal interruption Must pay damages as the indemnity for possession
rental from time expenses)
possession started
until possession is Proportionate division of fruits and expenses
finally defeated  Art 545 does not apply when the possessor is in bad faith, the fruits are
2. Natural/Industrial civil, or the fruits are natural or industrial but they have been gathered or
Fruits severed when good faith ceases
 A possessor in bad faith has no right whatsoever to the fruits, gathered
a. Gathered Right to retain fruits Must account for fruits or pending, except only necessary expenses for gathered fruit (Art 443,
and return value of: 449). Since civil fruits are produced day by day, Art 545 does not apply
fruits actually to them.
received, and fruits  In the case of fruits already gathered at the time good faith ceases, it is
which the legal Art 544 that is applicable.
possessor could have  If there are pending natural and industrial fruits at the time good faith
received with due ceases, the two possessors shall share in the expense of cultivation and
care and diligence. the charges (expenses made not on the property itself but on account of
it, such as taxes, interest on mortgages) in proportion to the time of
Must pay damages as possession.
reasonable rent for  They will also share on the fruits in proportion to the time of possession
the term of as well.
possession.  What if there are no fruits or the fruits are less than expenses?

51
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

o If there is no net harvest because there are no fruits or the Expenses Possessor in Good Possessor in Bad
fruits are less than the expenses, art 545 won’t apply. If the Faith Faith
fruits are merely insufficient, the same should be divided in Necessary Expenses Entitled to Entitled to
proportion to their respective expenses. reimbursement reimbursement
o No fruits? Each should bear his own expenses subject to the Right of retention No right of retention;
right of the possessor in good faith to be refunded for pending full must vacate property
necessary expenses under Art 546, unless the owner of new reimbursements (recourse is to file
possessor exercises his option referred to above. collection case)
Liable for damages as
Art 546 Necessary expenses shall be refunded to every possessor; but reasonable rent for
only the possessor in good faith may retain the thing until he has period of possession
reimbursed therefore. Useful expenses Owner has 2 options: No rights
Useful expenses shall be refunded only to the possessor in
good faith with the same retention, the person who has defeated him in Option 1:
the possession having the option of refunding the amount of the reimbursement of
expenses or of paying the increase in value which the thing may have either (a) amount
acquired by reason thereof. spent or (b) increase
in value with right of
Art 547 If the useful improvements can be removed without damage to retention with full
the principal thing, the possessor in good faith may remove them, payment.
unless the person who recovers the possession exercises the option
under paragraph 2 of the preceding article. Option 2: To allow
possessor to remove
Art 548 Expenses for pure luxury or mere pleasure shall not be provided no
refunded to the possessor in good faith; but he may remove the substantial damage or
ornaments with which he has embellished the principal thing if it injury is caused
suffers no injury thereby, and if his successor in the possession does Luxurious expenses Owner has 2 options: Owner has 2 options:
not prefer to refund the amount expended.
Option 1: to allow Option 1: to allow
Art 549 The possessor in bad faith shall reimburse the fruits received possessor to remove possessor to remove
and those which the legitimate possessor could have received, and ornaments if the ornaments if the
shall have a right only to the expenses mentioned in paragraph 1 of principal suffers no principal suffers no
Article 546 and in Article 443. The expenses incurred in improvements injury injury
for pure luxury or mere pleasure shall not be refunded to the
possessor in bad faith, but he may remove the objects for which such Option 2: to retain the Option 2: to retain the
expenses have been incurred, provided that the thing suffers no injury ornament by refunding ornament by
thereby, and that the lawful possessor does not prefer to retain them the amount spent for refunding the value of
by paying the value they may have at the time he enters into the ornament the ornament at the
possession. time owner enters into
possession (which

52
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

means depreciated
value)
Deterioration/loss No liability unless due Always liable whether
to fraudulent intent or before or after service
negligence after of judicial summons,
service of judicial for any cause, even
summons fortuitous event.
 Article 551 covers all the natural accessions mentioned in Articles 457
to 465 which must follow the ownership of the principal thing, and
generally, all improvements that are not due to the will of the possessor.
 The former possessor got the benefits from the property during his
possession. It is but just that the improvements mentioned which take
place after the possession is recovered inure to the owner or lawful
possessor. Hence, he should not pay for them.

 Necessary expenses are made for the preservation of the thing of those
which seek to prevent the waste, deterioration, or loss of the thing; or
those without which the thing would deteriorate or be lost.
 Useful expenses are expenses which add value to a thing, or augment
its income.
 Luxurious expenses are expenses not necessary for the preservation of
a thing nor do they increase its productivity although they add value to
the thing, but are incurred merely to embellish the thing and for the
convenience or enjoyment of particular possessors.
Art. 552. A possessor in good faith shall not be liable for the
deterioration or loss of the thing possessed, except in cases in which it
is proved that he has acted with fraudulent intent or negligence, after
the judicial summons.
A possessor in bad faith shall be liable for deterioration or
loss in every case, even if caused by a fortuitous event. (457a)
Art. 553. One who recovers possession shall not be obliged to pay for
improvements which have ceased to exist at the time he takes
possession of the thing. (458)

Improvements which have ceased to exist

Case doctrine
 A possessor in bad faith is entitled to be reimbursed for her expenses in
restoring a house to its original condition after it had been partly
damaged by fire, because such expenses are necessary, and under
546, are to be refunded even to possessors in bad faith.
 A builder in bad faith, under 449, is not entitled to reimbursement. But
449 is a rule of accession, which is not applicable where a new house
was not built on the land of another but only repairs were made on a
house that had been partly destroyed by fire. This latter case comes
under 546 which provides for the refund of necessary expenses to every
possessor. (Cosio v Palileo)
Art. 550. The costs of litigation over the property shall be borne by
every possessor. (n)
Art. 551. Improvements caused by nature or time shall always insure to
the benefit of the person who has succeeded in recovering
possession. (456)
Improvements caused by nature or time
 The improvements referred to were enjoyed by the possessor alone.
 Having ceased to exist, the owner or lawful possessor who came too
late cannot benefit from them. But he is liable for necessary expenses
even if the thing for which they were incurred no longer exists.
 Necessary expenses are not considered improvements.
Art. 554. A present possessor who shows his possession at some
previous time, is presumed to have held possession also during the
intermediate period, in the absence of proof to the contrary. (459)
Presumption of possession during intervening period
 This article contemplates a situation where a present possessor is able
to prove his possession of a property at a prior period but not his
possession during the intervening period.
 He is presumed to have possessed the property continuously without
interruption, unless the contrary is proved.
 The presumption is useful for purposes of prescription.
Art. 555. A possessor may lose his possession:
1. By the abandonment of the thing;

53
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
2. By an assignment made to another either by onerous or
gratuitous title; 
 never returning, resuming or claiming the right and the interest that have
3. By the destruction or total loss of the thing, or because it goes
out of commerce;
4. By the possession of another, subject to the provisions of
Article 537, if the new possession has lasted longer than one
year. But the real right of possession is not lost till after the
lapse of ten years. (460a)
Modes of losing possession
 This provision applies to both real and personal property except no. 4
which obviously refers only to personal property (obvious raw eh, sabi ni
de Leon. Yabang naman niya). The next article is expressly made
applicable only to movables.
What is abandonment?
 Abandonment is the voluntary renunciation of all rights which a person
has over a thing thereby allowing a third person to acquire ownership or
possession thereof by means of occupancy.
 The abandoner may be the owner or a mere possessor but the latter
obviously cannot abandon ownership which belongs to another.
(obviously raw!)
 Since abandonment involves the renunciation of a property right, the
abandoner must have a right to the thing possessed and the legal
capacity to renounce it.
 An owner of property cannot be held to have abandoned the same until
at least he has some knowledge of the loss of its possession or of the
thing, and a thing cannot be considered abandoned under the law until
the spes recuperandi (hope of recovery) is gone and the animus
revertendi (intention to return) is finally given up.
 By voluntary abandonment, a thing becomes without a owner or
possessor and is converted into res nullius and may thus be acquired by
a third person by occupation.
 Abandonment which converts the thing into res nullius can hardly apply
to land.
 Castellano v Francisco stated that abandonment requires:
1. A clear and absolute intention to renounce a right or a claim or to
abandon a right or property, and
2. An external act by which that intention is expressed or carried into
effect.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The intention to abandon implies a departure, with the avowed intent of
been abandoned. (Castellano v Francisco)
Assignment?
 Assignment is understood to mean the complete transmission of the
thing or right to another by any lawful manner.
 It may be onerous or by gratuitous title.
 The effect is that he who was the owner or possessor is no longer so.
 Abandonment is always gratuitous.
Destruction, total loss, or withdrawal from commerce
 Destruction or total loss covers not only that which is caused voluntarily
or intentionally but also that which is caused by accident.
 A thing is lost when it perishes, or goes out of commerce, or disappears,
etc. (Art 1189)
Possession of another for more than one year
 This refers to possession de facto (as a fact or material possession) and
not de jure (legal right or real right of possession)
 After one year, the former possessor can no longer bring any action for
forcible entry or unlawful detainer.
 Possession by mere tolerance even for over a year does not affect
possession de facto.
 After 10 years, the possessor or owner may bring an accion publiciana
or reivindicatoria to recover possession de jure unless he is barred by
prescription.
Recovery by lawful owner or possessor
 Possession may also be lost when it is recovered from the person in
possession by the lawful owner in a reivindicatory action or by the lawful
possessor in an action to recover the better right of possession.
Art. 556. The possession of movables is not deemed lost so long as
they remain under the control of the possessor, even though for the
time being he may not know their whereabouts. (461)
Loss of possession of movables
 The possession of movables shall be deemed lost when they cease to
be under the control of the possessor either becaue:
54
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
o They have come into the possession of a third person; or
o Although, they have not been taken by another,
 The possessor has completely no idea of their
whereabouts or location (the pet rat has been missing
for sometime; or
 Even if known, they cannot be recovered, whether as
a matter of fact (an unopened box of pastillas has
been dropped in a deep lake) or of law (a movable
lost by prescription).
 Possession is not lost by the mere fact that the possessor does not
know for the time being the precise whereabout of a specific movable
when he has not given up all hope of finding it (like a ring misplaced or
lost in particular vicinity). In this case, the possessor has not lost his
legal right to the object.
o He retains his juridical control of the thing which remains in his
patrimony.
Art. 557. The possession of immovables and of real rights is not
deemed lost, or transferred for purposes of prescription to the
prejudice of third persons, except in accordance with the provisions of
the Mortgage Law and the Land Registration laws. (462a)
Loss of possession of immovables and real rights with respect to third
persons
 Third persons are not prejudiced except in accordance with the
provisions of the mortgage law and the registration law.
 Against a recorded title, ordinary prescription of ownership or real rights
shall not take place to the prejudice of a third person, except in virtue of
another title also recorded and the time shall begin to run from the
recording of the latter.
Art. 558. Acts relating to possession, executed or agreed to by one
who possesses a thing belonging to another as a mere holder to enjoy
or keep it, in any character, do not bind or prejudice the owner, unless
he gave said holder express authority to do such acts, or ratifies them
subsequently. (463)
Possessory acts of a mere holder
 The possessor referred to in this article is the same possessor
mentioned in Article 525.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Acts relating to possession of a mere holder do not bind or prejudice the
possessor in the concept of owner unless said acts were previously
authorized or subsequently ratified by the latter.
 Possession may be acquired for another by a stranger provided there
be subsequent ratification. (Art 532)
Art. 559. The possession of movable property acquired in good faith is
equivalent to a title. Nevertheless, one who has lost any movable or
has been unlawfully deprived thereof may recover it from the person in
possession of the same.
If the possessor of a movable lost or which the owner has
been unlawfully deprived, has acquired it in good faith at a public sale,
the owner cannot obtain its return without reimbursing the price paid
therefor. (464a)
Right of possessor who acquires movable claimed by another
 If the possession of a movable property who acquired in bad faith, no
right thereto is acquired by the possessor. The property may be
recovered by the true owner or possessor without reimbursement.
 If the acquisition was in good faith, here are the rules:
o Possession in good faith of a movable is presumed ownership. It is
equivalent to title. This is known as the doctrine of irrrevindicability.
No further proof is necessary.
o The possessor’s title, however, is not absolute. It is equivalent to
title but is not title itself. It is merely presumptive because it can be
defeated by the true owner.
 These are the two exceptions to the general rule of irrevindicability. An
owner can recover in these two instances:
1. When one has lost the movable, or
2. When one has been unlawfully deprived.
 He may recover without reimbursement. But if the thing was
sold at a public sale, the owner must reimburse the buyer.
 These are the exceptions to the exceptions. Even when an owner has
lost or has been unlawfully deprived, he still cannot recover in these
instances:
1. When the sale is made at merchant’s stores, fairs or markets.
2. When the owner of the movable is, by his conduct, precluded
from denying the seller’s authority to sell;
3. Where the law enables the apparent owner to dispose of the
movables as if he were the true owner thereof
4. Where the sale is sanctioned by statutory or judicial authority
55
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
5. Where the seller has a voidable title which has not been
avoided at the time of the sale to the buyer in good faith for
value and without notice of the seller’s defect of title
(remember CLV!)
6. Where recovery is no longer possible because of prescription
7. Where the possessor becomes the owner of the thing in
accordance with the principle of finder’s keepers
Case doctrines
 Non-payment does not void a sale. It is perfected upon the meeting of
the minds. Hence, ownership shall pass from the vendor to the vendee
upon the actual or constructive delivery of the thing sold. It does not
constitute unlawful deprivation of personal property. It is a mere
voidable sale, and unless it is avoided before the execution of the
second sale, then the second sale is valid. (EDCA v Santos)
 Purchaser in good faith of a chattel or movable property is entitled to be
respected and protected in his possession as if he were the true owner
thereof until a competent court rules otherwise. In the meantime, as the
true owner, the possessor in good faith cannot be compelled to
surrender possession nor to be required to institute an action for the
recovery of the chattel. (Edu v Gomez)
 A third party who acquired in good faith a stolen vehicle and registered it
in his own name cannot lawfully refuse to return it to the true owner and
insist upon reimbursement before delivery. (Aznar v Yapdiangco –
stealing equals unlawful deprivation)
 The owner of a ring pledged to a pawnshop by one to whom he has
entrusted it to be sold on commission can recover it from the pawnshop.
(Dizon v Suntay)
Art. 560. Wild animals are possessed only while they are under one's
control; domesticated or tamed animals are considered domestic or
tame if they retain the habit of returning to the premises of the
possessor. (465)
Possession of animals
 Animals may be:
1. Wild or animals living in a state of nature independently of and
without the aid and care of man (great white shark, ornate
wobbegong, brazilian slug)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
2. Domesticated or tamed, or animals which are wild or savage by
nature but have been subdued and made use of by man and
become accustomed to live in a tamed condition (tiger ni Chavit)
3. Domestic or tame, or any of the various animals which live and are
born and reared, under the control and care of man, lacking the
instinct to roam freely (dog, cat, carabao, cow)
 Wild animals may be the object of hunting. They are possessed only if
they are under one’s control. Possession of wild animals are lost when
they regain their freedom or come under another’s control.
 Domesticated animals are possessed if they habitually return to the
premises of the possessor.
Art. 561. One who recovers, according to law, possession unjustly lost,
shall be deemed for all purposes which may redound to his benefit, to
have enjoyed it without interruption. (466)
 This article applies to both possession in good faith as well as to
possession in bad faith, but only if beneficial to the possessor (like for
purposes of prescription)
 The recovery of possession must be according to law – through legal
means; otherwise, the benefit of continuous and uninterrupted
possession during the intervening period cannot be invoked.
TITLE VI - USUFRUCT
CHAPTER ONE: USUFRUCT IN GENERAL
Art. 562. Usufruct gives a right to enjoy the property of another with the
obligation of preserving its form and substance, unless the title
constituting it or the law otherwise provides. (467)
What is usufruct?
1. A right to enjoy the property of another with the obligation of preserving
its form and substance
2. Right to enjoy the property of another temporarily, including both the jus
utendi and jus fruendi, with the owner retaining the jus disponendi
3. In essence, usufruct is nothing else but simply allowing one to enjoy
another’s propery
What are the characteristics of usufruct?
56
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

1. It is a real right of use and enjoyment, (whether registered or not in the Cause More or less passive Active owner or lessor
Registry of Property. Registering will affect and bind third persons) owner who allows the who makes the lessee
2. Of Temporary duration; usufructuary to enjoy enjoy
3. Transmissible; and the object
4. May be constituted on real or personal property, consumable or non- Repairs and taxes Usufructuary to pay Lessee not generally
consumable, tangible or intangible, the ownership of which is vested in under the obligation to
another pay taxes or
undertake repairs
 A person cannot create a usufruct over his own property and at the
same time retain ownership of the same
 A usufruct is essentially jus in re aliena, and to be a usufructuary of
one’s own property is in law a contradiction in terms and a conceptual Art. 563. Usufruct is constituted by law, by the will of private persons
absurdity expressed in acts inter vivos or in a last will and testament, and by
 The essential requisite of usufruct is the right to enjoy the property of prescription. (468)
another Creation of usufruct
 The usufructuary is entitled to all the fruits of the property with the Usufruct may e classified according to how it is created into:
obligation to preserve its form and substance 1. Legal, or that created or declared by law
 However, the obligation of the usufructuary to preserve is only 2. Voluntary, or that created by will of the parties (an act inter vivos or an
accidental for the law or the will of the parties may modify or even act mortis causa)
eliminate it 3. Mixed or that acquired by prescription
 Two classifications based on whether or not impairment of object is
allowed: Art. 564. Usufruct may be constituted on the whole or a part of the
1. Normal, perfect or regular – invovlves non-consumable things fruits of the thing, in favor of one more persons, simultaneously or
which the usufructuary can enjoy without altering the form or successively, and in every case from or to a certain day, purely or
substance, through they may detoriorate or diminish by time or by conditionally. It may also be constituted on a right, provided it is not
use strictly personal or intransmissible. (469)
2. Abnormal, imperfect, irregular or quasi-usufruct – involves things
which would be useless to the usufructuary unless they are Kinds of usufruct defined
consumed or expended, such as money, grain, liquors, etc Usufruct may be
1. As to extent of object
Usufruct Lease a. Total (constituted on the whole of a thing)
Nature of right Real Personal b. Partial (constituted only on a part of a thing)
Creator of right Owner of agent May not be the owner 2. As to number of beneficiaries
Origin May be by law, by By contract a. Simple (only one)
contract, by will of b. Multiple (several usufructuaries)
testator, or by i. Simultaneous, or
prescription ii. Successive
3. As to effectivity or extinguishment
Extent of enjoyment All the fruits and all the Certain uses only
a. Pure
uses and benefits of (those stipulated)
b. With a term (may be suspensive or resolutory)
the entire property
c. Conditional (may be suspensive or resolutory)
(generally)

57
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
4. As to subject matter
a. Over things (tangible property)
b. Over rights (intangible property which are not
intransmissible)
Art. 565. The rights and obligations of the usufructuary shall be those
provided in the title constituting the usufruct; in default of such title, or
in case it is deficient, the provisions contained in the two following
Chapters shall be observed. (470) 
 a. To be reimbursed for indispensable extraordinary repairs
 In case of conflict between the will of the person creating the usufruct
and the Civil code, the former prevails.
CHAPTER TWO
RIGHTS OF THE USUFRUCTUARY
Art. 566. The usufructuary shall be entitled to all the natural, industrial
and civil fruits of the property in usufruct. With respect to hidden
treasure which may be found on the land or tenement, he shall be
considered a stranger. (471)
Classifications of the rights of the usufructuary
1. As to the thing and its fruits
a. To receive the fruits of the property in usufruct and half of
the hidden treasure he accidentally finds on the property
b. To enjoy any increase which the thing in usufruct may
acquire through accession
c. To personally enjoy the thing in usufruct or lease it to
another
d. To make on the property in usufruct such improvements or
expenses he may deem property and to remove the
improvements provided no damage is caused to the
property
e. To set-off the improvements he may have made on the
property against any damage to the same
f. To retain the thing until he is reimbursed for advances for
extraordinary expenses and taxes on the capital
2. As to the usufruct itself
a. To alienate (or mortgage) the right of usufruct except
parental usufruct
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
b. In a usufruct to recover property or a real right, to bring the
action and to oblige the owner thereof to give him proper
authority and necessary proof, and
c. In a usufruct of part of a common property, to exercise all
the rights pertaining to the co-owner with respect to the
administration and collection of fruits or interests from the
property
3. As to advances and damages
made by him in an amount equal to the increase in value
which the property may have acquired by reason of such
repairs
b. To be reimbursed for taxes on the capital advanced by
him, and
c. To be indemnified for damages caused to him by the
naked owner.
 The usufructuary is given the right to enjoy the property in usufruct and
he is entitled to the fruits. The usufructuary has the right to receive all
the fruits except:
a. where the usufruct is constituted only on a part of the fruits
of a thing or
b. where there is an agreement to the contrary.
 The naked owner retains and can exercise all the rights as owner over
the property limited only by the right of enjoyment of the usufructuary.
 Products which when taken from the property diminishes its substance
are not to be treated as fruits. They form part of the capital and belong
to the naked owner, and not to the usufructuary in the absence of a
contrary intent between the parties.
 The usufructuary is not entitled to any hidden treasure because it’s not
considered as ‘fruits’. However, as a stranger, he is entitled to ½ if he is
the finder.
Art. 567. Natural or industrial fruits growing at the time the usufruct
begins, belong to the usufructuary.
Those growing at the time the usufruct terminates, belong to
the owner.
In the preceding cases, the usufructuary, at the beginning of
the usufruct, has no obligation to refund to the owner any expenses
incurred; but the owner shall be obliged to reimburse at the
termination of the usufruct, from the proceeds of the growing fruits,
58
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
the ordinary expenses of cultivation, for seed, and other similar
expenses incurred by the usufructuary.
The provisions of this article shall not prejudice the rights of
third persons, acquired either at the beginning or at the termination of
the usufruct. (472)
Right of the usufructuary to pending natural and industrial fruits
This article does not apply to civil fruits.
 For fruits growing at the beginning of usufruct, they belong to the
usufructuary who is not bound to refund to the owner the expenses of
cultivation and production incurred.
o However, in case the expenses were incurred by innocent third
persons, the usufructuary under Art 443, pursuant to the last
paragraph of Art 567, has the obligation to pay the expenses
made.
 For fruits growing at the termination of the usufruct, they belong to the
owner but he is bound to reimburse the usufructuary the ordinary
cultivation expenses out of the fruits received.
 Manresa opines that if at the termination of the usufruct, force majeure
should prevent the usufructuary from gathering the fruits, said fruits
shall belong to him and not the naked owner.
Art. 568. If the usufructuary has leased the lands or tenements given in
usufruct, and the usufruct should expire before the termination of the
lease, he or his heirs and successors shall receive only the
proportionate share of the rent that must be paid by the lessee. (473)
Art. 569. Civil fruits are deemed to accrue daily, and belong to the
usufructuary in proportion to the time the usufruct may last. (474)
Lease by the usufrucutary
 The usufructuary may lease the property in usufruct to another.
 If the usufrcut should expire before the termination of the lease, the
usufructuary or his heirs and successors are entitled only to the rents
corresponding to the duration of the usufruct. The rents for the
remaining period of the lease belong to the owner.
Art. 570. Whenever a usufruct is constituted on the right to receive a
rent or periodical pension, whether in money or in fruits, or in the
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
interest on bonds or securities payable to bearer, each payment due
shall be considered as the proceeds or fruits of such right.
Whenever it consists in the enjoyment of benefits accruing
from a participation in any industrial or commercial enterprise, the date
of the distribution of which is not fixed, such benefits shall have the
same character.
In either case they shall be distributed as civil fruits, and shall
be applied in the manner prescribed in the preceding article. (475)
Usufruct constituted on certain rights
 Every benefit or payment shall be considered and distributed as civil
fruit of such right.
 Payment and benefits that accrue after the termination of the usufruct
belong to the owner.
 The date when the benefits accrue determines whether they should
belong to the usufructuary or to the owner. Art 570 applies whether or
not the date of distribution of benefits is fixed.
Case doctrine
 A stock dividend is considered civil fruit and belongs to the usufructuary.
(Bachrach v Seifert)
Art. 571. The usufructuary shall have the right to enjoy any increase
which the thing in usufruct may acquire through accession, the
servitudes established in its favor, and, in general, all the benefits
inherent therein. (479)
Extent of rights of usufructuary
 The usufructuary is generally entitled to all the benefits that the thing in
usufruct can give including any increase by accession and servitudes
established in his favor.
 Reason is that usufruct covers the entire jus fruendi and jus utendi.
Art. 572. The usufructuary may personally enjoy the thing in usufruct,
lease it to another, or alienate his right of usufruct, even by a
gratuitous title; but all the contracts he may enter into as such
usufructuary shall terminate upon the expiration of the usufruct,
saving leases of rural lands, which shall be considered as subsisting
during the agricultural year. (480)
59
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Transactions by the usufructuary
 with respect to the thing in usufruct, he may lease it even without the
owner’s consent but not being the owner, the usufructuary cannot
alienate, pledge or mortgage the thing itself. He may sell future crops
subject to the rule that those ungathered at the time when the usufruct
terminates belong to the owner.
 when the things given in usufruct cannot be used without being
consumed or were appraised when delivered, the usufructuary may
dispose of them.
 With respect to the right of usufruct, since the usufructuary is the owner
of the right itselt, he may alienate, pledge or mortgage it, even by
gratuitous title.
o But the legal usufruct of the parent over his or her
unemancipated children cannot be alienated, pledged, or
mortgaged for the right is personal and intransmissible
burdened as it is by important obligations of the parent for the
benefit of the children.
o A usufruct given in consideration of the person of the
usufructuary to last during his lifetime is also personal, and
therefore, intransmissible.
o As a rule, all contracts entered into by the usufructuary shall
terminate upon the expiration of the usufruct or earlier, except
rural leases which continue during the agricultural year.
Case doctrine
 A usufructuary of rents, as a corollary to the right to all the rents, to
choose the tenant, and to fix the amount of the rent, necessarily has the
right to choose himself as the tenant, provided that the obligations he
has assumed towards the owner of the property are fulfilled. (Fabie v
David)
Art. 573. Whenever the usufruct includes things which, without being
consumed, gradually deteriorate through wear and tear, the
usufructuary shall have the right to make use thereof in accordance
with the purpose for which they are intended, and shall not be obliged
to return them at the termination of the usufruct except in their
condition at that time; but he shall be obliged to indemnify the owner
for any deterioration they may have suffered by reason of his fraud or
negligence. (481)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Usufruct on things which gradually deteriorate
 This article gives an instance of abnormal usufruct because in the
enjoyment of the property the usufructuary cannot preserve its form or
substance.
 Here the thing gradually deteriorates through wear and tear or normal
use.
 The usufructuary is not responsible for the deterioration due to wear and
tear nor is he required to make any repairs to restore it to its formal
condition. He needs only to return the thing at the termination of the
usufruct in the condition it may be at that time.
 The usufructuary is liable for damage suffered by the thing by reason of
his fraud or negligence although such liability may be set-off against the
improvements he may have made on the property.
 The usufructuary does not answer for deterioration due to a fortuitous
event. He is, however, obligated to make the ordinary repairs needed by
the thing.
Art. 574. Whenever the usufruct includes things which cannot be used
without being consumed, the usufructuary shall have the right to make
use of them under the obligation of paying their appraised value at the
termination of the usufruct, if they were appraised when delivered. In
case they were not appraised, he shall have the right to return at the
same quantity and quality, or pay their current price at the time the
usufruct ceases. (482)
Usufruct on consumable things
 This is another instance of abnormal usufruct because the thing in
usufruct cannot be used without being consumed, like money (but that’s
really a simple loan, where the usufructuary can deal with the money as
owner.)
 The usufructuary shall have the right to make use of the consumable
thing.
 At the termination of the usufruct, he must:
1. Pay its appraised valuel or
2. If there was no appraisal made, either:
a. Return the same quantity and quality, or
b. Pay its current price at such termination.
Art. 575. The usufructuary of fruit-bearing trees and shrubs may make
use of the dead trunks, and even of those cut off or uprooted by
accident, under the obligation to replace them with new plants. (483a)
60
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art. 576. If in consequence of a calamity or extraordinary event, the
trees or shrubs shall have disappeared in such considerable number
that it would not be possible or it would be too burdensome to replace
them, the usufructuary may leave the dead, fallen or uprooted trunks at
the disposal of the owner, and demand that the latter remove them and
clear the land. (484a)
Usufruct on fruit-bearing trees and shrubs
 The usufructuary is given the right to make use of dead trunks and
those cut-off or uprooted by accident but he must place them with new
plants because he has the obligation to preserve the form or substance
of the property in usufruct.
 Of course, the usufructuary has no obligation to replace with new plants,
the dead trees or shrubs already existing at the beginning of the
usufruct.
 Under article 576, the usufructuary is not responsible for dead, fallen or
uprooted trunks caused by calamity or extra-ordinary events. If it would
not be possible or be too burdensome to replace them, he may demand
that the owner remove them and clear the land. He may use the trunks
but he is required to replace them with new plants under Article 575.
 If replacing the trunks could not be too burdensome, the usufructuary
must replace them, whether or not he makes use of them.
Art. 577. The usufructuary of woodland may enjoy all the benefits
which it may produce according to its nature.
If the woodland is a copse or consists of timber for building,
the usufructuary may do such ordinary cutting or felling as the owner
was in the habit of doing, and in default of this, he may do so in
accordance with the custom of the place, as to the manner, amount
and season.
In any case the felling or cutting of trees shall be made in such
manner as not to prejudice the preservation of the land.
In nurseries, the usufructuary may make the necessary
thinnings in order that the remaining trees may properly grow.
With the exception of the provisions of the preceding
paragraphs, the usufructuary cannot cut down trees unless it be to
restore or improve some of the things in usufruct, and in such case
shall first inform the owner of the necessity for the work. (485)
Usufruct on woodland and nurseries
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The woodland may be a copse or may consist of timber for building.
 The usufructuary may fell or cut trees as the owner was in the habit of
doing or in accordance with the customs of the place as to manner,
amount and season. In any case, he must not prejudice the
preservation of the land.
 The usufructuary cannot cut down trees other than as mentioned above
unless it be for repair or improvement of the things in usufruct but in
such case, the owner must be informed of the necessity for the work.
 In nurseries, the usufructuary may make the necessary thinnings in
order that the remaining trees may properly grow.
Art. 578. The usufructuary of an action to recover real property or a real
right, or any movable property, has the right to bring the action and to
oblige the owner thereof to give him the authority for this purpose and
to furnish him whatever proof he may have. If in consequence of the
enforcement of the action he acquires the thing claimed, the usufruct
shall be limited to the fruits, the dominion remaining with the owner.
(486)
Usufruct of judicial action to recover
 This article applies if the purpose of the action is to recover real property
or personal property or real right over real or personal property
 The action may be instituted in the name of the usufructuary (vs an
agent who institutes the action in the name of the principal)
 The usufructuary may oblige the owner to give him the necessary
authority to bring the action
 In case of favorable judgment, the usufruct shall be limited to the fruits,
with the naked ownership belonging to the owner. With the termination
of the case, the usufruct of the action comes to an end.
Art. 579. The usufructuary may make on the property held in usufruct
such useful improvements or expenses for mere pleasure as he may
deem proper, provided he does not alter its form or substance; but he
shall have no right to be indemnified therefor. He may, however,
remove such improvements, should it be possible to do so without
damage to the property. (487)
What happens when a usufructuary makes useful or luxurious expenses?
 The usufructuary has the right to make improvements, useful or
luxurious, as he may deem proper.
61
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 What are the rules?
1. He must not alter the form or substance of the property,
2. He may remove the improvements only if it is possible to do so
without damage to the property
3. He has no right to be indemnified for the improvements if he does
not exercise his right to remove
o He cannot invoke the rights of a possessor in good faith in
the concept of owner
4. If the improvements cannot be removed without damage, he may
set-off the same against any damage caused by him to the property
(Art 580)
5. If the usufructuary does not wish to exercise his right of removal,
the owner cannot compel him to remove the improvements
6. If the usufructuary wishes to exercise his right of removal, the
owner cannot prevent him by offering to reimburse him
7. The usufructuary’s right to remove the improvements includes the
right to destroy them provided no damage is caused to the property
8. The right to remove is enforceable only against the owner, but not
against a purchaser in good faith to whom a clean title has been
issued
o Right to remove the improvements should be annotated
on the certificate of title, so that it can be enforced against
third parties
Case doctrines
 By express provision of law, the usufructuaries do not have the right to
reimbursement for improvements they may have introduced on the
property. If the rule on reimbursement or indemnity were otherwise, then
the usufructuary might improve the owner out of his property. (Moralidad
v Pernes)
Art. 580. The usufructuary may set off the improvements he may have
made on the property against any damage to the same. (488)
Right to set-off improvements
 This article presupposes that
o the improvements have increased the value of the property
and
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o the damage to the same was caused through the fault of the
usufructuary.
 If the damage exceeds the value of the improvements, the usufructuary
is liable for the difference as indemnity
 If the value of the improvements exceeds the damage, he may remove
the portion of the improvements representing the excess in value if this
can be done without injury to the property, otherwise, the excess in
value accrues to the owner.
Art. 581. The owner of property the usufruct of which is held by
another, may alienate it, but he cannot alter its form or substance, or
do anything thereon which may be prejudicial to the usufructuary.
(489)
Rights and obligations of the naked owner
 The naked owner may alienate the property in usufruct because the title
(dominium directum) remains vested in him.
 He may construct works, make improvements, or make new plantings
on the property in usufruct.
 The alienation by the naked owner cannot affect the usufruct which is
registered or known to the transferee.
 The naked owner, however, cannot:
o alter the form or substance of the property, or
o do anything thereon which may cause a diminution in the value
of the usufruct, or
o be prejudicial to the rights of the usufructuary,
 otherwise, he shall be liable for damages.
 The naked owner must:
o Respect leases of rural lands by the usufructuary for the
balance of the agricultural year (Art 572)
o Reimburse him for advances made for extraordinary repairs
(Art 594), and
o Reimburse him for taxes on the capital (Art 597)
Art. 582. The usufructuary of a part of a thing held in common shall
exercise all the rights pertaining to the owner thereof with respect to
the administration and the collection of fruits or interest. Should the
co-ownership cease by reason of the division of the thing held in
common, the usufruct of the part allotted to the co-owner shall belong
to the usufructuary. (490) 

62
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

c. To make ordinary repairs (Art 592, par 1)

Usufruct of part of common property d. To notify the owner of urgent extraordinary repairs (Art
 In case a co-owner gives the usufruct of his share to a person, the 593)
usufructuary shall exercise all the rights pertaining to the co-owner e. To permit works and improvements by the naked owner
regarding the administration and the collection of the fruits or interest not prejudicial to the usufruct (Art 595)
from the property f. To pay annual taxes and charges on the fruits (Art 596)
 The usufructuary shall be bound by the partition made by the owners of g. To pay interest on taxes on capital paid by the naked
the undivided property although he took no part in the partition but the owner (Art 597)
naked owner to whom the part held in usufruct has been allotted must h. To pay debts when the usufruct is constituted on the
respect the usufruct. whole of a patrimony (Art 598)
i. To secure the naked owner’s or court’s approval to collect
Case doctrine credits in certain cases (Art 599)
 A partition made by the owners of land is binding upon a person who j. To notify the owner of any prejudicial act committed by
has a usufructuary right in an undivided part of the land, although the third persons (Art 601)
latter took no part in the partition of the property. k. To pay for court expenses and costs regarding usufruct
 The right of the usufructuary is not affected by the division but it is (Art 602)
limited to the fruits of the said part allotted to the co-owner. (Pichay v 3. Those at the termination of the usufruct
Querol) a. To return the thing in usufruct to the naked owner unless
there is a right of retention (Art 612)
CHAPTER 3 b. To pay legal interest for the time that the usufruct lasts, on
the amount spent by the owner for extraordinary repairs
OBLIGATIONS OF THE USUFRUCTUARY (Art 594) and the proper interest on the sums paid as
taxes by the owner (Art 597), and
Art. 583. The usufructuary, before entering upon the enjoyment of the c. To indemnify the naked owner for any losses due to his
property, is obliged: negligence or of his transferees. (Art 589-590)
(1) To make, after notice to the owner or his legitimate representative,
an inventory of all the property, which shall contain an appraisal of the
movables and a description of the condition of the immovables; Obligation to make an inventory
(2) To give security, binding himself to fulfill the obligations imposed 1. Previous notice to be given.
upon him in accordance with this Chapter. (491)  In the making of the inventory, the concurrence of the naked owner
is not required.
Classifications of obligations of the usufructuary
 Note that the law says ‘legitimate’, not legal representative
1. Those before the usufruct begins
2. Expenses of inventory
a. Make an inventory of the property, which shall contain an
 Borne by the usufructuary
appraisal of the movables and a description of the
3. Form of inventory
immovables
 Article 583 does not provide for the form of inventory. It may be
b. Give security
2. Those during the usufruct contained in a private document.
a. Take care of the property (Art 589)  However, a public instrument is necessary to affect third persons
b. To replace with the young thereof animals that die or are when there are immovables.
lost in certain cases when the usufruct is constituted on 4. Contents of inventory
flock or herd of livestock (Art 591)  The inventory shall contain

63
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
o an itemized list and
o an appraisal of the movables and
o description of the condition of the immovables.
 The movables must be appraised because they are subject to
greater danger of loss and deterioration.
 Both kinds must be properly identified.
Failure to make an inventory? Usufruct not extinguished, maybe owner can
demand it.
Are there instances where obligation to make inventory is excused? Yes.
See Art 585.
Obligation to give security
 The purpose of giving security is to insure the fulfillment by the
usufructuary of the obligations imposed upon him
 Law does not specify the kind of security that should be given
Failure to give security? See Art 586.
Art. 584. The provisions of No. 2 of the preceding article shall not apply
to the donor who has reserved the usufruct of the property donated, or
to the parents who are usufructuaries of their children's property,
except when the parents contract a second marriage. (492a)
When obligation to give security not applicable
 This article contains the legal exceptions to the obligation of the
usufructuary to give security in two cases:
o To the donor who has reserved the usufruct of the property
donated
o To the parents who are usufructuaries of their children’s
parents, except when the parents contract a second marriage
Art. 585. The usufructuary, whatever may be the title of the usufruct,
may be excused from the obligation of making an inventory or of
giving security, when no one will be injured thereby. (493)
When obligation to make inventory or to give security excused
 The usufructuary may be excused from the obligation in the following
cases:
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
1. Where the naked owner renounces or waives his right to the
inventory or security
2. Where the title constituting the usufruct relieves the usufructuary
from the obligation;
o Is frequently true in usufructs constituted by a last will and
testament or by a deed of donation in view of the trust
which the testator or donor has in the usufructuary
3. Where the usufructuary asks that he be exempted from the
obligation and no one will be injured thereby.
o The usufructuary may apply to the courts for relief in case
the naked owner refuses to grant the exemption where, for
example, the usufruct is over the right to receive a periodic
income or pension
Art. 586. Should the usufructuary fail to give security in the cases in
which he is bound to give it, the owner may demand that the
immovables be placed under administration, that the movables be
sold, that the public bonds, instruments of credit payable to order or to
bearer be converted into registered certificates or deposited in a bank
or public institution, and that the capital or sums in cash and the
proceeds of the sale of the movable property be invested in safe
securities.
The interest on the proceeds of the sale of the movables and
that on public securities and bonds, and the proceeds of the property
placed under administration, shall belong to the usufructuary.
Furthermore, the owner may, if he so prefers, until the
usufructuary gives security or is excused from so doing, retain in his
possession the property in usufruct as administrator, subject to the
obligation to deliver to the usufructuary the net proceeds thereof, after
deducting the sums which may be agreed upon or judicially allowed
him for such administration. (494)
Effects of failure to give security, when required
 On rights of owners: Where the obligation to give security or to file a
bond is not excused or exempted, the failure of the usufructuary to
comply with the same entitle the naked owner for his protection
o to demand that immovables be placed under administration or
receivership,
o movables be sold,
o instruments of credit be registered or deposited in a bank or
public institution
64
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
o capital or sums in cash and the proceeds of the sale of the
movable be invested in safe securities.
 On rights of usufructuary: Until he gives the proper security, the
usufructuary cannot enter upon the possession and enjoyment of the
property. He may not collect any matured credits nor invest capital in
usufruct without the consent of the owner or judicial authorization.
 The failure to give security does not extinguish the right of usufruct.
Hence, the usufructuary may alienate his right to the usufruct
 This article only speaks of security (it would seem that the failure of the
usufructuary to make an inventory, when not excused, does not have
the same effect as when security is not given.)
Art. 587. If the usufructuary who has not given security claims, by
virtue of a promise under oath, the delivery of the furniture necessary
for his use, and that he and his family be allowed to live in a house
included in the usufruct, the court may grant this petition, after due
consideration of the facts of the case.
The same rule shall be observed with respect to implements,
tools and other movable property necessary for an industry or
vocation in which he is engaged.
If the owner does not wish that certain articles be sold
because of their artistic worth or because they have a sentimental
value, he may demand their delivery to him upon his giving security for
the payment of the legal interest on their appraised value. (495)
Sworn undertaking in lieu of security (caucion juratoria)
 This article applies when the usufructuary who is under obligation to
give security cannot afford to do so and no one is willing to give security
for them
 For humanitarian considerations, the court may allow the usufructuary
to enjoy the property upon taking an oath to take care of the property
and retain it until the termination of the usufruct in lieu of giving the
security
 The usufructuary must first ask the naked owner to grant him the rights
mentioned, and should the latter refuse, he may resort to the courts
 Articles with artistic or sentimental value may not be sold. The owner
may demand their delivery to him if he gives security to the usufructuary
for the payment of the legal interest on their appraised value.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 588. After the security has been given by the usufructuary, he shall
have a right to all the proceeds and benefits from the day on which, in
accordance with the title constituting the usufruct, he should have
commenced to receive them. (496)
Retroactive effect of giving security
 This article applies where the usufructuary who is required to give
security gives the security after the commencement of the usufruct
 Failure to give the needed security may deprive the usufructuary of the
right to enjoy the possession of the property in usufruct
 However, once the security is give, he is entitled to all the proceeds and
benefits of the usufruct accruing from the day on which he should have
commenced to receive them, from the day the usufruct commenced
according to its title.
Art. 589. The usufructuary shall take care of the things given in
usufruct as a good father of a family. (497)
Obligation to take care of the property
 Includes the making of ordinary repairs needed by thing given in
usufruct
 Care required is that of a good father of a family (ordinary diligence)
 But diligence should not be less than that required by the circumstances
 Usufructuary is liable for damages suffered by the property due to his
fault and negligence
Art. 590. A usufructuary who alienates or leases his right of usufruct
shall answer for any damage which the things in usufruct may suffer
through the fault or negligence of the person who substitutes him.
(498)
Liability for fault or negligence of substitute
 The usufructuary may alienate or lease his right
 However, he shall be liable to the owner for any damage which the
property in usufruct may suffer through the fault or negligence (also
fraud or willful acts) of the substitute without prejudice to his right of
action against the latter
Art. 591. If the usufruct be constituted on a flock or herd of livestock,
the usufructuary shall be obliged to replace with the young thereof the
65
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
animals that die each year from natural causes, or are lost due to the
rapacity of beasts of prey.
If the animals on which the usufruct is constituted should all
perish, without the fault of the usufructuary, on account of some
contagious disease or any other uncommon event, the usufructuary
shall fulfill his obligation by delivering to the owner the remains which
may have been saved from the misfortune.
Should the herd or flock perish in part, also by accident and
without the fault of the usufructuary, the usufruct shall continue on the
part saved.
Should the usufruct be on sterile animals, it shall be considered, with
respect to its effects, as though constituted on fungible things. (499a)
Usufruct on a flock or herd of livestock
 The usufructuary has the duty to make replacement although the death
of the animals is due to natural causes. But the replacement is to be
made only from the young produced so that if there are no young or the
number of the young is less than that of the animals that died, the
usufructuary has no duty to replace or to fill up the difference.
 No duty to replace provided the usufructuary is without fault (2nd and 3rd
paragraphs). Even if the partial loss is due to the fault of the
usufructuary, the usufruct continues with the remainder. Bad use does
not extinguish the usufruct (Art 603), but the owner may bring the
necessary action for the protection of his rights.
 If the animals are sterile, and they cannot be replaced by the young
thereof, the usufruct shall be treated as constituted on fungible things. In
such case Art 574 applies.
Art. 592. The usufructuary is obliged to make the ordinary repairs
needed by the thing given in usufruct.
By ordinary repairs are understood such as are required by
the wear and tear due to the natural use of the thing and are
indispensable for its preservation. Should the usufructuary fail to make
them after demand by the owner, the latter may make them at the
expense of the usufructuary. (500)
Obligation to make ordinary repairs
 The usufructuary is bound to make the repairs referred to without the
necessity of demand from the owner
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o The owner may make them at the expense of the usufructuary,
only should the latter fail to make them after demand has been
made upon him.
o The defects requiring ordinary repairs must have occurred
during the usufruct, whether with or without the fault of the
usufructuary.
 The usufructuary is not liable for deterioration resulting from wear and
tear not due to his fraud or negligence, unless the deterioration could
have been prevented or arrested by ordinary repairs and he failed to
make them without valid reason.
Art. 593. Extraordinary repairs shall be at the expense of the owner.
The usufructuary is obliged to notify the owner when the need for such
repairs is urgent. (501)
Art. 594. If the owner should make the extraordinary repairs, he shall
have a right to demand of the usufructuary the legal interest on the
amount expended for the time that the usufruct lasts.
Should he not make them when they are indispensable for the
preservation of the thing, the usufructuary may make them; but he
shall have a right to demand of the owner, at the termination of the
usufruct, the increase in value which the immovable may have
acquired by reason of the repairs. (502a)
Duty of owner to pay for extraordinary repairs
 Law does not impose an obligation on the naked owner or the
usufructuary to make extraordinary repairs on the property in usufruct. It
is optional for them to make sure repairs or not.
 Payment for extraordinary repairs:
o Those required by the wear and tear due to the natural use of
the thing but not indispensable for its preservation OR those
required by the deterioration of or damage the thing caused by
the exceptional circumstances but not indispensable for its
preservation:
 The owner cannot be compelled to make them. If he
should make them, they shall be at his expense since
they are made on his property but he shall a right to
demand of the usufructuary who is benefited by the
repairs, legal interest on the amount expended during
the duration of the usufruct.
66
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 The usufructuary may make them but he is not
entitled to indemnity because they are not needed for
the preservation of the thing.
o Those required by the deterioration of or damage to the thing
caused by exceptional circumstances and are indispensable
for its preservation:
 It is also optional upon the owner or the usufructuary
to make the repairs or not. If the owner should make
the repairs, they shall be at his expense.
 If made by the usufructuary, he shall have the right to
demand of the owner the payment of the increase in
value of the immovable by reason of the repairs at the
termination of the usufruct provided the following are
present:
 He notified the owner of the urgency of the
repairs
 The owner failed to make the repairs
 The repair is necessary for the preservation
of the property
 The usufructuary has the right of retention even after the termination of
the usufruct until he is reimbursed for the increase in value of the
property caused by extraordinary repairs for preservation (Art 612)
o Increase in value is the difference between the value of the
property before the repairs were made and the value after the
repairs were completed
Art. 595. The owner may construct any works and make any
improvements of which the immovable in usufruct is susceptible, or
make new plantings thereon if it be rural, provided that such acts do
not cause a diminution in the value of the usufruct or prejudice the
right of the usufructuary. (503)
Construction, improvements and plantings by owner
 The owner has the right to do the works mentioned provided the value
of the usufruct is not prejudiced
 Any increase in the value of the usufruct due to the improvements will
inure to the benefit of the usufructuary for he is entitled to the use and
fruits of the property
 The owner has no right to demand legal interest on his expenses
because they were voluntarily incurred by him
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The owner may even alienate his property or make changes thereon as
long as he doesn’t impair the right of the usufructuary.
Case doctrine
 In a case where the usufruct was over the land, and the owner built
buildings on the land, and the usufructuary was demanding the rents of
the buildings as part of the usufruct, the Court held that the usufructuary
was not entitled to the rents of the building. The usufructuary’s
argument that Article 571 was applicable (right to enjoy any increase by
accession) was wrong because such accession is limited to buildings
erected on the land of another and does not contemplate a situation
where the owner himself erected the buildings. (Gaboya v Cui)
 However, the usufructuary was entitled to reasonable rental for the
portion of the land occupied by the building because the construction of
the building had reduced the area of the land and to that extent
diminished the value of the usufruct. However, like said above, since the
usufruct was reserved over the land alone, the usufructuary was not
entitled to the rents of the building itslef.
Art. 596. The payment of annual charges and taxes and of those
considered as a lien on the fruits, shall be at the expense of the
usufructuary for all the time that the usufruct lasts. (504)
Art. 597. The taxes which, during the usufruct, may be imposed directly
on the capital, shall be at the expense of the owner.
If the latter has paid them, the usufructuary shall pay him the proper
interest on the sums which may have been paid in that character; and,
if the said sums have been advanced by the usufructuary, he shall
recover the amount thereof at the termination of the usufruct. (505)
Liability for charges and taxes
 Usufructuary must pay the annual charges and taxes which are
imposed, and, therefore, are a lien upon the fruits during the term of the
usufruct.
 Are real property taxes imposed on the fruits or on the capital? On the
capital.
 Taxies levied on the capital must be paid by the naked owner but he
has right to demand from the usufructuary the proper interest on the
sums paid.
67
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 If the taxes were advanced voluntarily by the usufructuary he is entitled
to be reimbursed therefor at the termination of the usufruct with the right
of retention until paid.
Art. 598. If the usufruct be constituted on the whole of a patrimony, and
if at the time of its constitution the owner has debts, the provisions of
Articles 758 and 759 relating to donations shall be applied, both with
respect to the maintenance of the usufruct and to the obligation of the
usufructuary to pay such debts.
The same rule shall be applied in case the owner is obliged, at the time
the usufruct is constituted, to make periodical payments, even if there
should be no known capital. (506)
Where usufruct convers entire patrimony
 Art 598 applies to a
o universal usufruct or one which covers the entire patrimony of
the owner, and
o at the time of its constitution, by donation or any other acts
inter vivos, he has debts, whether secured or unsecured, or is
bound to make periodical payments even if, in the latter case,
there should be no known capital
 The liability of the usufructuary for the debts of the naked owner is the
same as that of the donee under 758 and 759
o when there is a stipulation for the payment by the usufructuary
of the debts of the owner, the former is liable only for the debts
contracted by the latter before the constitution of the usufruct
o in the absence of stipulation, the usufructuary shall be
responsible only when the usufruct was created in fraud of
creditors
Art. 599. The usufructuary may claim any matured credits which form a
part of the usufruct if he has given or gives the proper security. If he
has been excused from giving security or has been able to give it, or if
that given is not sufficient, he shall need the authorization of the
owner, or of the court in default thereof, to collect such credits.
The usufructuary who has given security may use the capital
he has collected in any manner he may deem proper. The usufructuary
who has not given security shall invest the said capital at interest upon
agreement with the owner; in default of such agreement, with judicial
authorization; and, in every case, with security sufficient to preserve
the integrity of the capital in usufruct. (507)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Usufruct of matured credits
 if the usufructuary has given sufficient security, he may claim matured
credits forming part of the usufruct, collect them, and use and invest,
with or without interest, the capital he has collected, in any manner he
may deem proper
 if he
o has NOT given security, or
o that given is not sufficient, or
o he has been excused from giving security,
 he may collect the credits and invest the capital which
must be at interest, with the consent of the naked
owner or approval of the court.
 The credits which constitute the capital belong to the
naked owner but the usufructuary has the right to use
and invest them, and to receive the interest therefrom.
 In every case, the investment of the capital must be with sufficient
security to preserve its integrity
Art. 600. The usufructuary of a mortgaged immovable shall not be
obliged to pay the debt for the security of which the mortgage was
constituted.
Should the immovable be attached or sold judicially for the
payment of the debt, the owner shall be liable to the usufructuary for
whatever the latter may lose by reason thereof. (509)
Usufruct of mortgaged immovables
 The usufruct is particular, constituted by will or by acts inter vivos,
whether by onerous or gratuitous title
 If the usufruct is universal, the liability of the usufructuary to pay for the
mortgage is governed by Art 598.
 The owner may validly mortgage the property in favor of a third person.
The debt must be paid by the owner.
 The usufructuary may mortgage his right of usufruct which is a real right
Art. 601. The usufructuary shall be obliged to notify the owner of any
act of a third person, of which he may have knowledge, that may be
prejudicial to the rights of ownership, and he shall be liable should he
not do so, for damages, as if they had been caused through his own
fault. (511)
68
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Obligation to notify owner of prejudicial acts by third persons
 Art 601 speaks of any act which may be prejudicial to the ‘rights of
ownership’, not merely of the ‘naked ownership’
 A usufructuary has the duty to protect the owner’s interest
 However, where the act affects possession, although this is in the
usufructuary, he should notify the owner because the latter has an
interest in defending it.
 The usufructuary is also obliged to notify the owner before making an
inventory of the property and of the need of urgent repairs.
Case doctrine
 A usufructuary has the duty to protect the owner’s interests – a usufruct
gives a right to enjoy the property of another with the obligation of
preserving its form and substance, unless the title constituting it or the
law otherwise provides. (NHA v CA)
Art. 602. The expenses, costs and liabilities in suits brought with
regard to the usufruct shall be borne by the usufructuary. (512) 
 portion of her property “as long as they like”, the usufruct may be
Obligation to pay for judicial expenses and cost
 Since they are in connection with litigation over possession affecting the
rights of the usufructuary, it is just that they are borne by him.
 If the litigation involves only the naked ownership, the owner should
assume them.
CHAPTER 4
EXTINGUISHMENT OF USUFRUCT
Art. 603. Usufruct is extinguished:
(1) By the death of the usufructuary, unless a contrary
intention clearly appears;
(2) By the expiration of the period for which it was constituted,
or by the fulfillment of any resolutory condition provided in the title
creating the usufruct; 
 or association for more than fifty years. If it has been constituted, and
(3) By merger of the usufruct and ownership in the same
person; 
 corporation or association is dissolved, the usufruct shall be
(4) By renunciation of the usufructuary;
(5) By the total loss of the thing in usufruct;
(6) By the termination of the right of the person constituting
the usufruct;
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
(7) By prescription. (513a)
How is a usufruct extinguished?
1. Death of the usufructuary (unless contrary intention clearly appears)
2. Expiration of period or fulfillment of condition
3. By merger of the usufruct and ownership in the same person
4. By renunciation of the usufructuary
5. By the total loss of the thing
6. Termination of right of owner (refers to the right of the person
constituting the usufruct, not to a condition imposed upon the usufruct
itself)
7. By prescription (acquisitive prescription by the use of a third person, not
the use by the usufructuary)
8. Other causes (annulment or rescission of the contract)
Case doctrines
 Although the owner expressly authorized the usufructuaries to occupy a
considered terminated by other modes or instances of extinguishment,
such as the fulfillment of any resolutory condition provided in the
document creating the usufruct. (Moralidad v Spouses Pernez)
 The 30-year limitation on usufruct under the Old Spanish Civil Code
does not apply to trusts. (Palad v Governor of Quezon Province)
Art. 604. If the thing given in usufruct should be lost only in part, the
right shall continue on the remaining part. (514)
 To extinguish a usufruct, the loss must be total, except as provided in
Art 607 to 609
 If the loss in only partial, the usufruct continues with the remaining part.
But if the partial loss may be so important as to be considered total loss,
the courts shall determine.
Art. 605. Usufruct cannot be constituted in favor of a town, corporation,
before the expiration of such period the town is abandoned, or the
extinguished by reason thereof. (515a)
69
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 The ordinary life of a corporation is 50 years. Unlike a natural person, a
corporation or association may be extended indefinitely. Public policy
frowns upon perpetual usufruct.
 The fifty-year limitation does not apply to trusts.
Art. 606. A usufruct granted for the time that may elapse before a third
person attains a certain age, shall subsist for the number of years
specified, even if the third person should die before the period expires,
unless such usufruct has been expressly granted only in consideration
of the existence of such person. (516)
 Exception here is when the usufruct has been expressly granted only in
consideration of the existence of the third person
Art. 607. If the usufruct is constituted on immovable property of which
a building forms part, and the latter should be destroyed in any manner
whatsoever, the usufructuary shall have a right to make use of the land
and the materials.
The same rule shall be applied if the usufruct is constituted on
a building only and the same should be destroyed. But in such a case,
if the owner should wish to construct another building, he shall have a
right to occupy the land and to make use of the materials, being
obliged to pay to the usufructuary, during the continuance of the
usufruct, the interest upon the sum equivalent to the value of the land
and of the materials. (517)
Where usufruct of land and building, and building destroyed
 The destruction of the building terminates the usufruct on the building
but no the usufruct on the land
 The usufructuary is still entitled to use the land and in place of the
building, the materials thereof. (Partial loss)
 The usufructuary can insist on the use of the land and the materials for
the remainder of the term of the usufruct as the right is granted him by
law as against the wish of the owner to construct another building. While
the usufruct on a building does not expressly include the land on which
it is constructed, the land should be deemed included, for while there
can be land without a building, there can be no building without land.
 The naked owner shall pay legal interest on insurance received if it has
not been used in the construction of another building during the whole
period of the usufruct. But he may, if he desires, relieve himself of this
encumbrance by turning over the money to the usufructuary so that he
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
may use it subject to the obligation to return the amount to the naked
owner after his death as provided in article 612.
Where usufruct on building only and it is destroyed
 Same rule applies although the usufruct does not cover the land for the
simple reason that the use of the building necessarily involves the use
of the land
 But, the owner is given the preferential right to construct another
building, occupy the land and make use of the material even against the
objection of the usufructuary
 The only right of the usufructuary is to receive during the continuance of
the usufruct, legal interest on the value of the land of the materials.
Case doctrines
 A life usufruct constituted on the rentals of the fincas situadas located at
a certain place includes the rentals both on the building and the land on
which it is erected, because the building can not exist without the land.
Hence, the usufruct is not extinguished by the destruction of the
building, for under the law usufruct is extinguished only by the total loss
of the thing subject of the encumbrance. (Vda de Albar v Carandang)
Art. 608. If the usufructuary shares with the owner the insurance of the
tenement given in usufruct, the former shall, in case of loss, continue
in the enjoyment of the new building, should one be constructed, or
shall receive the interest on the insurance indemnity if the owner does
not wish to rebuild.
Should the usufructuary have refused to contribute to the
insurance, the owner insuring the tenement alone, the latter shall
receive the full amount of the insurance indemnity in case of loss,
saving always the right granted to the usufructuary in the preceding
article. (518a)
Payment of cost of insurance
 Neither the owners nor the usufructuary is under obligation to insure the
property in usufruct. Should they do so, and –
o The usufructuary shares with the owner in insuring the
property, the usufructuary shall continue to enjoy the new
building to be constructed, or if the owner does not wish to
rebuild, the usufructuary shall receive the legal interest on the
insurance proceeds which will go to the owner.
70
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
o The usufructuary refuses to contribute to the insurance, and so
the owner pays it alone, the owner gets the full insurance
indemnity in case of loss, the right of the usufructuary being
limited to the legal interest on the value of the land and of the
materials.
 The article is silent where the usufructuary alone pays the insurance, or
where both share in the payment thereof, as to the proportion of their
contribution to the insurance.
Art. 609. Should the thing in usufruct be expropriated for public use,
the owner shall be obliged either to replace it with another thing of the
same value and of similar conditions, or to pay the usufructuary the
legal interest on the amount of the indemnity for the whole period of
the usufruct. If the owner chooses the latter alternative, he shall give
security for the payment of the interest. (519)
Art. 610. A usufruct is not extinguished by bad use of the thing in
usufruct; but if the abuse should cause considerable injury to the
owner, the latter may demand that the thing be delivered to him,
binding himself to pay annually to the usufructuary the net proceeds of
the same, after deducting the expenses and the compensation which
may be allowed him for its administration. (520)
Expropriation of thing in usufruct
 The expropriation of the thing does not extinguish the usufruct.
 Article 609 allows the substitution of the thing by an equivalent thing.
 If the thing in usufruct is expropriated for public use, the naked owner is
given the option:
o to replace it with another thing of the same value and of
similar conditions, or
o to pay to the usufructuary the legal interest on the amount of
indemnity for the whole period of the usufruct.
 In the latter case, the owner shall give security for the
payment of the interest.
Effect of bad use
 Bad use of the thing in usufruct does not extinguish the right of the
usufructuary whether there is security or not. The usufruct continues.
 But if the bad use causes considerable injury to the owner, not to the
thing itself, the owner is given the right to demand that the thing be
delivered to him, binding himself to pay annually to the usufructuary the
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
net proceeds of the same, after deducting the expenses and the
compensation which may be allowed him for its administration.
 This is true where the usufructuary has not given any security or the
security given is insufficient especially if the owner has no property.
 The second part of the provision can hardly apply where there is
sufficient security for “no considerable injury” could possible be caused
to the owner.
Art. 611. A usufruct constituted in favor of several persons living at the
time of its constitution shall not be extinguished until death of the last
survivor. (521)
Usufruct in favor of several persons
 Usufruct is extinguished by the death of the usufructuary unless a
contrary intention appears.
 The usufruct is not extinguished until the death of the last survivor. As
the usufruct continues, the rights of any usufructuary who dies shall
accrue to the surviving usufructuaries.
o The only exception is when the title constituting the usufruct
provides otherwise as where the usufruct is constituted in a list
and will and testament and the testator makes a contrary
provision.
Art. 612. Upon the termination of the usufruct, the thing in usufruct
shall be delivered to the owner, without prejudice to the right of
retention pertaining to the usufructuary or his heirs for taxes and
extraordinary expenses which should be reimbursed. After the delivery
has been made, the security or mortgage shall be cancelled. (522a)
Obligation of usufructuary to return the thing upon termination of the usufruct
 Upon the termination of the usufruct, it is the duty of the usufructuary to
return the property to the naked owner.
 The usufructuary is expressly granted the right of retention until he is
reimbursed for the amount of taxes levied on the capital and for the
increase in value caused by extraordinary repairs.
 He has no right to reimbursement for useful improvements.
TITLE VII – EASEMENTS OR SERVITUDES
CHAPTER ONE
71
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

EASEMENTS IN GENERAL 5. It is indivisible for it is not affected by the division of the estate between
two or more persons (Art 618)
SECTION ONE – DIFFERENT KINDS OF EASEMENTS 6. It is a right limited by the needs of the dominant owner or estate, without
possession;
Art. 613. An easement or servitude is an encumbrance imposed upon 7. It cannot consist in the doing of an act unless the act is accessory in
an immovable for the benefit of another immovable belonging to a relation to a real easement; and
different owner. 8. It is a limitation on the servient owner’s rights of ownership for the
The immovable in favor of which the easement is established benefit of the dominant owner; and therefore, it is not presumed.
is called the dominant estate; that which is subject thereto, the servient
estate. (530)  Easement gives the holder an incorporeal right on the land but grants
no title thereto. Therefore, an acknowledgment of the easement is an
Easement or servitude defined admission that the property belongs to another.
 Easement or servitude has been defined as a “real right constituted on
another’s property, corporeal and immovable, by virtue of which the Easement established only on immovable
owner of the same has to abstain from doing or to allow somebody else  Easements cannot be imposed on personal property but only on
to do something on his property for the benefit of another thing or immovable (which must be understood in its common and not in its legal
person.” sense).
 The definition in this article is not complete, being limited to real  What the law treats of are not immovables as defined by the Civil Code
easement. but only those which are so by their nature (are really incapable of being
 In view of the next article which refers to personal easement, the term moved) such as lands, roads, buildings, and constructions adhering to
may be defined as an encumbrance imposed upon an immovable for the soil.
the benefit of another immovable belonging to a different owner or for
the benefit of a community or one or more persons to whom the Nature of benefit to dominant estate
encumbered estate does not belong by virtue of which the owner is  Easement can exist only when the servient and dominant estates
obliged to abstain from doing or to permit a certain thing to be done on belong to different owners.
his estate (whew.)  There can be no easement without a burden on an estate for the benefit
of another immovable belonging to a different owner or of a person or
Easement and servitude distinguished group of persons.
1. It is said that easement refers to the right enjoyed by one, and  The dominant estate cannot be the servient estate at the same time.
servitude, the burden imposed upon another.  It is not essential that the benefit be very great, it being sufficient that
2. The two terms are used synonymously in the Civil Code although it is there is a determinate use or utility in favor of a dominant estate over an
more partial to easement. estate belonging to another.
 The important thing is that it exists and can be exercised.
Characteristics of easement  On the other hand, the benefit should not be so great as to be
1. It is a real right but will affect third persons only when duly registered; inconsistent with the general right of ownership of a person, amounting
2. It is enjoyed over another immovable, never on one’s own property; to a taking of his property.
3. It involves two neighboring estates, the dominant to which a right
belongs and the servient upon which an obligation rests; Easement Lease
4. It is inseparable from the estate to which it is attached and, therefore,
Real right, whether registered or Real right only when it is
cannot be alienated independently of the estate (Art 617)
not, and whether it is real or registered, or when its subject is
personal

72
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

real property and the duration b. Personal – when it is in favor of a community or of one
exceeds one year more persons (Art 614). Thus, it maybe public or private.
Imposed only on real property May involve real or personal 2. As to its source
property a. Voluntary – when the easement is established by the will
Limited right to the use of real Limited right to both the possession or agreement of the parties or by a testator (Art 619);
property of another but without the and use of another’s property b. Legal – when it is imposed by law either for public use or
right of possession (“without any (“exclusive possession”) in the interest of private persons (Art 637-687); or
exclusive possession or c. Mixed – when it is created partly by will or agreement and
occupation”) partly by law.
3. As to its exercise
Easement Usufruct a. Continuous – see Article 615; or
Imposed only on real property May involve real or personal b. Discontinuous
property 4. As to whether or not its existence is indicated
Limited to a particular or specific Includes all the uses and fruits of a. Apparent; or
use of the servient estate the property b. Non-apparent
Non-possessory right over an Right of possession in an 5. As to the duty of servient owner
immovable immovable or movable a. Positive – see Article 616; or
b. negative
Not extinguished by the death of As a rule, extinguished by the
the dominant owner death of the usufructuary
Real and personal servitudes
 Both usufruct and easement are real rights, whether registered or not,
 A servitude may be established for the benefit:
and are transmissible.
1. of a particular estate and consequently, for its owner; (real or
predial)
Case doctrines
2. of a person or group of persons without being the owner or owners
 The power of eminent omain encompasses not only the taking of title to
of a dominant estate. (personal)
and possession of the expropriated property but likewise covers even
 Unlike a real easement, personal easement does not require two
the imposition of a mere burden upon the owner of the condemned
immovables. An example of a personal easement is a right of way
property. Where the nature of the easement practically deprives the
granted to certain persons and their family, friends, servants, and jeeps.
owners of the property’s normal beneficial use, notwithstanding the fact
The servitude is for the benefit alone of the persons enumerated and
that the expropriator only occupies the sub-terrain portion, it is liable to
not a predial servitude that inures to the benefit of whoever owns the
pay not merely an easement fee but rather the full compensation for
dominant estate. Hence, the owner of the servient estate may refuse to
land. (NPC v Ibrahim)
extend the said easement to the successors-in-interest of the persons
for whose benefit the servitude exists. (Jabonete v Monteverde)
Art. 614. Servitudes may also be established for the benefit of a
community, or of one or more persons to whom the encumbered estate
Public and private easements
does not belong. (531)
 Personal easements may be:
Classifications of easement 1. Public, if it is vested in the public at large or in some class of
1. As to recipient of benefit indeterminate individuals (like the right of the public to a highway
a. Real – when the easement is in favor of another over a land of private ownership)
immovable (Art 613); or

73
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
2. Private, if it is vested in a determinate individual or certain persons
(like a right of way vested in the owner of one parcel of land over an
adjoining parcel of land)
Case doctrines
 When a person is allowed to construct his house on the land of another
to facilitate his gathering of fruits, this would be in the nature of a
personal easement under Article 614. (Alcantara v Reta)
Art. 615. Easements may be continuous or discontinuous, apparent or
non-apparent.
Continuous easements are those the use of which is or may be
incessant, without the intervention of any act of man.
Discontinuous easements are those which are used at
intervals and depend upon the acts of man.
Apparent easements are those which are made known and are
continually kept in view by external signs that reveal the use and
enjoyment of the same.
Nonapparent easements are those which show no external
indication of their existence. (532)
Continuous and discontinuous easements
 For an easement to be continuous, it is not necessary that the use be
incessant; it is sufficient that the use may be so.
o Examples are the right to support a beam on another’s wall
which really exists continuously and the right of aqueduct
which may be used only on certain days depending on the
need for water but which is continuous since its use does not
depend upon the intervention of man.
 An example of discontinuous servitude is the right of way which is used
at intervals because it is physically impossible that man shall continually
poass over the way.
 The easement itself, whether continuous or discontinuous, exists
continuously whether it is being used or not, but its exercise may be
continuous or discontinuous, or there may be no exercise at all.
 The distinction lies in the fact that in continuous easements, the
exercise or enjoyment can be had without the intervention of man while
in discontinuous easements, such exercise or enjoyment requires the
intervention of man.
 In both easements, the benefit and burden exists from the moment the
easements are created.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Case doctrine
 Easements are either continuous or discontinuous according to the
manner they are exercisd, not according to the presence of apparent
signs or physical indications of the existence of such easements. Thus,
an easement is continuous if its use is, or may be, incessant without the
intervention of any act of man, like the easement of drainage; and it is
discontinuous if it is used at intervals and depends on the act of man,
like the easement of right of way. (Bogo-Medellin v CA)
Apparent and non-apparent easements
 For an apparent easement, it is not necessary that its sign be seen; it is
sufficient if it may be seen or known on inspection.
o The sign or signs may be encountered in the dominant or
servient estate, according to the circumstances.
 An example of a non-apparent easement is a right of way when there is
no indication of its existence.
 A right of way is apparent when there is a visible road or path to show
its exercise.
 In general, negative easements are non-apparent.
Art. 616. Easements are also positive or negative.
A positive easement is one which imposes upon the owner of
the servient estate the obligation of allowing something to be done or
of doing it himself, and a negative easement, that which prohibits the
owner of the servient estate from doing something which he could
lawfully do if the easement did not exist. (533)
Positive and negative easements
 A positive easement is one which imposes upon the owner of the
servient estate the obligation of allowing something to be done or of
doing it himself.
o Example: the easement of which the right of way which
imposes upon the owner of the servient estate the duty to allow
the use of said way.
 A negative easement is that which prohibits the owner of the servient
estate from doing something which he could lawfully do if the easement
did not exist.
o Example: easement of light and view whereby the owner of the
servient estate is prohibited from obstructing the passage of
light. It may also be positive depending upon the manner by
which it is exercised.
74
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 When the opening or window is made on another’s wall (wall of servient
estate) or on a party wall, the easement acquired is positive because
the owner of the wall allows the servitude to burden his wall.
 If the window is through one’s own wall (wall of the dominant estate)
which does not extend over another’s property (servient estate), the
easement is negative.
Case doctrines
 Restrictive covenants are not, strictly speaking synonymous with
easements, but a case of servitudes or burdens, sometimes
characterized to be negative easements or reciprocal negative
easements. Negative easement is the most common easement created
by covenant or agreement whose effect is to preclude the owner of the
land from doing an act, which, if no easement existed, he would be
entitled to do. (Fajardo v Freedom to Build)
 Courts generally view restrictive covenants with disfavor, but still sustain
them where the covenants are reasonable, not contrary to law, or not in
restraint of trade. If the covenant aims to promote aesthetics, health,
and privacy or to prevent overcrowding, then the covenant must be
sustained.
 A suit for equitable enforcement of a restrictive covenant can only be
made by one for whose benefit it is intended. It is thus not normally
enforceable by one who has no right nor interest in the land for the
benefit of which the restriction has been imposed. Thus, developer of a
subdivision can enforce restrictions, even as against remote grantees of
lots, only if he retains part of the land. (Fajardo v Freedom)
Art. 617. Easements are inseparable from the estate to which they
actively or passively belong. (534)
Quality of inherence or inseparability
 Servitudes are inseparable from the estate to which they actively or
passively belong, being accessory things whose very existence
depends upon the principal thing (immovable).
 Hence, they are intransmissible in the sense that they cannot be
alienated or mortgaged independently of the estate.
 An easement cannot be the object of usufruct because it has no
existence independent of the immovable to which it attaches.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 If the dominant estate is alienated, such alienation carries with it also
the easements established in its favor even if they are not annotated as
an encumbrance on the certificate of title.
 An easement is extinguished or cut-off, however, by the registration of
the servient estate under the Torrens system without the easement
being annotated on the corresponding certificate of title. A registered
owner or subsequent purchaser of registered land holds his certificate of
title free from all encumbrances except only those noted in said
certificate and the statutory liens.
o But if the existence of an easement was known to the
transferee or grantee of the servient estate, such knowledge is
equivalent to registration.
Case doctrines
 A vendee on real property on which a servitude or an easement of right
of way exists does not acquire the right to close that servitude to
prevent the neighboring estates from using it. (Solid Manila v Bio Hong)
Art. 618. Easements are indivisible. If the servient estate is divided
between two or more persons, the easement is not modified, and each
of them must bear it on the part which corresponds to him.
If it is the dominant estate that is divided between two or more
persons, each of them may use the easement in its entirety, without
changing the place of its use, or making it more burdensome in any
other way. (535)
Quality of indivisibility
 Easement as a right is indivisible.
 Accordingly, the partition between two or more persons of either the
servient or dominant estate does not affect the existence of the
servitude which continues in its entirety.
 If the servient estate is divided, each new owner must bear the
easement but only with respect to the part corresponding to him.
 If the dominant estate is divided, each owner can exercise the whole
easement over each of the servient estates subject to the condition that
the place of easement shall not be changed and the easement shall not
be more burdensome.
o A person entitled to a right of way may do whatever is
necessary to make it convenient for his use but he cannot
deviate therefrom. The easement is not considered made more
75
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

burdensome by the mere increase in the owners of the
dominant estates.
Art. 619. Easements are established either by law or by the will of the
owners. The former are called legal and the latter voluntary easements.
(536)
Legal and voluntary easements
 This article gives the two kinds of easements according to source.
 The courts cannot impose or constitute any servitude where none
existed.
 They can only declare its existence if in reality it exists by law or by the
will of the owners.
 There are no judicial easements.
 Voluntary easements must be recorded in the Registry of Property in
order not to prejudice third persons.
SECTION TWO - MODES OF ACQUIRING EASEMENTS
Art. 620. Continuous and apparent easements are acquired either by
virtue of a title or by prescription of ten years. (537a)
Modes of acquiring easements
1. By title. All easements.
a. Continuous and apparent easements (Art 620)
b. Continuous and non-apparent easements (Art 622)
c. Discontinuous easements, whether apparent or non-
apparent
2. By prescription of ten years – only continuous and apparent easements
3. By deed of recognition (Art 623)
4. By final judgment
5. By apparent sign established by the owner of two adjoining estates (Art
624)
Acquisition by title or prescription
 Only continuous and apparent easements may be acquired either by
virtue of a title or by prescription in 10 years.
 By title, it refers to the juridical act which gives birth to the easement,
such as law, donation, contract and will of the testator.
 This article fixes ten years as the period of prescription, regardless of
good faith or bad faith of the possessor and whether or not he has just
title.
 The general rules on prescription do not apply, the only requirement
being that there be adverse possession of the easement for ten years.
Case doctrines
 Prescription as a mode of acquisition requires the existence of the
following:
2. Capacity to acquire by prescription
3. Thing capable of acquisition by prescription
4. Possession of the thing under certain conditions
 Under claim of title (en concepto de dueno)
 Possession not merely tolerated by owner
5. Lapse of time provided by law (National Power Corp v Campos)
Art. 621. In order to acquire by prescription the easements referred to
in the preceding article, the time of possession shall be computed
thus: in positive easements, from the day on which the owner of the
dominant estate, or the person who may have made use of the
easement, commenced to exercise it upon the servient estate; and in
negative easements, from the day on which the owner of the dominant
estate forbade, by an instrument acknowledged before a notary public,
the owner of the servient estate, from executing an act which would be
lawful without the easement. (538a)
Computation of the prescriptive period
 If the easement is positive, the period is counted from the day on which
the owner of the dominant estate began to exercise it
o From the day a window was built in a party wall
 If the easement is negative, from the day on which a notarial prohibition
was made on the servient estate
 Under article 622, non-apparent easements may not be acquired by
prescription. Negative easements are essentially non-apparent.
However, article 621 provides the prescriptive period for negative
easements. The notarial prohibition may be taken as making the
easement apparent, and therefore, prescriptible.
Computation in case of easement of light and view

76
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 If made on one’s own wall and the wall does not extend over the
property of another, the easement is negative because the owner is
merely exercising his inherent right of dominion and not an easement.
o The servient owner cannot close it up; otherwise he will be
liable for trespass.
o But the negative easement is not automatically vested. The
owner must make the prohibition required upon the proprietor
of the adjoining land or tenement to prevent him from
obstructing the light and view.
o If the latter consents to such prohibition and the period fixed by
law expires, the easement will be acquired by prescription.
There is no true easement for as long as the right to prohibit its
exercise exists.
 If made through a party wall or on one’s own wall which extends over
the neighboring estate, the easement acquired is positive because the
owner of the latter estate who has a right to close it up allows an
encumbrance on the property.
o The period of prescription shall be counted from the time of the
opening of the window.
Art. 622. Continuous non-apparent easements, and discontinuous
ones, whether apparent or not, may be acquired only by virtue of a title.
(539)
Acquisition only by title
 Continuous and apparent easements are the only easements that can
be acquired by prescription because they are the only ones the
possession of which fulfills two important requisites required by law for
prescription – possession be public and continuous.
 The easements mentioned in Art 622 may be acquired by title, not by
prescription because their possession or exercise is either not public
(non-apparent) such as easement of lateral and subjacent support, or it
is public but not continuous or uninterrupted (discontinuous), like a right
of way if there is a visible path.
 However, for legal purposes, the easement of aqueduct shall be
considered as continuous and apparent, although it is not really so.
Art. 623. The absence of a document or proof showing the origin of an
easement which cannot be acquired by prescription may be cured by a
deed of recognition by the owner of the servient estate or by a final
judgment. (540a)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 624. The existence of an apparent sign of easement between two
estates, established or maintained by the owner of both, shall be
considered, should either of them be alienated, as a title in order that
the easement may continue actively and passively, unless, at the time
the ownership of the two estates is divided, the contrary should be
provided in the title of conveyance of either of them, or the sign
aforesaid should be removed before the execution of the deed. This
provision shall also apply in case of the division of a thing owned in
common by two or more persons. (541a)
Alienation by same owner of two estates with sign of existence of servitude
 This contemplates a situation where two estates between which there
exists an apparent sign (like a window or road) of an easement belong
to the same owner.
 What the law requires is that the sign indicates the existence of a
servitude although there is no true servitude there being only one owner
 In case the owner alienates either of them or both with the result that
the ownership thereof is divided, the easement shall “continue” unless
the contrary has been stipulated in the title of conveyance of either of
them or the sign removed before the execution of the deed
o The existence of the apparent sign is equivalent to a title if no
objection has been made by the servient owner for an implied
contract that the easement should be constituted is deemed to
exist between the new owners
o The dominant owner can oppose the owner of the servient
estate from doing anything which would be inconsistent with
his obligation to respect the easement
 If the lots are owned by two different owners, a
notarial prohibition should be effected (Atty Abrenica)
 This article applies in case of the division of a common property by the
co-owners as the effect is the same as an alienation, or there is only
one estate and a part thereof is alienated.
 This article is not applicable in case the two estates or portions of the
same estate remain or continue to be in the same owner after alienation
or partition
Case doctrine
 Where two adjoining estates were formerly owner by just one person
who introduced improvements on both, such that the wall of the house
constructed on the first estate extends to the wall of the camarin on the
77
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
second estate; and at the time of the sale of the first estate, there
existed on the wall of the house, doors and windows (which serve as
passages for light and view), there being no provision in the deed of
sale that the easement of light and view will not be established, the case
is covered by 624.
 The existence of doors and windows on the aforesaid wall of the house
is equivalent to a title that characterizes its existence.
 But while the law declares that the easement is to “continue”, the
easement actually arises for the first time only upon alienation of
another estate, inasmuch as before that time there is no easement to
speak of, there being but one owner of both estates. (Gargantos v Tan
Yanon)
Art. 625. Upon the establishment of an easement, all the rights
necessary for its use are considered granted. (542)
Rights granted by easement
 All easements carry with them all the rights necessary for their use and
exercise
 Since these accessory rights or accessory easements exist solely by
virtue of and for the use of the servitude which can be considered as the
principal one, they cease upon the termination of the servitude
Art. 626. The owner of the dominant estate cannot use the easement
except for the benefit of the immovable originally contemplated.
Neither can he exercise the easement in any other manner than that
previously established. (n) 
 4. Contribute to the necessary expenses if there are several dominant
Immovable to be benefited by easement, and manner of its exercise
 The rule in the first sentence is just because if the owner of the
dominant estate is allowed to use the servitude for the benefit of other
adjoining lands subsequently acquired, or for others, that would make
the easement more onerous and beyond the intention of the parties
 If the easement has been constituted in general terms, only the rights
which are reasonably necessary and convenient for the use
contemplated and would case the least burden to the servient estate are
granted.
 Where the purpose of the easement or the manner of its exercise is
defined by the title creating it, the exercise of the easement must be
consistent with such purpose or manner
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
SECTION THREE – RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE
OWNERS OF THE DOMINANT AND SERVIENT ESTATES
Art. 627. The owner of the dominant estate may make, at his own
expense, on the servient state any works necessary for the use and
preservation of the servitude, but without altering it or rendering it
more burdensome.
For this purpose he shall notify the owner of the servient estate, and
shall choose the most convenient time and manner so as to cause the
least inconvenience to the owner of the servient estate. (543a)
What are the rights of the dominant owner?
1. Exercise all the rights necessary for the use of the easement
2. Make on the servient estate all works necessary for the use and
preservation of the servitude
3. Renounce the easement if he desires to exempt himself from the
contribution to necessary expenses
4. Ask for mandatory injunction to prevent impairment of his of the
easement
What are the obligations of the dominant owner?
1. Cannot alter the easement or render it more burdensome
2. Notify the servient owner of works necessary for the use and
preservation of the servitude
3. Choose the most convenient time and manner in making the necessary
works as to cause the least inconvenience to the servient owner
estates in proportion to the benefits derived from the works
What are the rights of the servient owner?
1. Retain the ownership of the portion of the estate on which the easement
is established
2. Make use of the easement, unless there is an agreement to the contrary
3. Change the place or manner of the use of the easement, provided it be
equally convenient
What are the obligations of the servient owner?
1. Cannot impair the use of the easement
2. Contribute to the necessary expenses in case he uses the easement,
unless there is an agreement to the contrary
78
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Right of the dominant owner to make necessary works
 Right granted by 627 is subject to the following conditions:
1. Works shall be at his expense and are necessary for the use and
preservation of the servitude
2. They do not alter or render the servitude more burdensome;
3. The dominant owner, before making the works, must notify the
servient owner, and
4. They shall be done at the most convenient time and manner as to
cause the lease inconvenience to the servient owner
Case doctrine
 (Goldcrest v Cypress Gardens)
Art. 628. Should there be several dominant estates, the owners of all of
them shall be obliged to contribute to the expenses referred to in the
preceding article, in proportion to the benefits which each may derive
from the work. Any one who does not wish to contribute may exempt
himself by renouncing the easement for the benefit of the others.
If the owner of the servient estate should make use of the
easement in any manner whatsoever, he shall also be obliged to
contribute to the expenses in the proportion stated, saving an
agreement to the contrary. (544)
Obligation to contribute to expenses of necessary works
This article contemplates several dominant estates.
 All the owners shall share the expenses in proportion to the benefits
derived by each estate from the works and not in proportion to their
respective interests. The benefits shall be presumed equal in the
absence of any agreement or proof to the contrary. The easement of
right of way ordinarily gives the same benefit
 An owner may exempt himself from contributing to the expenses by
renouncing the easement in favor of the others.
 What about the servient owner? Well, he shall be obliged to contribute
to the expense except when there is a stipulation to the contrary, should
he make use of the easement in any manner whatsoever. If he bound
himself to bear the cost of the work, he may free himself form the
obligation by renouncing his property to the dominant owner (Art 693)
Art. 629. The owner of the servient estate cannot impair, in any manner
whatsoever, the use of the servitude.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Nevertheless, if by reason of the place originally assigned, or
of the manner established for the use of the easement, the same
should become very inconvenient to the owner of the servient estate,
or should prevent him from making any important works, repairs or
improvements thereon, it may be changed at his expense, provided he
offers another place or manner equally convenient and in such a way
that no injury is caused thereby to the owner of the dominant estate or
to those who may have a right to the use of the easement. (545)
Obligation of servient owner not to impair servitude
 The servient owner may abstain from constructing works or performing
any act which will impair, in any manner whatsoever, the use of the
servitude.
 An injunction lies at the instance of the dominant owner to prohibit the
servient owner from impairing the use of the servitude
Right of servient owner to change place or manner of easement
 While the servient estate cannot impair the use of the servitude, he may
change at his expense the place or manner for its use provided the
following requisites are present:
1. The place or manner has become very inconvenient to him or
prevents him from making important works thereon;
2. He offers another place or manner equally convenient; and
3. No injury is caused by the chance to the dominant owner or to
whoever may have a right to the use of the easement.
Art. 630. The owner of the servient estate retains the ownership of the
portion on which the easement is established, and may use the same
in such a manner as not to affect the exercise of the easement. (n) 

Right of servient owner to use easement
 The servient owner preserves his dominion over the portion of his estate
on which the easement is established
 This is true although the indemnity consists of the value of the land
occupied and the amount of the damage to the servient estate (Art 649)
 He may use the easement subject to the condition that he does not
impair the rights of the dominant owner.
Case doctrine
 When the trial court found that the person’s right to continue to use the
septic tank ceased upon the subdivision of the land and its subsequent
79
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
sale to different owners who do not have the same interest, the
Supreme Court said that this is contrary to law. (Tanedo v Bernad)
SECTION FOUR – MODES OF EXTINGUISHMENT OF
EASEMENTS
Art. 631. Easements are extinguished:
(1) By merger in the same person of the ownership of the
dominant and servient estates;
(2) By nonuser for ten years; with respect to discontinuous
easements, this period shall be computed from the day on which they
ceased to be used; and, with respect to continuous easements, from
the day on which an act contrary to the same took place; 
 the exercise of legal easements does not prescribe, as occurs
(3) When either or both of the estates fall into such condition
that the easement cannot be used; but it shall revive if the subsequent
condition of the estates or either of them should again permit its use,
unless when the use becomes possible, sufficient time for prescription
has elapsed, in accordance with the provisions of the preceding
number;
(4) By the expiration of the term or the fulfillment of the
condition, if the easement is temporary or conditional; 
 
(5) By the renunciation of the owner of the dominant estate;
(6) By the redemption agreed upon between the owners of the
dominant and servient estates. (546a)
What are the modes of extinguishment of easements?
1. By merger
 It is not necessary that it be with respect to the full extent of the
tenement but only with respect to that part affected by the servitude
or that part for the benefit of which the servitude was established
 The merger must be absolute and complete in one and the same
person and not by virtue of other real rights less than full
ownership. (where the merger is temporary, as when it is subject to
a resolutory condition, there is only a suspension but not an
extinguishment of the servitude.)
 If the servient owner becomes a co-owner of the dominant estate,
there is no merger for he has acquired only a part interest therein.
 If the dominant sells a retro the whole immovable to the servient,
the easement is not extinguished but only suspended. The
servitude is revived when the dominant redeems the property.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 What if the dominant sells absolutely to the servitude, buys it back,
then sells it to a third person. There is no revival here because it
was already unconditionally extinguished by the sale of the property
to the servient. But if the sale to servient by dominant was
rescinded or annulled, there is no extinguishment by merger.
2. By non-user for ten years
 This mode is applicable only to easements that have been in use
and later abandoned, for one cannot discontinue using what one
has never used
 Some legal easements (natural drainage) may be extinguished by
non-user, but only with respect to the actual form or manner in
which they had been exercised, and the right or the power to claim
especially in the case of the right of way and easement of
aqueduct. (Francisco v Paez)
 If the easement is discontinuous (right of way), the period of ten
years shall be computed from the day it ceased to be used.
 If continuous (natural drainage), from the day on which an act
contrary to the same took place (like construction of a dam which
blocks natural drainage)
The non-use must be voluntary on the part of the dominant owner
and not due to fortuitous events beyond his control unless the non-
use is due to the impossibility of use under no 3
 What’s the basis? Well, it’s presumptive renunciation.
o So, the proof of non-user must be undubitable particularly
where the easement is perpetual in character because of
its annotation in the Torrens title. Thus, the mere non-use
of a passageway by the dominant owner who has gained
direct access to another way does not extinguish the
easement of right of way. In the absence of any evidence
that could point to mutual agreement to the discontinuance
of the easement annotated on the title, its continued
existence must be upheld
 The use by a co-owner of the dominant estate benefits all the other
co-owners and prevents prescription as to them.
3. Impossibility of use
 When the condition of either or both of the estates which makes
impossible the use of the easement is irreparable, whether caused
by fortuitous events or not, the servitude is absolutely extinguished
o Otherwise, the impossibility of use merely suspends the
servitude until such time when it can be used again
80
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
4. By expiration of term or fulfillment of resolutory condition
5. By renunciation
 The renunciation or waiver must be specific, clear and express.
 This is particularly true for discontinuous easements such as right
of way.
 The waiver must be at least such as may be obviously gathered
from positive acts – if not formal and solemn. The mere refraining
from claiming the right, without any positive acts imply a real
waiver, is not sufficient for the purpose although it may constitute
non-use. A clear case of implied waiver is the act of covering up a
window by the dominant owner and yet this act does not ipso facto
extinguish the easement, but only serves to make the starting point
for prescription. (Francisco v Paez)
 Where the easement is in favor of a particular group of persons, the
voluntary renunciation thereof by some of them will not affect the
right of the others.
6. By redemption
 it must be by virtue of an agreement between the owners of the
dominant and servient estates under which the servitude would be
extinguished
7. By other causes
 Annulment, rescission, abandonment, etc
 Registration of the servient estate under the Torrens system
without the easement being annotated in the title
Some case doctrines
 Alienation of the dominant and servient estates to different persons is
not one of the grounds for extinguishment of the easement. (Tanedo v
Bernad)
 Absent a statement abolishing or extinguishing the easement, then the
easement is continued by operation of law. (Tanedo v Bernad)
 An easement is perpetual in character when it is annotated on all the
transfer certificates of title issued. Since there is no evidence that would
point to a mutual agreement between any of the parties with respect to
the discontinuance or obliteration of the easement annotated on the
titles, the continued existence of the easement must be upheld and
respected. (Benedicto v CA)
 NB: When the easement is a legal easement, it need not be annotated
in the title. A legal easement is one mandated by law, constituted for
public use or for private interest and becomes a continuing property
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
right. It is inseparable from the estate to which it belongs. So, there’s no
need to annotate in the title. (Villanueva v Velasco)
 A voluntary easement of right of way, like any other contract, could be
extinguished only by mutual agreement or by renunciation of the owner
of the dominant estate. As it is like any other contract, it is generally
effective between the parties, their heirs and assigns, except in case
where the rights and obligations arising from the contract are not
transmissible by their nature, or by stipulation, or by provision of law.
(Unisource v Chung, 2009)
 If there are easement or other rights appurtenant to a parcel of
registered land which for any reason have failed to be registered, such
easement or rights shall remain so appurtenant notwithstanding such
failure, and shall be held to pass with the land until cut off or
extinguished by the registration of the servient estate or in any other
manner. An easement is cut off or extinguished by the registration of the
servient estate under the Torrens system without the easement being
annotated on the corresponding certificate of title, pursuant to Sec 39 of
Act 496 (Purugganan v Paredes)
o EXCEPTION: When the person who registers the servient
estate has ACTUAL knowledge that an easement exists.
(One can’t rely on the face of the title if one has actual
knowledge of facts which should compel him to do further
investigation)
Art. 632. The form or manner of using the easement may prescribe as
the easement itself, and in the same way. (547a)
Prescription of form or manner of using easement
 The form or manner (or mode) of using the easement is different from
the easement itself or the right to exercise it
 Both may be lost by prescription
 Some legal easements, however, do not prescribe but the form or
manner of using all easements including legal easements may be lost or
acquired by prescription
Art. 633. If the dominant estate belongs to several persons in common,
the use of the easement by any one of them prevents prescription with
respect to the others. (548)
Where dominant estate owned in common
 Easements are indivisible
81
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 Hence, the use by a co-owner inures to the benefit of all the other co- relating thereto, and, in the absence thereof, by the provisions of this
owners and prevents prescription as to shares of the latter Title. (550)
 In other words, the use by a co-owner is deemed to be used by each
and all the co-owners
 Art. 636. Easements established by law in the interest of private
persons or for private use shall be governed by the provisions of this
CHAPTER 2 Title, without prejudice to the provisions of general or local laws and
ordinances for the general welfare.
LEGAL EASEMENTS These easements may be modified by agreement of the
interested parties, whenever the law does not prohibit it or no injury is
SECTION ONE – GENERAL PROVISIONS suffered by a third person. (551a)


Art. 634. Easements imposed by law have for their object either public Governing laws
use or the interest of private persons. (549) 1. Public legal easements – they are governed primarily by the special
laws and regulations relating thereto, and by the Civil Code (634-687),
What is legal easement? inclusive.
 Legal easements are easements imposed or mandated by law, and 2. Private legal easements
which have for their object: a. By agreement of the interested parties provided it is not
o either public use or prohibited by law or injurious to a third person
o the interest of private properties b. In the absence of agreement, by the provisions of general
 They become a continuing property right and local laws and ordinances for the general welfare; and
c. In default of a and b, by articles 634 to 687, inclusive of
Kinds of legal easements the Civil Code.
1. Public legal easements or those for public or communal use
2. Private legal easements or those for the interest of private persons or Case doctrine
for private use, which include those relating to  Where the land was originally public land, and awarded by free patent
a. Waters with a reservation for a legal easement of a right-of-way in favor of the
b. Right of way government, just compensation need not be paid for the taking of a part
c. Party wall thereof for public use as an easement of a right of way, unlike if the land
d. Light and view were originally private property. (NIA v CA)
e. Drainage
f. Intermediate distances SECTION TWO – EASEMENTS RELATING TO WATERS
g. Against nuisance
h. Lateral and subject support Art. 637. Lower estates are obliged to receive the waters which
naturally and without the intervention of man descend from the higher
Case doctrine estates, as well as the stones or earth which they carry with them.
 See Villanueva v Velasco cited in Art 631 The owner of the lower estate cannot construct works which
will impede this easement; neither can the owner of the higher estate
make works which will increase the burden. (552)
Art. 635. All matters concerning easements established for public or
communal use shall be governed by the special laws and regulations Legal easements relating to waters
1. Natural drainage (637)

82
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
2. Drainage of buildings (674)
3. Easement on riparian banks for navigation, floatage, fishing, salvage,
and towpath (638)
4. Easement of a dam (639, 647)
5. Easement for drawing water or for watering animals (640-641)
6. Easement of aqueduct (642-646)
7. Easement for the construction of a stop lock or sluice gate (647)
Natural drainage of lands
 This article imposes a natural easement upon the lower estates which
are obliged to receive the waters which naturally and without the
intervention of man descend from the higher estates, as well as the
stones or earth carried by the waters.
 This easement is a continuous one and may be extinguished by non-
user for the period of 10 years required by law. Thus, if a dike was
constructed by the servient owner (an act contrary to the easement), the
action to destroy the dike is barred if brought only after 1 years.
 Duty of servient owner – the owner of the lower estate cannot construct
works which will impede this easement, such as walls, ditches or
fences, or a dam which blocks the natural flow of the waters. The
dominant owner may demand their removal or destruction and recover
damages. The servient owner may construct works to regulate the flow
of waters, but not those which will impede the easement.
 Duty of dominant owner – the owner of the higher tenement cannot
make works which will increase the burden. If the waters are the result
of artificial development, or are the overflow from irrigation dams, or
proceed from industrial establishments recently set up, the owner of the
lower estate shall be entitled to compensation for his loss or damage.
o But the dominant owner is not prohibited from cultivating
his land or constructing works to regulate the descent of
the waters to prevent erosion to his land and as long as he
does not impede the natural flow of the waters and
increase the burden of the lower estate, he is not liable for
damages.
Remember Remman v CA? The case with the pig shit? It also said that tax
returns per se could not reflect the total amount of damages suffered by a
party, as income losses from a portion of his property could be offset by any
profit derived from the rest of said property or from other sources of income.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 638. The banks of rivers and streams, even in case they are of
private ownership, are subject throughout their entire length and within
a zone of three meters along their margins, to the easement of public
use in the general interest of navigation, floatage, fishing and salvage.
Estates adjoining the banks of navigable or floatable rivers
are, furthermore, subject to the easement of towpath for the exclusive
service of river navigation and floatage.
If it be necessary for such purpose to occupy lands of private
ownership, the proper indemnity shall first be paid. (553a)
Public easements on banks of river
 Banks of rivers and streams, whether they are of public or private
ownership, are subject to easement of public use for:
1. Navigation
2. Floatage
3. Fishing
4. Salvage
5. With respect to estates adjourning banks of navigable rivers, also to
easement of towpath.
 If the land is of public ownership, there is no indemnity; if of private
ownership, the proper indemnity shall first be paid before it may be
occupied. Riparian owners cannot be required to subject their property
to the easement for the benefit of the public without prior indemnity.
 The width of the zone subject to the easement is 3 meters throughout
the entire length of the bank along its margin.
 The easement established by Article 638 does not apply to canals or
esteros.
Art. 639. Whenever for the diversion or taking of water from a river or
brook, or for the use of any other continuous or discontinuous stream,
it should be necessary to build a dam, and the person who is to
construct it is not the owner of the banks, or lands which must support
it, he may establish the easement of abutment of a dam, after payment
of the proper indemnity. (554)
Abutment of buttress of a dam
 A person who needs to build a dam to divert or take water from a river
or brook but is not the owner of the banks or lands which must support
the dam, may be allowed the easement of abutment or buttress of a
dam (estribo de presa)
83
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 He must seek the permission of the owner, and in case of the latter’s
refustal, he must secure authority from the proper administrative agency
which will conduct the necessary investigation in which all interested
parties are given opportunity to be heard. In establishing the easement,
the proper indemnity must be paid.
 Where the construction of a dam is unauthorized, the same can be
considered a private nuisance and may be lawfully destroyed or
removed by the injured landowner or by any persona acting under his
directions.
Case doctrine
 An easement of buttress can be imposed by administrative authority
with respect to land lying adjacent to public or private waters; but in
such case it is required that an investigation of record shall be made
before the easement of buttress is decreed. The making of the
investigation of record is an essential prerequisite to the exercise of the
power. (Solis v Pujeda)
Art. 640. Compulsory easements for drawing water or for watering
animals can be imposed only for reasons of public use in favor of a
town or village, after payment of the proper indemnity. (555)
Art. 641. Easements for drawing water and for watering animals carry
with them the obligation of the owners of the servient estates to allow
passage to persons and animals to the place where such easements
are to be used, and the indemnity shall include this service. (556)
Drawing water or watering animals
 This is a personal easement which includes the accessory easement of
passage or right of way of persons and animals to the place where the
easement is to be used.
 Requisites are:
1. Must be imposed for reasons of public use;
2. Must be in favor of a town or village; and
3. Must be payment of proper indemnity.
Art. 642. Any person who may wish to use upon his own estate any
water of which he can dispose shall have the right to make it flow
through the intervening estates, with the obligation to indemnify their
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
owners, as well as the owners of the lower estates upon which the
waters may filter or descend. (557)
Art. 643. One desiring to make use of the right granted in the preceding
article is obliged:
(1) To prove that he can dispose of the water and that it is
sufficient for the use for which it is intended;
(2) To show that the proposed right of way is the most
convenient and the least onerous to third persons;

 (3) To indemnify the owner of the servient estate in the
manner determined by the laws and regulations. (558)
Art. 644. The easement of aqueduct for private interest cannot be
imposed on buildings, courtyards, annexes, or outhouses, or on
orchards or gardens already existing. (559)
Easement of aqueduct… what is it?!
 Easement of aqueduct is the right arising from a forced easement by
virtue of which the owner of an estate who desires to avail himself of
water for the use of said estate may make such waters pass through the
intermediate estate with the obligation of indemnifying the owner of the
same and also the owner of the estate to which the water may filter or
flow.
 The easement is provided in Article 642. It gives the right to make water
flow through or under intervening or lower estates.
Requisites?
The person desiring to make use of the easement must:
1. Prove that he has the capacity to dispose of the water;
2. Prove that the water is sufficient for the use intended;
3. Show that the proposed right of way is the most convenient and the
least onerous to third persons; and
4. Pay indemnity to the owner of the servient estate.
 But where the number of years that have elapsed since the
easement had first come into existence and the subsequent
changes in ownership of lots involved would make it impossible
to present proof of indemnity to the owner of the servient
estate, this requisite has been deemed to be complied with.
(Salazar v Gutierrez)
84
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 The easement cannot be imposed over buildings, courtyards, annexes
or gardens if the easement is for private interest.
Case doctrines
 The Spanish Law of Waters allows the creation of a compulsory
easement of aqueduct for the purpose of establishing or extending an
irrigation system, and there is nothing to the contrary in the Civil Code.
 The registration of the servient lot without the corresponding registration
of the easement of aqueduct on the title cannot summarily terminate it
30 years thereafter where the original registered owner of the servient
lot allowed the easement to continue in spite of such non-registration.
 The least that can be said is that he either recognized its existence as a
compulsory servitude on his estate or voluntarily agreed to its
establishment and continuance. And subsequent purchasers of the
servient estate cannot capitalize on the absence of annotation on the
title where they are aware of the existence of the easement and likewise
allowed it to continue for 26 years after they acquired title. (Salazar v
Gutierrez)
Art. 645. The easement of aqueduct does not prevent the owner of the
servient estate from closing or fencing it, or from building over the
aqueduct in such manner as not to cause the latter any damage, or
render necessary repairs and cleanings impossible. (560)
Right of owner of servient estate
 The servient owner may close or fence his estate, or build over the
aqueduct so long as no damage is caused to the aqueduct or the
necessary repairs and cleaning of the same are not rendered
impossible.
 He can construct works he may deem necessary to prevent damage to
himself provided he does not impede or impair, in any manner
whatsoever, the use of the easement – just like the owner of the lower
estate on which an easement of natural drainage has been established.
If he does impair, the dominant owner may ask for the removal or
destruction of such works with a right to indemnity for damages.
Art. 646. For legal purposes, the easement of aqueduct shall be
considered as continuous and apparent, even though the flow of the
water may not be continuous, or its use depends upon the needs of the
dominant estate, or upon a schedule of alternate days or hours. (561)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Easement considered as continuous and apparent
 For legal purposes, the easement is considered continuous and
apparent and therefore, may be susceptible of acquisitive prescription.
Art. 647. One who for the purpose of irrigating or improving his estate,
has to construct a stop lock or sluice gate in the bed of the stream
from which the water is to be taken, may demand that the owners of
the banks permit its construction, after payment of damages, including
those caused by the new easement to such owners and to the other
irrigators. (562)
Construction of a stop lock or sluice gate
 In Article 639, the purpose of building a dam is to divert water from a
river or brook. Here, the purpose of the construction is to take water for
irrigation, or to improve an estate.
 In both cases, the construction is on the estate of another and proper
indemnity has to be paid. Furthermore, no damage must be caused to
third persons.
Art. 648. The establishment, extent, form and conditions of the
servitudes of waters, to which this section refers, shall be governed by
the special laws relating thereto insofar as no provision therefor is
made in this Code. (563a) 

SECTION THREE – EASEMENT OF RIGHT OF WAY
Art. 649. The owner, or any person who by virtue of a real right may
cultivate or use any immovable, which is surrounded by other
immovables pertaining to other persons and without adequate outlet to
a public highway, is entitled to demand a right of way through the
neighboring estates, after payment of the proper indemnity.
Should this easement be established in such a manner that its
use may be continuous for all the needs of the dominant estate,
establishing a permanent passage, the indemnity shall consist of the
value of the land occupied and the amount of the damage caused to
the servient estate.
In case the right of way is limited to the necessary passage for
the cultivation of the estate surrounded by others and for the gathering
of its crops through the servient estate without a permanent way, the
indemnity shall consist in the payment of the damage caused by such
encumbrance.
85
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
This easement is not compulsory if the isolation of the
immovable is due to the proprietor's own acts. (564a)
Art. 650. The easement of right of way shall be established at the point
least prejudicial to the servient estate, and, insofar as consistent with
this rule, where the distance from the dominant estate to a public
highway may be the shortest. (565)
Easement of right of way… DEFINED!
 Easement of right of way is the right granted by law to the owner of an
estate which is surrounded by other estates belonging to other persons
and without an adequate outlet to a public highway to demand that he
be allowed a passageway throughout such neighboring estates after
payment of the proper indemnity.
Requisites of the easment (based on de Leon)
1. Claimant must be an owner of enclosed immovable or one with real
right
2. No adequate outlet to a public highway
3. Right of way must be absolutely necessary
4. The isolation must not be due to the claimant’s own act
5. The easement must be established at the point least prejudicial
6. There must be payment of proper indemnity
Claimant must be an owner of enclosed immovable or one with real right
 Not only the owner but any person who by virtue of a real right may
cultivate or use an immovable, may demand a right of way. A
usufructuary may demand a right of way.
1. A mortgagee is not entitled to demand because it is necessary that
the land be cultivated or used by virtue of a right like that of a
usufruct
2. A mere lessee cannot demand the legal servitude of way because
his action is against the lessor who is bound to maintain him in the
enjoyment of the lease. However, if the lessee registers the lease in
the Registry of Property, it becomes a real right, and the lessee
would then be entitled to demand the right of way.
No adequate outlet to a public highway
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Covers cases when there is absolutely no outlet or access, or even
when there is one, the same is not adequate (like when it’s dangerous,
very costly, etc)
 The owner of the servient estate cannot obstruct the use of the
easement if the proposed new location for it is farther and is not as
convenient.
Right of way must be absolutely necessary
 The right cannot be claimed merely for the convenience of the owner of
the enclosed estate.
 Owner must show that the compulsory easement is absolutely
necessary for the normal enjoyment of his property. Even if necessary
but it can be satisfied without imposing the servitude, the same should
not be imposed.
 The easement can be established for the benefit of a tenement with an
inadequate outlet, but not when the outlet is merely inconvenient.
Isolation must not be due to the claimant’s own act
 If he constructs a permanent structure and effectively blocks himself out
from the pubic highway, then he is stupid and he will not be granted an
easement.
The easement must be established at the point least prejudicial to the
servient estate
 The shortest is not always the least prejudicial.
 The criterion of least prejudicial shall be observed although the distance
may not be the shortest or is even the longest.
 In other words, this is the TEST - the one where the way is shortest and
will cause the least damage should be chosen.
o But if these two circumstances do not concur in a single
tenement, the way which will cause the least damage should
be used, even if it would not be the shortest.
 Between a right of way that will demolish a house and
another one which will merely cut down a tree (yet is
a longer route to the highway), the latter shall prevail.
 The rule is different in eminent domain proceedings wherein the grantee
of the power of eminent domain can choose as he pleases, as long as it
is not capricious and wantonly injurious.
Proper indemnity
 The right can be acquired only after the proper indemnity has been paid.
86
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 If the passage is of continuous and permanent nature (continuous for all
the needs of the dominant estate), the indemnity consists of the value of
the land occupied plus amount of damages caused to the servient
estate; and
 If it is temporary (limited to the necessary passage for the cultivation of
the enclosed estate and for the gathering of its crops through the
servient estate), indemnity consists in the payment of the damage
caused to the servient estate.
 Even if the easement is for a laudable purpose, there is still a need for
compensation.
 BUT…
o Where the land was originally public land, and awarded by free
patent and was registered with an OCT and TCT with a
reservation for a legal easement of a right-of-way in favor of
the government, just compensation need not be paid for the
taking of a part thereof for public use as an easement of a right
of way, unlike if the land were originally private property. (NIA v
CA)
What are the kinds of easements of right of way?
1. Private, when it is established in favor of a private person, such as the
right granted in Article 649; or
2. Public, when it is available in favor of the community or the public at
large.
Acquisition and extinguishment by prescription
 The easement of right of way, being discontinuous, cannot be acquired
ny prescription. It may be apparent, but it is not a continuous easement.
 De Leon gives some reasons why the easement of right of way should
be considered as continuous in page 480 of his book.
Case doctrines
 Requisites of the easement (based on Valdez v Tabisula; Lee,
Villanueva; etc)
1. Claimant must be an owner of enclosed immovable or one with real
right
2. Property is surrounded by other immovables and has no adequate
outlet to a public highway
3. Proper indemnity must be paid
4. The isolation is not the result of the owner of the dominant estate’s
own acts
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
5. The right of way claimed is at the least prejudicial to the servient
estate
6. To the extent consistent with the foregoing rule, the distance from
the dominant estate to a public highway may be the shortest.
 The onus of proving the existence of these requisites lies on the owner
of the dominant estate.
 Requisites na naman! (based on Mejorada v Vertudazo)
1. The estate is surrounded by other immovables and is without
adequate outlet to a public highway;
2. After payment of the proper indemnity
3. The isolation was not due to the proprietor’s acts; and
4. The right of way claimed is at a point least prejudicial to the servient
estate.
 One whose land is enclosed by the lands of others at one acquires the
right to demand an easement of way to the nearest street or road, but
his failure to do so does not constitute a renunciation of his right nor
does the right to demand such easement prescribe under Article 631.
The right to demand a right of way is imprescriptible. (Francisco v Paez)
Art. 651. The width of the easement of right of way shall be that which
is sufficient for the needs of the dominant estate, and may accordingly
be changed from time to time. (566a)
Width of the passage
 It is the needs of the dominant property which ultimately determine the
width of the passage, and these needs may vary from time to time.
 The easement established may thus be changed or modified from time
to time as the subsequent needs of the dominant estate may demand.
Art. 652. Whenever a piece of land acquired by sale, exchange or
partition, is surrounded by other estates of the vendor, exchanger, or
co-owner, he shall be obliged to grant a right of way without indemnity.
In case of a simple donation, the donor shall be indemnified by
the donee for the establishment of the right of way. (567a)
Art. 653. In the case of the preceding article, if it is the land of the
grantor that becomes isolated, he may demand a right of way after
paying a indemnity. However, the donor shall not be liable for
indemnity. (n)
87
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Where land of transferor or transferee enclosed
 These two articles are exceptions to the requirement in Article 649
regarding the payment of indemnity.
 If the land transferred is surrounded by other estates of the vendor,
exchanger or co-owner, the transferee is not obliged to pay indemnity
for the easement as the consideration for the transfer is presumed to
include the easement without the indemnity.
o If the right of way becomes useless for some reason or
another, it is no longer than transferor’s fault. Apply Article 642.
o Article 652 is not applicable in case of simple donation
because the donor receives nothing for his property.
 If it is the land of the grantor that becomes isolated, he may demand a
right of way but shall be obliged to pay indemnity unless the purchaser
agreed to grant right without indemnity.
o The donor shall not be liable for indemnity as it is considered a
tacit condition of the donation.
Art. 654. If the right of way is permanent, the necessary repairs shall be
made by the owner of the dominant estate. A proportionate share of
the taxes shall be reimbursed by said owner to the proprietor of the
servient estate. (n)
Responsibility for repairs and taxes
 This applies if the right of way is permanent.
 The servient owner retains ownership of the passageway; hence, he
pays all the taxes.
 The dominant owner is liable for the necessary repairs and the
proportionate share of the taxes paid by the servient owner, meaning
the amount of taxes corresponding to the portion on which the
easement is established.
Art. 655. If the right of way granted to a surrounded estate ceases to be
necessary because its owner has joined it to another abutting on a
public road, the owner of the servient estate may demand that the
easement be extinguished, returning what he may have received by
way of indemnity. The interest on the indemnity shall be deemed to be
in payment of rent for the use of the easement.
The same rule shall be applied in case a new road is opened
giving access to the isolated estate.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
In both cases, the public highway must substantially meet the
needs of the dominant estate in order that the easement may be
extinguished. (568a)
Extinguishment of compulsory easement of right of way
 This applies to compulsory easement of right of way.
 The two causes of extinguishment are:
1. The joining of the isolated estate to another abutting a public road,
and
2. Opening a new road which gives access to the estate.
 The new outlet must be adequate.
 The extinguishment is not automatic because the law says that the
owner of the servient estate may demand that the easement be
extinguished, if he so desires. So, the dominant owner cannot ask for
the return of the indemnity, if the servient owner chooses to allow the
continuation of the easement.
 The servient owner is not liable to pay interest on the indemnity as the
interest is deemed to be payment for the use of the easement.
Art. 656. If it be indispensable for the construction, repair,
improvement, alteration or beautification of a building, to carry
materials through the estate of another, or to raise therein scaffolding
or other objects necessary for the work, the owner of such estate shall
be obliged to permit the act, after receiving payment of the proper
indemnity for the damage caused him. (569a)
Temporary easement of right of way
 This applies to a right of way which is essentially temporary or
transitory.
 It is sufficient that great inconvenience, difficulty, or expense would be
encountered if the easement was not granted.
 Temporary easement is allowed only after the payment of the proper
indemnity.
Case doctrine
 The installation of electric power lines is a permanent easement not
covered by Article 656. Article 656 deals only with the temporary
easement of passage. (Preysler, Jr v CA)
Art. 657. Easements of the right of way for the passage of livestock
known as animal path, animal trail or any other, and those for watering
88
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

places, resting places and animal folds, shall be governed by the  An owner may use a party wall to the extent of the ½ portion on his
ordinances and regulations relating thereto, and, in the absence property. Not all common walls or walls in co-ownership are party walls.
thereof, by the usages and customs of the place. (A wall built on a co-owned lot is a common wall, not a party wall.)
Without prejudice to rights legally acquired, the animal path
shall not exceed in any case the width of 75 meters, and the animal trail Party Wall Co-ownership
that of 37 meters and 50 centimeters. The shares of the co-owners Shares of the co-owners can be
Whenever it is necessary to establish a compulsory easement cannot be physically segregated divided or separated physically.
of the right of way or for a watering place for animals, the provisions of but they can be physically Before such division, a co-owner
this Section and those of Articles 640 and 641 shall be observed. In identified. cannot point to any definite portion
this case the width shall not exceed 10 meters. (570a) 
 of the property as belonging to him.
No such limitation None of the co-owners may use
Right of way for the passage of livestock, watering places the community property for his
 The easements shall be governed by the ordinances, regulations, and in exclusive benefit
their absence, usages and customs of the place. Any owner may free himself from Partial renunciation is allowed
 Animal path max width: 75 meters contributing to the cost of repairs
 Animal trail max width: 37.5 meters and construction of a party wall by
 For drawing waters and for watering animals max width: 10 meters renouncing all his rights thereto.
o In the last case, they can be imposed only for reasons of public
use in favor of a town or barrio and only after payment of the
proper indemnity. Art. 659. The existence of an easement of party wall is presumed,
unless there is a title, or exterior sign, or proof to the contrary:
SECTION FOUR – EASEMENT OF PARTY WALL (1) In dividing walls of adjoining buildings up to the point of
common elevation;
Art. 658. The easement of party wall shall be governed by the (2) In dividing walls of gardens or yards situated in cities,
provisions of this Title, by the local ordinances and customs insofar as towns, or in rural communities; 

they do not conflict with the same, and by the rules of co-ownership. (3) In fences, walls and live hedges dividing rural lands. (572)
(571a)
When is the existence of a party wall presumed?
What’s an easement of party wall? 1. In dividing walls of adjoining buildings up to the point of common
 It refers to all those mass of rights and obligations emanating from the elevation;
existence and common enjoyment of wall, fence, enclosures or hedges, 2. In dividing walls of gardens or yards situated in cities, towns, or in rural
by the owners of adjacent buildings and estates separated by such communities; or
objects. 3. In fences, walls and live hedges dividing rural lands.

What is a party wall, what is its nature?
 A party wall is a common wall which separates two estates, built by
common agreement at the dividing line such that it occupies a portion of
both estates on equal parts.
 It is a kind of forced co-ownership in which the parties are prt-owners.
 Each owner owns part of the wall but it cannot be separated from the
other portions belonging to the others.
 The legal presumption is juris tantum; it may be rebutted by a title or
exterior sign or any other proof showing that the entire wall in
controversy belongs exclusively to one of the adjoining property owners.
Case doctrine
 A wall separating two adjoining buildings, built on the land on which one
of these buildings stands, is not a party wall when there is a drain along

89
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
its top to carry away the water from the roof and eaves of the building
belonging to the owner of the land on which the wall is erected; and also
when a part of the wall is covered by the roof of the said building, the
construction of which demonstrates that the wall belongs exclusively to
the owner of the building of which it forms part. (Lao v Heirs of Alburo)
Art. 660. It is understood that there is an exterior sign, contrary to the
easement of party wall:
(1) Whenever in the dividing wall of buildings there is a
window or opening;
(2) Whenever the dividing wall is, on one side, straight and
plumb on all its facement, and on the other, it has similar conditions on
the upper part, but the lower part slants or projects outward; 

(3) Whenever the entire wall is built within the boundaries of
one of the estates; 
 
(4) Whenever the dividing wall bears the burden of the binding
beams, floors and roof frame of one of the buildings, but not those of
the others; 

(5) Whenever the dividing wall between courtyards, gardens,
and tenements is constructed in such a way that the coping sheds the
water upon only one of the estates; 
 maintenance of fences, live hedges, ditches, and drains owned in
(6) Whenever the dividing wall, being built of masonry, has
stepping stones, which at certain intervals project from the surface on
one side only, but not on the other; 
 Nevertheless, any owner may exempt himself from
(7) Whenever lands inclosed by fences or live hedges adjoin
others which are not inclosed.
In all these cases, the ownership of the walls, fences or
hedges shall be deemed to belong exclusively to the owner of the
property or tenement which has in its favor the presumption based on
any one of these signs. (573)
Exterior signs rebutting presumption
 This article mentions some exterior signs rebutting the presumption of a
party wall. The wall becomes the exclusive property of the owner of the
estate which has in its favor the presumption based on any of the above
exterior signs.
 The enumeration is merely illustrative, and is not exclusive.
 The exterior signs may contradict each other. In such case, the court
shall decide the matter taking into consideration all the circumstances.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o But in case of conflict between a title evidencing ownership to
a wall and an exterior sign, the former must prevail, for the
latter merely gives rise to an inference of ownership.
Art. 661. Ditches or drains opened between two estates are also
presumed as common to both, if there is no title or sign showing the
contrary.
There is a sign contrary to the part-ownership whenever the
earth or dirt removed to open the ditch or to clean it is only on one side
thereof, in which case the ownership of the ditch shall belong
exclusively to the owner of the land having this exterior sign in its
favor. (574)
Bitches or drains between two estates (hehe)
The deposit of earth or debris on one side alone is an exterior sign that
the owner of that side is the owner of the ditch or the drain.
 Again, this is rebuttable.
Art. 662. The cost of repairs and construction of party walls and the
common, shall be borne by all the owners of the lands or tenements
having the party wall in their favor, in proportion to the right of each.
contributing to this charge by renouncing his part-ownership, except
when the party wall supports a building belonging to him. (575)
Contribution to cost of repairs and construction of party walls
 The part-owners of the party wall shall contribute to the cost in the
proportion to their respective interests.
o But if the cause of the repairs is due to the fault of just one,
then he alone shall bear the costs.
 Any owner may free himself from contributing to the charge by
renouncing his rights in the party wall unless it actually supports his
building.
 The renunciation will include the land on which the party wall is
constructed.
Art. 663. If the owner of a building, supported by a party wall desires to
demolish the building, he may also renounce his part-ownership of the
wall, but the cost of all repairs and work necessary to prevent any
90
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
damage which the demolition may cause to the party wall, on this
occasion only, shall be borne by him. (576)
Demolish that building! Demolish!
 An owner may also renounce his part ownership of a party wall if he
desires to demolish his building supported by the wall.
 He shall bear all the expenses of repairs and work necessary to prevent
any damage which the demolition may cause to the party wall.
Art. 664. Every owner may increase the height of the party wall, doing
at his own expense and paying for any damage which may be caused
by the work, even though such damage be temporary.
The expenses of maintaining the wall in the part newly raised
or deepened at its foundation shall also be paid for by him; and, in
addition, the indemnity for the increased expenses which may be
necessary for the preservation of the party wall by reason of the
greater height or depth which has been given it.
If the party wall cannot bear the increased height, the owner
desiring to raise it shall be obliged to reconstruct it at his own expense
and, if for this purpose it be necessary to make it thicker, he shall give
the space required from his own land. (577)
Art. 665. The other owners who have not contributed in giving
increased height, depth or thickness to the wall may, nevertheless,
acquire the right of part-ownership therein, by paying proportionally
the value of the work at the time of the acquisition and of the land used
for its increased thickness. (578a)
Increase the height of party wall!
 An owner is given the right to increase the height of a party wall subject
to the following conditions:
1. He must do so at his own expense;
2. He must pay for any damage which may be caused thereby even if
damage is temporary;
3. He must bear the cost of maintaining the portion added; and
4. He must pay the increased cost of preservation of the wall.
 He shall be obliged to reconstruct the wall at his expense if it is
necessary so that the wall can bear the increased height, and if
additional thickness is required, he shall provide the space therefore
from his own land.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The other owners cannot object to the work as long as the above
conditions are complied with.
 The owner who makes the addition acquires ownership unless the other
owners pay proportionately the value of the work at the time of the
acquisition (not the construction) and of the land used for the wall’s
increased thickness.
Art. 666. Every part-owner of a party wall may use it in proportion to
the right he may have in the co-ownership, without interfering with the
common and respective uses by the other co-owners. (579a) 

Proportional use of party wall
 If Tweet owns 2/3 of the party wall and Plurk owns 1/3, Tweet may use
the wall (like inserting a beam) up to 2/3 of its thickness, and Plurk can
do the same up to 1/3.
SECTION FIVE – EASEMENT OF LIGHT AND VIEW
Art. 667. No part-owner may, without the consent of the others, open
through the party wall any window or aperture of any kind. (580)
WHAT IS AN EASEMENT OF LIGHT?!?!
 Easement of light (jus luminum) is the right to admit light from the
neighboring estate by virtue of the opening of a window or the making of
certain openings.
WHAT IS AN EASEMENT OF VIEW?!?!
 Easement of view (jus prospectus) is the right to make openings or
windows, to enjoy the view through the estate of another and the power
to prevent all constructions or works which would obstruct such view or
make the same difficult.
 It necessarily includes the easement of light.
Making of opening through a party wall
 A part-owner cannot exercise an act which implies full ownership of the
wall by making use of all its thickness.
 Remember, a window in the dividing wall of buildings is an exterior sign
which rebuts the presumption that the wall is a party wall. One part-
owner may not, therefore, make any window or opening of any kind thru
a party wall without the consent of the others.
91
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art. 668. The period of prescription for the acquisition of an easement
of light and view shall be counted:
(1) From the time of the opening of the window, if it is through
a party wall; or
(2) From the time of the formal prohibition upon the proprietor
of the adjoining land or tenement, if the window is through a wall on
the dominant estate. (n)
Prescriptive period for acquisition of easement of light and view
 The easement of light and view is either positive or negative.
 When is it positive?
o It is considered positive if made through a party wall or even if
made on one’s own wall, if the window is on a balcony or
projection extending over the adjoining property.
o When a window is opened through a party wall, an apparent
and continuous easement is created from the time of such
opening. But there is no true easement as long as the right to
prevent its use exists.
o The adjoining owner can order the window closed within 10
years from the time of the opening of the window.
 When is it negative?
o It is considered negative if the window is made through a wall
on the dominant estate.
o The 10-year period of prescription commences from the time of
the formal prohibition (instrument acknowledged by a notary
public) upon the adjoining owner.
o Before the expiration of the prescriptive period, the window
exists by mere tolerance of the adjoining owner who always
retains the right to have it closed or to build an obstruction,
although the opening was made more than 10 years after he
decided to exercise his right.
 The opening by Xyzal was made in 1990 but he made
a formal notarial demand prohibiting Yeeyoo to
obstruct the view only in 1994, Yeeyoo may still
demand the closure of the window in 2001.
Case doctrines
 When the construction of windows and balconies does not constitute an
actual invasion of the rights of another, but is a lawful exercise of an
inherent right, the easement of light and view is negative. (Fabie v
Lichauco)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 When a window is opened in a party wall, the express or implied
consent of the part owner affords a basis for the acquisition of a
prescriptive title.
 When a window is opened in the wall of a neighbor, prescription
commences to run from the date of the opening of the windows and
ripens into title when the specified time has elapsed without opoosition
on the part of the owner of the wall. (Cortes v Yu Tibo)

Art. 669. When the distances in Article 670 are not observed, the owner
of a wall which is not party wall, adjoining a tenement or piece of land
belonging to another, can make in it openings to admit light at the
height of the ceiling joints or immediately under the ceiling, and of the
size of thirty centimeters square, and, in every case, with an iron
grating imbedded in the wall and with a wire screen.
Nevertheless, the owner of the tenement or property adjoining
the wall in which the openings are made can close them should he
acquire part-ownership thereof, if there be no stipulation to the
contrary.
He can also obstruct them by constructing a building on his
land or by raising a wall thereon contiguous to that having such
openings, unless an easement of light has been acquired. (581a)
Openings at height of ceiling joists to admit light
 When the wall is not a party wall, the owner may make an opening for
the purpose of admitting light and air, but not for view. The restrictions
are the following:
1. The size must not exceed 30 cm square;
2. The opening must be at the height of the ceiling joists or
immediately under the ceiling;
3. There must be an iron grating imbedded in the wall; and
4. There must be a wire screen.
 When the wall becomes a party wall, a part-owner can order the closure
of the opening because no part-owner may make an opening through a
party wall without the consent of the others. It can also obstruct the
opening unless an easement of light has been acquired by prescription,
in which case the servient owner may not impair the easement.
Case doctrine
 If a house consists of more than one story, each story may have the
same openings which are provided by law for one house. The purpose
92
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
of the law is to provide light to the rooms and it is evident that the rooms
of the lower stories have a much need for light as those of the top story.
(Choco v Santamaria))
 When the house has been built, with two meters of the dividing line (Art
670), no other windows than those provided in this article may be
opened in its walls. (Saez v Figueras)
Art. 670. No windows, apertures, balconies, or other similar projections
which afford a direct view upon or towards an adjoining land or
tenement can be made, without leaving a distance of two meters
between the wall in which they are made and such contiguous
property.
Neither can side or oblique views upon or towards such
conterminous property be had, unless there be a distance of sixty
centimeters.
The nonobservance of these distances does not give rise to
prescription. (582a)
Art. 671. The distance referred to in the preceding article shall be
measured in cases of direct views from the outer line of the wall when
the openings do not project, from the outer line of the latter when they
do, and in cases of oblique view from the dividing line between the two
properties. (583)
Direct and oblique views
 Article 760 requires a distance of:
o For direct view, 2 meters
o For oblique view, 60 cm
 Article 761 provides the manner of measuring the distance.
o For direct view – from the outer line of the wall when the
openings do not project; from the outer line of the openings
when they do project
o For oblique view – from the dividing line
 An owner can build within the minimum distance or even up to the
dividing line provided no window is opened except as provided in Article
669.
 When windows are opened, without observing the required legal
distances, the adjoining owner has a right to have them closed.
 The non-observance of the distances does not give rise to prescription.
o The mere opening of the windows in violation of Article 770
does not give rise to the servitude by prescription.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
o It’s a negative easement because the window is through a wall
of the dominant estate and so prescription may still be
acquired after 10 years from the time of notarial prohibition.
Art. 672. The provisions of Article 670 are not applicable to buildings
separated by a public way or alley, which is not less than three meters
wide, subject to special regulations and local ordinances. (584a)
Where buildings separated by a public way or alley
 The distance in 670 is not compulsory where there is a public way or
alley provided that it is not less than 3 meters wide.
Case doctrine
 A private alley opened to the use of the general public falls within the
provision of Article 672.
Art. 673. Whenever by any title a right has been acquired to have direct
views, balconies or belvederes overlooking an adjoining property, the
owner of the servient estate cannot build thereon at less than a
distance of three meters to be measured in the manner provided in
Article 671. Any stipulation permitting distances less than those
prescribed in Article 670 is void. (585a)
Where easement of direct view has been acquired
 The word “title” as used in Article 673 refers to any of the modes of
acquiring easements (contract, will, donation or prescription).
 Whenever the easement of direct view has been acquired by such title,
there is created a true easement, the owner of the servient estate
cannot build thereon at less than a distance of 3 meters from the
boundary line.
 The distance may be increased or decreased by stipulation of the
parties provided that in case of decrease, the minimum distance of 2
meters or 60 cm in 670 must be observed. If not, then it’s void.


SECTION SIX – DRAINAGE OF BUILDINGS
Art. 674. The owner of a building shall be obliged to construct its roof
or covering in such manner that the rain water shall fall on his own
land or on a street or public place, and not on the land of his neighbor,
even though the adjacent land may belong to two or more persons, one
93
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
of whom is the owner of the roof. Even if it should fall on his own land,
the owner shall be obliged to collect the water in such a way as not to
cause damage to the adjacent land or tenement. (586a)
What is an easement of drainage of buildings?
 Easement of drainage of buildings is the right to divert or empty the rain
waters from the one’s own roof or shed to the neighbor’s estate either
drop by drop or through conduits.
Rainwater not to fall on land of another
 This article does not really create a servitude, it merely regulates the
use of one’s own property by imposing on him the obligation to collect
its rain waters so as not to cause damage to his neighbors, even if he
be a co-owner of the latter.
 It’s an exemption to Article 637 which obliges lower estates to receive
the waters which naturally flow from higher estates.
Art. 675. The owner of a tenement or a piece of land, subject to the
easement of receiving water falling from roofs, may build in such
manner as to receive the water upon his own roof or give it another
outlet in accordance with local ordinances or customs, and in such a
way as not to cause any nuisance or damage whatever to the dominant
estate. (587)
Easement to receive falling rainwater
 This article deals not with a legal or compulsory easement but with a
voluntary easement to receive rain water falling from the roof of an
adjoining building.
 It is an application of Article 629.
Art. 676. Whenever the yard or court of a house is surrounded by other
houses, and it is not possible to give an outlet through the house itself
to the rain water collected thereon, the establishment of an easement
of drainage can be demanded, giving an outlet to the water at the point
of the contiguous lands or tenements where its egress may be easiest,
and establishing a conduit for the drainage in such manner as to cause
the least damage to the servient estate, after payment of the property
indemnity. (583) 

Easement giving outlet to rainwater where house surrounded by other
houses
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The legal easement of drainage may be demanded subject to the
following conditions:
1. There must be no adequate outlet to the rainwater because the
yard or court of a house is surrounded by other houses;
2. The outlet to the water must be at the point where egress is
easiest, and establishing a conduit for drainage; and
3. There must be payment of proper indemnity.
SECTION 7. – INTERMEDIATE DISTANCES AND WORKS
FOR CERTAIN CONSTRUCTIONS AND PLANTINGS
Art. 677. No constructions can be built or plantings made near fortified
places or fortresses without compliance with the conditions required in
special laws, ordinances, and regulations relating thereto. (589)
Constructions and plantings near fortified places
 This article establishes an easement in favor of the State.
Art. 678. No person shall build any aqueduct, well, sewer, furnace,
forge, chimney, stable, depository of corrosive substances, machinery,
or factory which by reason of its nature or products is dangerous or
noxious, without observing the distances prescribed by the regulations
and customs of the place, and without making the necessary protective
works, subject, in regard to the manner thereof, to the conditions
prescribed by such regulations. These prohibitions cannot be altered
or renounced by stipulation on the part of the adjoining proprietors.
In the absence of regulations, such precautions shall be taken
as may be considered necessary, in order to avoid any damage to the
neighboring lands or tenements. (590a)
Construction of aqueduct, well, sewer, etc
 Constructions which by reason of their nature or products are
dangerous or noxious must comply with the distances prescribed by
local regulations and customs of the place. Necessary protective works
must also be built/done by the owner to avoid damage to neighbors.
 The prohibitions cannot be altered by stipulations because of the
underlying public policy of safety.
 Whut up, ang layo mo na! Go go go!
Art. 679. No trees shall be planted near a tenement or piece of land
belonging to another except at the distance authorized by the
94
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
ordinances or customs of the place, and, in the absence thereof, at a
distance of at least two meters from the dividing line of the estates if
tall trees are planted and at a distance of at least fifty centimeters if
shrubs or small trees are planted.
Every landowner shall have the right to demand that trees
hereafter planted at a shorter distance from his land or tenement be
uprooted.
The provisions of this article also apply to trees which have
grown spontaneously. (591a)
Planting of trees (wow!)
 This article establishes a negative easement.
 It provides the minimum distance of trees and shrubs from the boundary
line.
 They shall be regulated first by local ordinances; and then by the
customs of the place; and in default of both, this interesting article.
 In case of violation, a landowner shall have the right to demand the
uprooting of the tree or shrub even if it has grown spontaneously.
Art. 680. If the branches of any tree should extend over a neighboring
estate, tenement, garden or yard, the owner of the latter shall have the
right to demand that they be cut off insofar as they may spread over
his property, and, if it be the roots of a neighboring tree which should
penetrate into the land of another, the latter may cut them off himself
within his property. (592)
Intrusions of branches or roots into neighboring estates
 In case of branches, the adjoining owner must first demand that they be
cut-off by the tree owner insofar as they spread over the former’s
property. If the tree owner refuses, he may ask authority from the court.
 As to the roots, he may cut them off himself if they penetrate into his
land without the necessity of giving notice to the tree owner, because,
by right of accession, he has acquired ownership over them. It actually
constitutes a direct invasion on his land (grabe naman.)
Art. 681. Fruits naturally falling upon adjacent land belong to the owner
of said land. (n) 
 Art. 687. Any proprietor intending to make any excavation
Kung mahulog yung mangga ni Jhunjhun sa lote ko, akin na ba yung
mangga?
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Yes. But the falling must occur naturally. So I have no right to pick fruits
still on branches that extend over my land.
 This is not based on occupation nor accession, but by operation of law.
SECTION 8. – EASEMENT AGAINST NUISANCE
Art. 682. Every building or piece of land is subject to the easement
which prohibits the proprietor or possessor from committing nuisance
through noise, jarring, offensive odor, smoke, heat, dust, water, glare
and other causes.
Art. 683. Subject to zoning, health, police and other laws and
regulations, factories and shops may be maintained provided the least
possible annoyance is caused to the neighborhood. 

 The Code considers the easement against nuisance as negative
because the proprietor or possessor is prohibited to do something which
he could lawfully do were it not for the existence of the easement.
However, a nuisance involves any act of ormission which is unlawful.
So, these two articles are more of a restriction on the right of ownership
than a true easement.
SECTION 9. - Lateral and Subjacent Support (n)
Art. 684. No proprietor shall make such excavations upon his land as
to deprive any adjacent land or building of sufficient lateral or
subjacent support.
Art. 685. Any stipulation or testamentary provision allowing
excavations that cause danger to an adjacent land or building shall be
void.
Art. 686. The legal easement of lateral and subjacent support is not
only for buildings standing at the time the excavations are made but
also for constructions that may be erected.
contemplated in the three preceding articles shall notify all owners of
adjacent lands. 

Proprietor prohibited from making dangerous excavations
95
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 Support is lateral when the supported and the supporting lands are
divided by a vertical plane.
 Support is subjacent when the supported land is above and the
supporting land is beneath it.
 An owner, by virtue of his surface right, may make excavations on his
land, but his right is subject to the limitation in Article 684 that he shall
not deprive any adjacent land or building of sufficient lateral or
subjacent support.
 Any stipulation or testamentary provision allowing excavations that
violate Article 684 is void. The limitation applies not only to existing
buildings but also to future constructions.
 The notice required in Article 687 is mandatory except where there is
actual knowledge of the proposed excavation.
 The adjacent owner is entitled to injunctive relief and to damages for
violation of the provisions.
CHAPTER 3
VOLUNTARY EASEMENTS
Art. 688. Every owner of a tenement or piece of land may establish
thereon the easements which he may deem suitable, and in the manner
and form which he may deem best, provided he does not contravene
the laws, public policy or public order. (594)
Owner of land may constitute easement
 Since easement involves an act of strict dominium, only the owner or at
least one acting in his name and under his authority, may establish a
voluntary easement.
 However, a beneficial owner may establish a temporary easement
consistent with his right as such and subject to termination upon the
extinguishment of the usufruct.
Voluntary easements not contractual
 Voluntary easements are not contractual in nature, they constitute the
act of the owner.
Art. 689. The owner of a tenement or piece of land, the usufruct of
which belongs to another, may impose thereon, without the consent of
the usufructuary, any servitudes which will not injure the right of
usufruct. (595)
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Where property held in usufruct
 The owner of property in usufruct may create easements thereon
without the consent of the usufructuary provided the rights of the latter
are not impaired.
Art. 690. Whenever the naked ownership of a tenement or piece of land
belongs to one person and the beneficial ownership to another, no
perpetual voluntary easement may be established thereon without the
consent of both owners. (596)
Creation of perpetual voluntary easement
 A usufructuary may impose on the estate held in usufruct a temporary
easement.
 Where the naked ownership and the beneficial ownership of the estate
belong to different persons, and the easement is perpetual (permanent
right of way, etc), the consent of both the naked owner and the
beneficial owner is required.
Art. 691. In order to impose an easement on an undivided tenement, or
piece of land, the consent of all the co-owners shall be required.
The consent given by some only, must be held in abeyance
until the last one of all the co-owners shall have expressed his
conformity.
But the consent given by one of the co-owners separately from
the others shall bind the grantor and his successors not to prevent the
exercise of the right granted. (597a)
Imposition of easement on undivided property
 The creation of a voluntary easement on property owned in common
requires the unanimous consent of all the co-owners, because it
involves an act of alteration and not merely an alienation of an ideal
share of a co-owner.
 The consent may be given separately or successively.
 Once consent is given by a co-owner, the same is binding upon him and
his successors unless his consent was vitiated.
 After the consent of the last of all of the co-owners has been secured, it
is not necessary for him to give again his consent.
96
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art. 692. The title and, in a proper case, the possession of an easement
acquired by prescription shall determine the rights of the dominant
estate and the obligations of the servient estate. In default thereof, the
easement shall be governed by such provisions of this Title as are
applicable thereto. (598)
Rules governing voluntary easements…ano nga ba?
1. If created by title, such as contract, will, etc, then by such title;
2. If created by prescription, by the form and manner of possession of the
easement (see Art 632); and
3. In default of the above, by the provisions of the Civil Code on easement.
Art. 693. If the owner of the servient estate should have bound himself,
upon the establishment of the easement, to bear the cost of the work
required for the use and preservation thereof, he may free himself from
this obligation by renouncing his property to the owner of the
dominant estate. (599)
Where servient owner bound himself to bear cost of maintenance of
easement
 This article applies only where the owner of the servient estate bound
himself to bear the cost of the work required for the use and
preservation of the easement
 He is bound to fulfill the obligation he has contracted in the same way
that such an owner, should he make use of the easement, is bound to
contribute to the works necessary for the use and preservation of the
servitude.
 The servient owner may free himself from his obligation by renouncing
or abandoning his property to the dominant owner.
o The renunciation need not be over the whole servient
tenement, but only on the portion thereof affected by the
easement (right of way, etc). however, if the easement affects
the entire servient estate (like natural drainage), then the
renunciation must be total.
o In any case, it cannot be tacit or implied; it must follow the form
required by law for transmission of ownership of real property.
TITLE EIGHT
NUISANCE
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 694. A nuisance is any act, omission, establishment, business,
condition of property, or anything else which:
(1) Injures or endangers the health or safety of others; or
(2) Annoys or offends the senses; or 

(3) Shocks, defies or disregards decency or morality; or 

(4) Obstructs or interferes with the free passage of any public
highway or street, or any body of water; or
(5) Hinders or impairs the use of property.
What is the statutory definition of nuisance?
 Nuisance is used to refer either to the harm caused or that which
causes harm, or both
 Negligence is not an essential ingredient of a nuisance but to be liable
for a nuisance, there must be resulting injury to another in the
enjoyment of his legal rights.
 Anything which: (IASOH)
1. Injures or endangers the health or safety of others
2. Annoys or offends the senses
3. Shocks, defies or disregards decency or morality
4. Obstructs or interferes with the free passage of any public highway
or street, or any body of water
5. Hinders or impairs the use of property.
Distinguish nuisance from trespass
 Nuisance consists of a use of one’s own property in such a manner as
to cause injury to the property or other right or interest of another, and
generally results from the commission of an act beyond the limits of the
property affected
 Trespass is a direct infringement of another’s right of property
 Where there is no actual physical invasion of the plaintiff’s property, the
cause of action is for nuisance rather than trespass. An encroachment
upon the space about another’s land but not upon the land itself is a
nuisance, and not a trespass.
 In trespass, the injury is direct and immediate; in nuisance, it is
consequential.
Distinguish nuisance from negligence
Nuisance Negligence
97
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Basis of Regardless of the Want of care individuals may be unequal. A private nuisance is one that is not
breach of degree of care or skill included in the foregoing definition.
duty
Violation of An absolute duty, the A relative duty, the failure to What is a public nuisance?
doing of an act which use the degree of care  A public nuisance has been defined as
is wrongful in itself required under particular o the doing of or the failure to do something that injuriously
circumstances in connection affects safety, health or morals of the public, or
with an act or omission which o works some substantial annoyance, inconvenience, or injury to
is not of itself wrongful the public.
 Where the damage is the necessary consequence of what the
defendant is doing, or is incident to the business itself or the manner in What is a private nuisance?
which it is conducted, the law of negligence has no application, and the  A private nuisance has been defined as one which violates only private
law of nuisance applies. rights and produces damage to but one or a few personas, and cannot
 In fine, nuisance is wrongful in itself because of the injury caused be said to be public.
regardless of the presence or absence of care, while negligence creates Public Private
liability because of want of proper care resulting to another’s injury. Affects Public at large, or such of The individual or a limited
them as may come in number of individuals only
Case doctrines contact with it
 Noise becomes actionable only when it passes the limits of reasonable Remedies Indictable Actionable, either for their
adjustment to the conditions of the locality and of the needs of the abatement or for damages,
maker to the needs of the listener. Injury to a particular person in a or both
peculiar position will not render the noise an actionable nuisance – in  A nuisance may be both public and private in character. Hence, there
the condition of present living, noise seems inseparable from the are mixed nuisances. It may violate public rights to the injury of many,
conduct of many necessary occupations. while producing special injury to private rights to any extent beyond the
 The test to determine noise as nuisance is whether rights of property, injury to the public.
health or comfort are so injuriously affected by the noise that the
sufferer is subjected to a loss which goes beyond the reasonable limit What is a nuisance per se?
imposed upon him by the condition of living.  Nuisance per se is an act, occupation, or structure which
 The determining factor when noise alone is the cause of complaint is unquestionably is a nuisance at all times and under any circumstances,
not its intensity or volume, but it is that the noise is of such character as regardless of location or surroundings.
to produce actual physical discomfort and annoyance to a person of  It is that which affects the immediate safety of persons and property.
ordinary sensibilities, rendering adjacent property less comfortable and (Telmo v Bustamante)
valuable. (AC Enterprises v Frabelle)  It is a nuisance of itself because of its inherent qualities, productive of
 A negligent or intentional act may constitute a nuisance. Where, after injury or dangerous to life or property without regard to circumstance.
complaint and notice of damage, the defendant continues to offend and  Example: A house of prostitution.
refuses to correct or discontinue the nuisance, it is intentional.
What is a nuisance per accidens?
Art. 695. Nuisance is either public or private. A public nuisance affects  It is an act, occupation, or structure, not a nuisance per se, but which
a community or neighborhood or any considerable number of persons, may become a nuisance by reason of circumstances, location, or
although the extent of the annoyance, danger or damage upon surroundings.
 Example: raising of pigs in a house within city limits.

98
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 One who maintains on his premises dangerous instrumentalities or

Nuisance per se Nuisance per accidens appliances of a character likely to attract children in play, and who fails
In terms of The thing becomes a Depends upon its location to exercise ordinary care to prevent children from playing therewith or
proof nuisance as a matter of and surroundings, the resorting thereto, is liable to a child of tender years who is injured
law manner of its conduct or thereby, even if the child is technically a trespasser in the premises.
Its existence need only be other circumstances.  The reason is that the condition or appliance in question although its
proved in any locatlity, Proof of the act and its danger is apparent, is so enticing to children of tender years as to
without showing specific consequences is necessary. induce them to approach or use it.
damages, and the right to It must be shown by  The attractiveness is an implied invitation to such children
relief is established by evidence to be a nuisance  EXCEPTION: is not applicable to bodies of water, artificial or natural in
averment and proof of the under the law. the absence of some unusual condition or artificial feature other than
mere act. the mere water and its location.
In terms of May be summarily abated Even the municipal o A swimming pool is not a nuisance.
action under the undefined law authorities, under their power o A tank of water from an ice plant is not a nuisance as well.
of necessity to declare and abate (Hidalgo case)
nuisances, would not have o What if Jollibee is in the middle of the swimming pool?!
the right to compel the  Exercise due diligence. Tanggalin yung bubuyog na
abatement of a particular yan!
thing or act as a nuisance
without reasonable notice to Art. 696. Every successive owner or possessor of property who fails or
the person alleged to be refuses to abate a nuisance in that property started by a former owner
maintaining or doing the or possessor is liable therefor in the same manner as the one who
same at the time and place created it.
of hearing before a tribunal
whether such a thing  Generally, only the creator of a nuisance is liable for the damge
constitutes a nuisance resulting therefrom.
 However, since the injurious effect of a nuisance is a continuing one,
Case doctrines every successive owner or possessor of property constituting a
 The operation of bus terminals is a legitimate business which, by itself, nuisance who fails or refuses to abate it, has the same liability as the
cannot be said to be injurious to the rights of property, health, or comfort original owner.
of the community. Unless a thing is nuisance per se, it may not be  But of course, the new owenr must have actual knowledge of the
abated via an ordinance, without judicial proceedings. (Lucena v JAC nuisance.
Liner)
 The abatement of a nuisance without judicial proceedings is possible Art. 697. The abatement of a nuisance does not preclude the right of
only if it is a nuisance per se. A gas station is not a nuisance per se or any person injured to recover damages for its past existence.
one affecting the immediate safety of persons and property. Hence, it
cannot be closed down or transferred summarily to another location. Are the remedies exclusive?
(Parayno v Jovellanos)  No.
 Injury must not be merely perceived, but must be factual. (Parayno)  The action to abate nuisance and the action to recover damages are
distinct remedies either or both of which the plaintiff may pursue at his
What is the doctrine of attractive nuisance? election.

99
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 The two remedies are concurrent and not exclusive.
 The owner of property abated as a nuisance is not entitled to
compensation unless he can show that the abatement is unjustified.
Art. 698. Lapse of time cannot legalize any nuisance, whether public or
private.
 General rule: The right to bring an action to abate a public or private
nuisance is not extinguished by prescription. Lapse of time cannot be
relied upon to legalize a nuisance, whether public or private.
 Exception: See Art 631 (2) which expressly prescribes that easements
are extinguished by obstruction and non-use for ten years. (check
book,P558)
Art. 699. The remedies against a public nuisance are:
(1) A prosecution under the Penal Code or any local ordinance: or
(2) A civil action; or
(3) Abatement, without judicial proceedings.
What are the remedies against a public nuisance?
1. Prosecution under the Penal Code or any local ordinance
2. A civil action
3. Abatement, without judicial proceedings.
 These are not exclusive but cumulative.
 All of them may be availed of by public officers, and the last two, by
private persons, if the nuisance is especially injurious to the latter.
Abatement without judicial proceedings
 The summary abatement of nuisance without judicial proceedings is
recognized and established even in the absence of statute on the
ground that the requirement of preliminary formal legal proceedings and
a judicial trial would result in defeating the beneficial object sought to be
obtained.
 Police power of the state includes the right to destroy or abate by a
summary proceeding whatever may be regarded as a public nuisance,
subject to constitutional limitations.
 Property taken or destroyed for the purpose of abating a nuisance is not
taken for public use, and there is accordingly no obligation to make
compensation for such taking.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 700. The district health officer shall take care that one or all of the
remedies against a public nuisance are availed of.
Art. 701. If a civil action is brought by reason of the maintenance of a
public nuisance, such action shall be commenced by the city or
municipal mayor.
Art. 702. The district health officer shall determine whether or not
abatement, without judicial proceedings, is the best remedy against a
public nuisance.
What is the role of the district health officer and others with respect to public
nuisance?
 The district health officer is charged with the duty to see to it that one or
all of the remedies against a public nuisance are availed of.
 Article 702 does not empower the district health officer to abate a public
nuisance to the exclusion of all other authorities. His power is simply to
determine whether or not abatement, without judicial proceedings, is the
best remedy against a public nuisance.
 The action must be commenced by the city or municipal mayor. But a
private person may also file an action if the public nuisance is especially
injurious to him.

Art. 703. A private person may file an action on account of a public
nuisance, if it is specially injurious to himself.
Does a private person have a right to file action on account of a public
nuisance?
 Certainly!
 A private person may also file a civil action if the public nuisance is
especially injurious to himself. In other words, the nuisance becomes as
to him a private nuisance affecting him in a special way different from
that sustained by the public in general.
 In the absence of a showing of special or unusual damages, differing
from those suffered by the general public, a cause of action does not
arise in favor of a private individual
 An action may be maintained by one who is not the sole or even a
peculiar sufferer, if his grievance is not common to the whole public, but
is a common misfortune of a number or even a class of persons.
100
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Art. 704. Any private person may abate a public nuisance which is a. He commits no breach of the peace nor causes
specially injurious to him by removing, or if necessary, by destroying unnecessary injury, and
the thing which constitutes the same, without committing a breach of b. The procedure for extrajudicial abatement of public
the peace, or doing unnecessary injury. But it is necessary: nuisance prescribed in 704 is complied with
(1) That demand be first made upon the owner or possessor of the
property to abate the nuisance; Art. 707. A private person or a public official extrajudicially abating a
(2) That such demand has been rejected; nuisance shall be liable for damages:
(3) That the abatement be approved by the district health officer and (1) If he causes unnecessary injury; or
executed with the assistance of the local police; and (2) If an alleged nuisance is later declared by the courts to be not a real
(4) That the value of the destruction does not exceed three thousand nuisance.
pesos.
Is there liability for damages in case of extrajudicial abatement?
What are the conditions for extrajudicial abatement of a public nuisance?  Yeeeeeeees!
 The party injured may remove, and if necessary, destroy thing which  A private or public officer may be held liable for damages.
constitutes the nuisance without committing a breach of the peace, or  The two grounds of which are:
doing unnecessary damage. a. Unnecessary injury
 What should be done? b. The alleged nuisance is later declared by the courts to be
1. Demand be first made upon the owner or possessor of the not a real nuisance.
nuisance 

2. Demand must have been rejected BOOK III
3. Abatement be approved by the district health officer and executed
DIFFERENT MODES OF ACQUIRING OWNERSHIP
with the assistance of the local police
4. The value of the destruction does not exceed P3000.
PRELIMINARY PROVISION
Art. 705. The remedies against a private nuisance are:
Art. 712. Ownership is acquired by occupation and by intellectual
(1) A civil action; or
creation.
(2) Abatement, without judicial proceedings.
Ownership and other real rights over property are acquired
and transmitted by law, by donation, by estate and intestate
Art. 706. Any person injured by a private nuisance may abate it by
succession, and in consequence of certain contracts, by tradition.
removing, or if necessary, by destroying the thing which constitutes
They may also be acquired by means of prescription. (609a) 

the nuisance, without committing a breach of the peace or doing
unnecessary injury. However, it is indispensable that the
What is mode?
procedure for extrajudicial abatement of a public nuisance by a private
person be followed.  Mode is the specific cause which produces them as the result of the
presence of a special condition of things, of the capacity and intention of
persons, and of the fulfillment of the requisites established by law.
What are the remedies against a private nuisance?
1. Civil action
What is title?
2. Abatement, without judicial proceedings.
 Title is the juridical act, right or condition which gives the means to their
acquisition but which in itself is insufficient to produce them.
 In abating a nuisance, a person may even go to the extent of destroying
the damn thing which constitutes the nusicance provided:

101
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 In a contract of sale, the contract is the title and tradition, as a Law as a mode of acquisition?
consequence of sale, is the mode.  When the Civil Code speaks of law as a mode of acquisition, it refers to
 Sometimes, the mode is at the same time the title (as in with it as a distinct mode or to those cases where the law, independent of
succession) the other modes, directly vest ownership of a thing in a person once the
prescribed conditions or requisites are present or complied with.
Mode Title  Examples:
Directly and immediately produces Serves merely to give the occasion 1. Hidden treasure
a real right for its acquisition or existence 2. Art 445
The cause The means 3. River beds (Art 461)
Proximate cause Remote cause 4. Art 466
Essence of the right which is to be The means whereby that essence 5. Art 681
created or transmitted is transmitted 6. Art 1434
7. Art 1456
 Contracts only constitute titles or rights to the transfer or acquisition of
ownership, while tradition or delivery is the mode of accomplishing the Tradition as a mode of acquistion
same.  Tradition is a derivative mode of acquiring ownership and other real
rights by virtue of which, there being intention and capacity on the part
What are the different modes and titles of acquiring ownership and other real of the grantor and grantee and the pre-existence of said rights in the
rights? (OLDTIPS) estate of the grantor, they are transmitted to the grantee through a just
1. Original modes or those independent of any pre-existing right of another title. (whut?)
person, namely:  Requisites:
a. Occupation (condition of being without known owner); and i. Pre-existence in the estate of the grantor of the right to be
b. Work which includes intellectual creation (creation, transmitted
discovery, or invention) ii. Just cause or title for the transmission
2. Derivative modes or those based on a pre-existing right held by another iii. Intention on the part of the grantor to grant and on the part of
person, namely: the grantee to acquire
a. Law (existence of required conditions) iv. Capacity to transmit and to acquire
b. Donation (contract of parties) v. An act which gives it outward form, physically, symbolically or
c. Succession, estate and intestate (death) legally
d. Tradition, as a consequence of certain contracts (contract  Purpose: non nudis pactis, sed traditione dominia rerum transferuntur.
of the parties), and Ownership is transferred, among other means, by tradition. The delivery
e. Prescription (possession in the concept of owner) of a thing constitutes a necessary and indispensable requisite for the
purpose of acquiring the ownership of the same by virtue of a contract.
 The derivative modes are modes both for the acquisition and  Kinds:
transmission of ownership and other real rights. The transmission may a. Real tradition
involve a right in its entirety, or only a part thereof (pledge, mortgage, b. Constructive tradition
usufruct). i. Symbolic
 Registration is not a mode of acquiring ownership, and other real rights ii. Tradition by public instrument
but only a means of confirming the fact of their legal existence with iii. Traditio longa manu
notice to the world at large. iv. Tradition brevi manu
v. Tradition constitutum possessorium

102
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

c. Quasi tradition 6. Requisites or conditions laid down by law must be complied with
d. Tradition by operation of law
What constitutes seizure?
What do you actually deliver?  It is sufficient that there is an act of taking possession, material holding
 Ownership, possession and control of the subject matter. not being essential as long as the possessor considers the thing as
subjected to his control or disposition
What if the vendor points to the vendee a certain house which he already  The thing must be corporeal personal property without known owner
sold to the vendee, but there are security guards roaming around the lot? (res nullius) or abandoned by the owner. res communes are not
 No tradition. (Ask Jaymie Reyes.) appropriable by nature.
 The must be an intent to acquire ownership, otherwise, the seizure
Case doctrines would not be appropriation in the legal sense, but mere material holding.
 A stranger to the succession of a dead person cannot conclusively claim
ownership over the subject lot on the sole basis of the waiver document Occupation Possession
which neither recites the elements of either a sale, or a donation, or any Mode of acquiring ownership Merely raises the presumption of
other derivative mode of acquiring ownership. (Acap v CA) ownership when it is exercised in
 An affidavit not accompanied by any instrument showing the sale the concept of owner
between a purported vendor and vendee is not a basis of ownership. Corporeal personal property Any property
(Heirs of dela Cruz v Heirs of Quintos) Requires that the object be without May refer to property owned by
 For lands of public domain, in order to acquire it by prescription, there an owner somebody
must be a declaration of the State that it’s alienable and disposable and Requires an intent to acquire Concept of mere holder
a positive act that states that it is no longer needed for public use. Only ownership
at that point will the counting for prescription start. (Heirs of Malabanan) May not take place without some May exist without occupation
form of possession
TITLE ONE - OCCUPATION Short duration Generally of longer duration
By itself, cannot lead to another May lead to another mode, which is
Art. 713. Things appropriable by nature which are without an owner, mode of acquisition prescription
such as animals that are the object of hunting and fishing, hidden
treasure and abandoned movables, are acquired by occupation. (610) What are the ways by which occupation may be effected?
1. By hunting and fishing
What is the concept of occupation? 2. By finding of movables which never had any owner
1. Defined as the appropriation of things appropriable by nature which are 3. By finding of movables which have been abandoned by the owner, and
without an owner. 4. By finding of hidden treasure
2. The seizure of things corporeal which have no owner with the intention
of acquiring the ownership thereof. What about wild animals?
 They are possessed only while they are under one’s control.
What are the requisites of occupation?
1. Seizure of a thing When is a thing abandoned, lost or taken by force?
2. Must be corporeal personal property  A thing is considered abandoned when the spes recuperandi
3. Must be susceptible of appropriation by nature (expectation to recover) is gone and the animo revertendi (intention to
4. Must be without an owner have it returned) is finally given up by the owner.
5. Must be an intention to appropriate

103
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 A thing has been lost or taken by force is not ipso facto converted into a
res nullius so as to belong to the first person who takes possession of
the same without the necessity of proving the mode of his acquisition
and it may thus be recovered by the original owner.
Art. 714. The ownership of a piece of land cannot be acquired by
occupation. (n)
 Land is not included among things that can be the object of occupation
the reason is that when the land is without an owner, it pertains to the
state.
 But, what about abandoned private land?
Art. 715. The right to hunt and to fish is regulated by special laws. (611)
Do I have a right to hunt and fish?
 No.
 Strictly speaking, no one has a right to hunt or fish.
 The privilege to hunt or fish, however, may be granted and regulated by
law.
Art. 716. The owner of a swarm of bees shall have a right to pursue
them to another's land, indemnifying the possessor of the latter for the
damage. If the owner has not pursued the swarm, or ceases to do so
within two consecutive days, the possessor of the land may occupy or
retain the same. The owner of domesticated animals may also claim
them within twenty days to be counted from their occupation by
another person. This period having expired, they shall pertain to him
who has caught and kept them. (612a)
 This article talks of domesticated, not domestic animals.
 With respect to domestic animals, he can claim them even beyond
twenty days from their occupation unless there is abandonment on his
part.
 This article does not apply to a case where a person has found a
domestic animal and kept it for a number of years not knowing its
owner.
 A domesticated animal which has not strayed or been abandoned
cannot be acquired by occupation by a person to whose custody it was
entrusted
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The periods of two days and twenty days are not periods of limitation,
but conditions precedent to recovery.
Art. 717. Pigeons and fish which from their respective breeding places
pass to another pertaining to a different owner shall belong to the
latter, provided they have not been enticed by some article of fraud.
(613a)
 This article does not refer to wild pigeons and fish in a state of liberty or
that live naturally independent of man. Their occupation is regulated by
Art 715.
 What is contemplated here are pigeons and fish considered as
domesticated animals subject to the control of man in private breeding
places.
 The pigeons and fish must change their breeding place to another
belonging to a different owner.
 Unless enticed by some artifice or fraud, the shall belong to the owner
of the breeding place to which they shall have transferred.
Art. 718. He who by chance discovers hidden treasure in another's
property shall have the right granted him in article 438 of this Code.
(614)
Art. 719. Whoever finds a movable, which is not treasure, must return it
to its previous possessor. If the latter is unknown, the finder shall
immediately deposit it with the mayor of the city or municipality where
the finding has taken place.
The finding shall be publicly announced by the mayor for two
consecutive weeks in the way he deems best.
If the movable cannot be kept without deterioration, or without
expenses which considerably diminish its value, it shall be sold at
public auction eight days after the publication.
Six months from the publication having elapsed without the
owner having appeared, the thing found, or its value, shall be awarded
to the finder. The finder and the owner shall be obliged, as the case
may be, to reimburse the expenses. (615a)
Art. 720. If the owner should appear in time, he shall be obliged to pay,
as a reward to the finder, one-tenth of the sum or of the price of the
thing found. (616a)
104
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 See codal for rules. Fairly simple.
 This article is based on the fact that one who lost his property does not
necessarily abandon it. If there is no abandonment, the lost thing has
not become res nullius.
 Paragraph 4 contemplates implied abandonment.
Title II. - INTELLECTUAL CREATION
Art. 721. By intellectual creation, the following persons acquire
ownership:
(1) The author with regard to his literary, dramatic, historical,
legal, philosophical, scientific or other work;
(2) The composer; as to his musical composition; 
 What is the nature and effect of donation?
(3) The painter, sculptor, or other artist, with respect to the
product of his art; 
 all the essential requisites of a contract.
(4) The scientist or technologist or any other person with
regard to his discovery or invention. (n)
Art. 722. The author and the composer, mentioned in Nos. 1 and 2 of
the preceding article, shall have the ownership of their creations even
before the publication of the same. Once their works are published,
their rights are governed by the Copyright laws.
The painter, sculptor or other artist shall have dominion over
the product of his art even before it is copyrighted.
The scientist or technologist has the ownership of his
discovery or invention even before it is patented. (n)
Art. 723. Letters and other private communications in writing are
owned by the person to whom they are addressed and delivered, but
they cannot be published or disseminated without the consent of the
writer or his heirs. However, the court may authorize their publication
or dissemination if the public good or the interest of justice so
requires. (n)
Art. 724. Special laws govern copyright and patent. (429a) 
 Requisites of donation
Title III. - DONATION
CHAPTER ONE
NATURE OF DONATIONS
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 725. Donation is an act of liberality whereby a person disposes
gratuitously of a thing or right in favor of another, who accepts it.
(618a)
Concept of donation
 In its generic sense, the term donation includes all forms of gratuitous
dispositions.
 The donation the article speaks of and which is governed by Title Three
is the donation proper or the true (or real) donation, or ordinary
donation.
 Although Art 725 defines donation as an act, it is really a contract, with
 It falls under contracts of pure beneficence, the consideration being the
mere liberality of the benefactor.
 The Civil Code considers donation not among the contracts that transfer
ownership but as a particular mode of acquiring and transmitting
ownership.
 As a mode of acquiring ownership, donation results in an effective
transfer of title over the property from the moment the donor is made
aware of the acceptance by the donee, provided that the donee is not
disqualified or prohibited by law from accepting the donation.
 Once accepted, it is generally considered irrevocable, and the donee
becomes owner of property, except:
1. on account of officiousness,
2. failure of the donee to comply with the charge imposed on the
donation,
3. or ingratitude.
 The effect of donation is to reduce the patrimony or asset of the donor
and to increase that of the donee. Hence, the giving of a mortgage or
any other security does not constitute a donation.
1. Donor must have capacity to make the donation of a thing or right
2. Donative intent (animus donandi) or intent to make the donation out of
liberality to benefit the donee
3. There must be delivery, whether actual or constructive
4. Donee must accept or consent to the donation.
105
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 In certain donations, the form prescribed by law must be followed (See
Art 748-749)
 The subject matter of a donation may be a thing or right. A person may
be a donee although he is incapacitated to enter into a contract if he is
not specially disqualified by law to accept donations.
 Not enough that the act is gratuitous, there must be an intent to benefit
the donee.
 The acceptance or consent of the donee is required because no once
can be obliged to receive a benefit against his will.
Case doctrines
 The essential elements of donation are as follows:
o Essential reduction of the patrimony of the donor
o Increase in the patrimony of the donee
o The intent to do an act of liberality or animus donandi (Heirs of
Florencio v Heirs of de Leon)
 In order that the donation of an immovable property may be valid, the
deed of donation must be made in a public document. The acceptance
must be in a public document as well. (Heirs of Florencio)
 Registration of the deed in the Office of the RD or in the Assessor’s
Office is not necessary for it to be considered valid and official.
Registration does not vest title. The necessity of registration comes into
play only when the rights of third persons are affected. Furthermore, the
heirs are bound by the deed of contracts executed by their
predecessors-in-interest. (Heirs of Florencio)
 A quitclaim is not a donation where those who executed the same
merely acknowledged the ownership of and better right over the lot by
other persons. (Heirs of Reyes v Calumpang)
 Acceptance is necessary in a donation. This applies to all kinds of
donations because the law does not make any distinction. A donation
mortis causa takes effect only after the death of the donor, consequently
it is only after the latter’s death that its acceptance maybe made. (Vita v
Montanano)
 Prudent thing to do when drafting deeds of donation: Place an
acceptance clause. So, if court considers it inter vivos, then it would
have been accepted. If court considers it mortis causa, then the clause
would be a mere superfluity, still open to the acceptance of the donee
upon the death of the donor. (Atty Abrenica)
 The purpose of the formal requirement for acceptance of a donation is
to ensure that such acceptance is duly communicated to the donor. The
actual knowledge by the donor of the construction and existence of the
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
school building pursuant to the condition of the donation fulfills the legal
requirement that the acceptance of the donation by the donee be
communicated to the donor. (Republic v Silim)
Art. 726. When a person gives to another a thing or right on account of
the latter's merits or of the services rendered by him to the donor,
provided they do not constitute a demandable debt, or when the gift
imposes upon the donee a burden which is less than the value of the
thing given, there is also a donation. (619)
What are the kinds of donation?
1. As to taking effect:
a. Inter vivos or that which takes effect during the lifetime of
the donor
b. Moris causa or that which takes effect upon the death of
the donor
c. Propter nuptias or that by reason of marriage
2. As to consideration
a. Pure or simple; or that the cause of which is the pure
liberality of the donor in consideration of the donee’s
merits
b. Remuneratory or compensatory; or that which is given out
of gratitude on account of the services rendered by the
donee to the donor, provided they do not constitute a
demandable debt
c. Modal or that which imposes upon the donee a burden
(services to be performed in the future) less than the value
of the gift
d. Onerous or that the value of which is considered the
equivalent of the consideration for which it is given, or that
made for a valuable consideration, and is thus governed
by the rules on oblicon
3. As to effectivity or extinguishment
a. Pure
b. Conditional
c. With a term
Tell me more about remuneratory donations
 In this kind of donation, the motivating cause is gratitude,
acknowledgment of a favor, a desire to repay for past services
 A donation given for future services cannot be remuneratory
106
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 It is necessary that the past services do not constitute a demandable
debt
o A debt is demandable when it can be legally demanded or enforced
by the donee against the donor who has thus an obligation to pay it.
But a debt that has been renounced is not a demandable debt.
What about gratuities and pensions?
 While technically a gratuity is different from a donation, in substance,
they are the same.
 A gratuity is similar to a pension and is essentially remunerative
donation.
Tell me more about modal donations
 In a modal donation, a burden (which is necessarily future) less than the
value of the gift is imposed upon the donee.
 If the burden is considered the equivalent of the thing or right given,
then it’s an onerous donation.
 The burden may consist in a real or personal charge which is capable of
being valued in terms of money.
What are donations with mixed features?
 Strictly speaking, remuneratory donations are those which are given on
account of services rendered by the donee to the donor.
 Modal donations are conditional only in the sense that a burden, charge,
condition or limitation is imposed y the donor but the burden is not
technically a condition in the sense of an uncertain event upon which
the effectitivy or extinguishment of donation is made to depend for it is
really a mere obligation imposed by the donor upon the donee as a
consideration
 Actually, a modal donation has dual nature, it is partly onerous and
partly simple – the portion equivalent to the burden is onerous and is
governed by the rules on obligations and contracts, while the portion
exceeding the value of the burdens imposed, is simple and must follow
the form of donations.
2
As of July 2006, the galleon-dollar exchange rate was 1:16.72. It hasn’t gone below
1:15 ever since. Wala lang, boring ng property eh. Harry Potter na lang.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Harry donates to Ron a parcel of land worth 300 galleons2 but Ron has to
give another parcel of land or perform some service worth 100 galleons, the
transaction is onerous as the 100 galleons which must be in the form of a
contract of barter or exchange, and simple as to the 200 galleons which
must follow the form of donations.
Case doctrines
 An onerous donation is that which imposes upon the donee a reciprocal
obligation, or to be precise, this is the kind of donation made for a
valuable consideration, the cost of which is equal to or more than the
thing donated. (CJ Yulo v Roman Catholic Bishop of San Pablo)
 Since onerous donations are governed by the rules of contracts, the
prescription period is 10 years (based on a written contract), and not the
4-year period based on Article 764 (revocation must be brought within 4
years from the non-compliance of the conditions of the donation). (De
Luna v Abrigo)
 Remuneratory donation is one where the donee gives something to
reward past or future services or because of future charges or burdens,
when the value of said services, burdens or charges is less than the
value of the donation. (De Luna -> this definition seems wrong as it
includes future charges, which are necessarily modal)
Art. 727. Illegal or impossible conditions in simple and remuneratory
donations shall be considered as not imposed. (n)
What’s the effect of illegal or impossible conditions?
 Under Article 727, the illegal or impossible condition in a simple or
remuneratory donation would be deemed not imposed following the rule
on testamentary dispositions. The donation will be considered as
simiple.
 If the donation is onerous (or modal, as to its onerous portion), the
illegal or impossible condition shall render it void. Being contractual in
nature, the rule applicable would be that found in Article 1183 (check
codal, if divisible, only condition will be void)
Case doctrine
107
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

 The prohibition in the deed of donation against the alienation of the

property for 100 years should be declared as an illegal or Designation given to donations not conclusive
impossible condition within the contemplation of Article 727.  Did the donor intend to transfer ownership of the property donated upon
Consequently, such condition shall be considered as not imposed. the execution of the donation? If yes, then it is inter vivos. If not, then, it
No reliance may accordingly be placed on said prohibitory is merely mortis causa.
paragraph in the deed of donation. (Archbishop of Manila v CA)  “To take effect at the death of the creditor” does not automatically make
it mortis causa. Such statements must be construed with the rest of the
Art. 728. Donations which are to take effect upon the death of the instrument.
donor partake of the nature of testamentary provisions, and shall be
governed by the rules established in the Title on Succession. (620) Donations to be delivered after the donor’s death
 A distinction must be made between the actual donation and the
Art. 729. When the donor intends that the donation shall take effect execution thereof
during the lifetime of the donor, though the property shall not be  That the donation is to have effect during the lifetime of the donor does
delivered till after the donor's death, this shall be a donation inter not mean that the delivery of the property must be made during his life.
vivos. The fruits of the property from the time of the acceptance of the  Article 729 speaks of donations in praesenti which take effect during the
donation, shall pertain to the donee, unless the donor provides lifetime of the donor but the property shall be delivered after the donor’s
otherwise. (n) death.
 Such are inter vivos although the subject matter is not delivered at
Inter vivos Mortis causa once, or the delivery is to be made post mortem, which is a simple
Takes effect during the lifetime of Takes effect upon the death of the matter of form and does not change the nature of the act.
the donor, independently of his donor testator, so that nothing is  The fruits shall belong to the donee from the time of acceptance unless
death, even if the actual execution conveyed to or acquired by the otherwise provided by the donor.
may be deferred until said death donee until said death
Made out of the donor’s pure Made in contemplation of his death Instances
generosity without the intention to lose the
thing or its free disposal in case of Why is it important to make a distinction between inter vivos and mortis
survival causa?
Valid if the donor survives the Void should the donor survive the  The distinction between a transfer inter vivos and mortis causa is
donee donee important as the validity or revocation of the donation depends upon its
Must follow formalities of donations Must follow formalities for the nature.
validity of a will, otherwise void  If the donation is inter vivos, it must be executed and accepted with the
Accepted by the donee during his Accepted only after the donor’s formalities prescribed by Articles 748 and 749, except when it is
lifetime death onerous in which case the rules on contracts apply.
Cannot be revoked except for Always revocable at any time and  If it is mortis causa, the donation must be in the form of a will, with all
grounds provided by law (See 760, for any reason before the donor’s the formalities for the validity of wills, otherwise it is void and cannot
765) death (revocable ad nutum – at the transfer ownership. Moreover, mortis causa can be revoked any time
discretion of the grantor) before the death of the donor. (Ganuelas v Cawed)
Right to dispose of the property is Right is retained by the donor while
completely conveyed to the donee he is still alive What clauses are found in a deed of donation?
Subject to donor’s tax Subject to estate tax 1. Habendum or warranty clause (wherein grantor transfers
ownership)

108
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
2. Redendum or reservation clause (wherein grantor reserves
something new to himself)
3. Acceptance clause
Case doctrines
 It is a settled rule that the title given to a deed of donation is not the
determinative factor which makes the donation inter vivos or mortis
causa.
 In case of doubt, the conveyance should be deemed donation inter
vivos rather than mortis causa, in order to avoid uncertainty as to the
ownership of the property subject of the deed. (Puig v Penaflorida – but
see book which cites the same case but says the opposite)
 Donations inter vivos are immediately operative, even if the actual
execution may be deferred until the death of the donor. Mortis causa,
nothing is conveyed to the grantee and nothing is acquired by the latter,
until the death of the grantor-testator, the disposition being until then
ambulatory and not final. (Puig)
 Acceptance clause is a mark that the donation is inter vivos.
Acceptance is a requirement for donations inter vivos. Donations moris
causa are not required to be accepted by the donees during the donors’
lifetime. (Gestopa v CA)
 A limitation on the right to sell during the donors’ lifetime implied that
ownership had passed to the donees and donation was already
effective during the donors’ lifetime. (Gestopa)
o Reiterated in Alejandro v Geraldez: Condtion that donees
cannot sell during donors’ lifetime to a third person the donated
property implies immediate passage of ownership and,
therefore donation is inter vivos.
 The reservation of lifetime usufruct indicates that the donor intended to
transfer the naked ownership over the properties, thus making it inter
vivos. (Gestopa)
 Factors in determining whether a donation is one of mortis causa:
1. It conveys no title or ownership to the transferee before the death of
the transferor; or what amounts to the same thing, that the
transferor should retain the ownership (full or naked) and control of
the property while alive;
2. The before his death, the transfer should be revocable by the
transferor at will, ad nutum; but revocability may be provided for
indirectly by means of a reserved power in the donor to dispose of
the properties conveyed; and
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
3. That the transfer should be void if the transferor should survive the
transferee (Maglasang v Heirs of Corazon Cabatingan)
 One of the decisive characteristics of a donation mortis causa is that the
transfer should be considered void if the donor should survive the donee
(Maglasang)
 Donations mortis causa must be executed in accordance with the
requisites on solemnities of wills and testaments under Articles 805 and
806 of the Civil Code
Art. 730. The fixing of an event or the imposition of a suspensive
condition, which may take place beyond the natural expectation of life
of the donor, does not destroy the nature of the act as a donation inter
vivos, unless a contrary intention appears. (n)
Donation inter vivos subject to suspensive condition
 This article contemplates a situtation where the donor intends the
donation to take effect during his lifetime but he imposes suspensive
condition which may or may not take place beyond his lifetime.
 The fact that the event happens or the condition is fulfilled after the
donor’s death does not change the nature of the act as a donation inter
vivos.
 The effect of the fulfillment of the suspensvie condition is retroactive to
the making of the donation.
 EXCEPTION: when the donor really intended that the donation should
take effect after his death. Thus, mortis causa.
Art. 731. When a person donates something, subject to the resolutory
condition of the donor's survival, there is a donation inter vivos. (n)
Donation inter vivos subject to a resolutory condition
 In these cases, the ownership of the donated property is immediately
transferred to the donee upon perfection of the donation once
acceptance by the donee is made known to the donor.
 A donation subject to a resolutory condition takes effect immediately but
shall become inefficacious upon the happening of the event which
constitutes the condition.
 Even if the donation is subject to the resolutory condition of the donor’s
survival, the donation is still inter vivos.
o I will donate this land to you, but if I survive World War III, I will
get it back. If I survive World War III, the donation is rescinded.
If I don’t make it, then it continues in effect.
109
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art. 732. Donations which are to take effect inter vivos shall be
governed by the general provisions on contracts and obligations in all
that is not determined in this Title. (621)
Art. 733. Donations with an onerous cause shall be governed by the
rules on contracts and remuneratory donations by the provisions of
the present Title as regards that portion which exceeds the value of the
burden imposed. (622)
Rules governing onerous donations or onerous portions of donations
 This article makes the rules of contracts directly applicable to onerous
donations and to remuneratory donations as to the onerous portion
thereof
 Onerous donations are donations for a valuable consideration. They
include those purely onerous or those in which the consideration is
considered the equivalent of the property donated and the modal but
only as regards that portion thereof considered the equivalent of the
value of the burden imposed.
 Remuneratory donations are true or simple donations because the
consideration is really the liberality of the donor since the services
rendered by the donee do not constitute a recoverable debt. However,
the special rules on revocation should not apply to the portion of the
donation equivalent to the equitable value of the services received by
the donor.
 The remuneratory donations referred to in Article 733 are the modal
donations or those which impose “upon the donee a burden which is
less than the value of the thing given” as regards that portion which
exceeds the value of the burden, it shall be governed by the provisions
on donations.
 There is no burden imposed on remuneratory donations. If a burden is
imposed, it becomes onerous as regards the value of the burden.
Case doctrines
 As onerous donations are governed by the rules on contracts, for there
to warrant a revocation of the donation, there must be a substantial
breach of the conditions in the deed. Mere casual breaches will not
warrant revocations. (CJ Yulo v RC Bishop)
 Considering that the donee’s acts did not detract from the very purpose
for which the donation was made but precisely to achieve such purpose
(of the donation), a lack of prior written consent of the donor (which was
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
a condition of the donation) would only constitute casual breach of the
deed. (CJ Yulo)
Art. 734. The donation is perfected from the moment the donor knows
of the acceptance by the donee. (623) 

Perfection of donation
 There is no donation without acceptance by the donee.
 Acceptance is indispensable because nobody is obliged to receive a
benefit against his will.
 Its absence makes the donation null and void.
 The acceptance must be made during the lifetime of the donor and the
donee.
 Perfection takes place, not from the time of acceptance by the donee,
but from the time it is made known, actual or constructively, to the
donor.
 If the donation and acceptance are in the same public instrument,
signed by both and in the presence of witnesses, the donation is
deemed already perfected inasmuch as knowledge of the acceptance is
established by the instrument itself.
 If acceptance was made in a separate instrument, there must be proof
that a formal notice of such acceptance was received by the donor, and
in case the donation involves immovable property, noted in both the
deed of donation and the separate instrument embodying the
acceptance. (See Art 749)
What if there is revocation?
 If the donor revokes the donation before learning of the acceptance by
the donee, there is no donation.
 But once it is perfected, it cannot be revoked without the consent of the
donee except:
1. Inofficiousness (Art 760)
2. Failure of the donee to comply with the charges imposed in the
donation (Art 764)
3. Ingratitude (Art 765)
Is registration necessary?
 As between the parties to the donation and their assigns, it is not
needed for its validity and efficacy. (But it must be in a public document
for immovables!)
 But for third parties to be bound, there must be registration.
110
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Case doctrines
 The purpose of the formal requirement for acceptance of a donation is
to ensure that such acceptance is duly communicated to the donor. The
actual knowledge by the donor of the construction and existence of the
school building pursuant to the condition of the donation fulfills the legal
requirement that the acceptance of the donation by the donee be
communicated to the donor. (Republic v Silim)
CHAPTER 2
PERSONS WHO MAY GIVE OR RECEIVE A DONATION
Art. 735. All persons who may contract and dispose of their property
may make a donation. (624)
Capacity of donor to contract and dispose of property
 The donor must have both the capacity to contract and the capacity to
dispose of his property in order that he may make a donation.
 Those who cannot give consent to a contract cannot be donors; and
donation made by one who does not have the free disposal of the thing
donated and to alienate it shall not be valid.
 It is possible, however, for a person to have capacity to contract but not
the capacity to dispose of property.
o Under the Family Code, every donation between spouses
during the marriage shall be void except moderate gifts on the
occasion of any family rejoicing. The prohibition applies also to
persons living together as husband and wife without a valid
marriage, or in illicit relations.
o Neither spouse may donate any community property nor
conjugal partnership property without the consent of the other,
except moderate donations for charity or on occasion of family
rejoicing or family distress.
Can corporations make donations?
 Yes. But they can’t give donations to aid any political party or candidate
or for purposes of partisan political activity.
Who are incapacitated to donate?
1. Minors
2. Insane or demented persons
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
3. Deaf-mutes who do not know how to write
4. Corporations (with regard to giving donations to aid any political party)
5. Guardians and trustees (with regard to property entrusted to them)
6. Spouses (to each other, except moderate gifts)
7. A spouse (to others without the consent of the other spouse, except
moderate donations)
Art. 736. Guardians and trustees cannot donate the property entrusted
to them. (n)
Donation by a guardian or trustee of ward’s property
 Generally, guardians and trustees cannot be donors of their ward’s
properties for the simple reason that they are not the owners of the
same.
 Exception: With respect to the trustee, donation is permitted
notwithstanding that the trustee receives nothing in exchange directly, if
the donation is onerous and is beneficial to the beneficiary.
Art. 737. The donor's capacity shall be determined as of the time of the
making of the donation. (n)
Capacity of donor at time of making the donation
 The donation is perfected from the moment the donor knows of the
acceptance by the donee.
 However, this article seems to imply that the donor’s capacity must exist
at the time of making the donation and not from the time of knowledge
by the donor of the acceptance, that is, at the perfection of the act
 A juridical absurdity arises in case the donor has no capacity to act at
the time the acceptance is conveyed to him. Since legally, the donor
cannot be said to have knowledge of the acceptance, there can be no
perfection of the donation which presupposes a meeting of the minds
between the donor and the donee who are both capacitated.
 To avoid the apparent contradiction, the phrase “making of the
donation” should be construed to mean “perfection of the donation”
 Hence, the donation would be valid, although the donor was insane at
the time he signs the deed of donation or informs the donee of the
donation but sane when he learns of the acceptance. The donor may
ask for annulment of the donation if he so desires
 The subsequent incapacity of the donor does not affect the validity of
the donation. This is similar to the rule in succession.
111
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

5. Donations of community property by a spouse without the consent

Art. 738. Al those who are not specially disqualified by law therefor
may accept donations. (625)
Capacity of the donee
 Generally, all persons, whether natural or artificial, may be donees.
 A donee need not be sui juris, with complete legal capacity to bind
himself by contract.
 As long as he is “not specially disqualified by law”, he may accept
donations.
 So, donations may be made to:
1. Incapacitated persons such as minors and others who cannot
enter into a contract,
2. and also to conceived and unborn children.
Art. 739. The following donations shall be void:
(1) Those made between persons who were guilty of adultery
or concubinage at the time of the donation;
(2) Those made between persons found guilty of the same
criminal offense, in consideration thereof;
(3) Those made to a public officer or his wife, descendants and
ascendants, by reason of his office.
In the case referred to in No. 1, the action for declaration of
nullity may be brought by the spouse of the donor or donee; and the
guilt of the donor and donee may be proved by preponderance of
evidence in the same action. (n)
Donations void on moral grounds
 This article declares null and void ab initio the donations referred to.
What are the different void donations?
1. Between persons who were guilty of adultery and concubinage at
the time of the donation
2. Between persons found guilty of the same criminal offense, in
consideration thereof
3. Made to a public officer or his wife, descendants and ascendants,
by reason of his office
4. Between spouses during the marriage, except moderate gifts which
they may give each other on the occasion of any family rejoicing
(Art 87, Family Code)
of the other, except moderate donations (Art 98, Family Code)
6. Donations of conjugal partnership property by a spouse without the
consent of the other, except moderate donations (Art 125, Family
Code)
7. Donations to those provided for in Article 740, in cross reference to
Art 1027 and 1032.
8. Donations accepted by agents without special authority to do so
(Art 745)
9. Donations of immovables which don’t conform to the form
prescribed in Art 749
Donations between persons guilty of adultery and concubinage
 The civil action for declaration of nullity may be brought after the
persons involved have been found guilty by final judgment in a criminal
proceeding of adultery or concubinage.
 In view of the last paragraph, conviction for adultery or concubinage in a
criminal action is not essential.
 The guilt of the donor and the donee may be proved by a mere
preponderance of evidence in a civil proceeding to nullify the donation,
alleging the adultery or concubinage as the cause of action for the
declaration of nullity.
 The donation is void, whether made before or after the illicit relations, if
given in consideration thereof, either as inducement or compensation.
 What if the donation is given in contemplation of the termination of the
relationship, is the donation still void?
o Since the purpose is praiseworthy, good for all concerned, it should
be considered valid.
o This is particularly true when the woman (donee) was a victim of
deceit by the man.
o However, where the illicit relation was voluntary, and the donation
was demanded by the woman as a price of the termination of their
relationship, the donation is void.
 What if the concubine did not know that the man she lived with was
actually married?
o Then she is not guilty of concubinage and not disqualified from the
donation.
Donations between persons found guilty of the same criminal offense

112
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 This rules presupposes prior criminal conviction in a criminal action;
hence proof of guilty by mere preponderance of evidence is not
sufficient.
 The donation here is remuneratory or onerous. It is void whether made
before or after the commission of the crime if it is in consideration
thereof.
 It is still void although the crime is not carried out because it is based on
an unlawful cause.
Donations made to a pubic officer, by reason of his office
 Indirect bribery!
The guilt need not be established by proof beyond reasonable doubt in
a criminal proceeding for bribery.
 A civil action to declare the donation void may be maintained by the
proper party in interest.
 Donations made to persons other than those mentioned are valid,
unless, of course, they are intended for the public officer.
Art. 740. Incapacity to succeed by will shall be applicable to donations
inter vivos. (n)
Incapacity to succeed by will
 This article expressly makes the provisions on incapacity to succeed by
will applicable to donations inter vivos
 Of course, they are also applicable to donations mortis causa which are
governed by the law on succession
 According to Art 1027, the following are incapable of becoming donees:
1. The priest who heard the confession of the donor during his last
illness, or the minister of the gospel who extended spiritual aid to
him during the same period
2. The relatives of such priest or minister of the gospel within the
fourth degree, the church, order, chapter, community, organization,
or institution to which such priest or minister may belong
3. A guardian with respect to donations given by a ward in his favor
before the final accounts of the guardianship have been approved,
even if the donor should die after the approval thereof;
nevertheless, any provision made by the ward in favor of the
guardian when the latter is his ascendant, descendant, brother,
sister, or spouse, shall be valid
4. Any physician, surgeon, nurse, health officer or druggist who took
care of the donor during his last illness
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
5. Individuals, associations, and corporations not permitted by law to
inherit.
 According to Art 1032, there are certain people who are deemed
incapable to inherit by reason of unworthiness. The donation made to a
person who falls under any of its provisions is valid if the donor had
knowledge of the act of unworthiness or having known it subsequently,
he should condone the same in writing. Even in the absence of pardon,
the donation is not subject to revocation because donations may be
revoked only for causes mentioned in Articles 760, 764 and 765. So,
who are these people?
1. Parents who have abandoned their children or induced their
daughters to lead a corrupt or immoral life, or attempted against
their virtue;
2. Any person who has been convicted of an attempt against the life
of the testator, his or her spouse, descendants, or ascendants; 

3. Any person who has accused the testator of a crime for which the
law prescribes imprisonment for six years or more, if the accusation
has been found groundless; 

4. Any heir of full age who, having knowledge of the violent death of
the testator, should fail to report it to an officer of the law within a
month, unless the authorities have already taken action; this
prohibition shall not apply to cases wherein, according to law, there
is no obligation to make an accusation; 

5. Any person convicted of adultery or concubinage with the spouse of
the testator; 

6. Any person who by fraud, violence, intimidation, or undue influence
should cause the testator to make a will or to change one already
made;
7. Any person who by the same means prevents another from making
a will, or from revoking one already made, or who supplants,
conceals, or alters the latter's will; 

8. Any person who falsifies or forges a supposed will of the decedent.
Who are incapable of becoming donees?
1. Persons guilty of concubinage or adultery at the time of donation (but
only between them)
2. Persons found guilty of the same criminal offense, in consideration
thereof (but only between them)
3. Public officers, etc by reason of their office
4. Those mentioned in Art 1027
5. Those mentioned in Art 1032 (unworthy people)
113
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

Who are the incapacitated persons referred to here?

 They are those specially disqualified by law to become donees, such as
Art. 741. Minors and others who cannot enter into a contract may those in Articles 739 and 740.
become donees but acceptance shall be done through their parents or  Donations to such persons are void even if simulated under the guise of
legal representatives. (626a) another contract or through an intermediary.

Ok, tell me more about donations to minors and others without capacity to
contact
 Donation requires acceptance by the donee.
 If the donee is a minor or without capacity to enter into a contract, the
acceptance must be made by the parents or legal representative of the
donee.
 This is especially true if the donation is onerous or imposes a charge or
burden.
 It is clear that the donee may not validly accept a donation although it
imposes no burden.
 In any case, when a formal or written acceptance is required by the
donor, such acceptance must be made by the parents or legal
representative.
Art. 744. Donations of the same thing to two or more different donees
shall be governed by the provisions concerning the sale of the same
thing to two or more different persons. (n)
Donations of the same thing to different donees
 This article expressly makes applicable by analogy the rules on sales3
of the same thing to two ore more different vendees.
 However, this article has had its sure of criticism. See book.
Art. 745. The donee must accept the donation personally, or through an
authorized person with a special power for the purpose, or with a
general and sufficient power; otherwise, the donation shall be void.
(630)

Art. 742. Donations made to conceived and unborn children may be Who must accept the donation?
accepted by those persons who would legally represent them if they 1. The donee personally, or
were already born. (627) 2. An authorized person or an agent, with a special power for the
purpose, or with a general and sufficient power
Can you donate to conceived and unborn children?
 Yes! If not?
 De Leon once again states the obvious by saying, “A conceived and  Then, the donation is void.
unborn child cannot accept a donation because it is not yet a natural
person.” Does the parent of a minor need a special power for the purpose of
 The acceptance must be made by those persons who would legally accepting a donation? Probably not, a parent is not considered an agent of a
represent them if they were already born. minor. They are considered legal guardians. (But I’m not sure.)

Art. 743. Donations made to incapacitated persons shall be void, Art. 746. Acceptance must be made during the lifetime of the donor and
though simulated under the guise of another contract or through a of the donee. (n)
person who is interposed. (628)
When should acceptance be made for inter vivos?

 3
“Art. 1544. If the same thing should have been donated to different donees, the ownership was first in the possession; and, in the absence thereof, to the person who presents the
shall be transferred to the person who may have first taken possession thereof in good faith, oldest title, provided there is good faith.”
if it should be movable property. Should it be immovable property, the ownership shall
belong to the person acquiring it who in good faith first recorded it in the Registry of Property.
Should there be no inscription, the ownership shall pertain to the person who in good faith

114
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 A donation inter vivos takes effect during the lifetime of the donor and
the donee, and to take effect, it must be accepted by the donee.
 Hence, acceptance by the donee (or his representative) must be made
during his lifetime and that of the donor.
 Even if the donation is made during their lifetime, but the donor dies
before the acceptance is communicated to him, the donation is not
perfected.
How about for mortis causa?
 Donations mortis causa are accepted only after the donor’s death
because they partake of a will, and are governed by the rules on
succession.
 If the acceptance was made before the donor’s death, the donation
mortis causa although validly executed, cannot be given force and
effect. Such acceptance is void. (But is the donation void? Can there be
a subsequent acceptance after the death of the donor?)
Art. 747. Persons who accept donations in representation of others
who may not do so by themselves, shall be obliged to make the
notification and notation of which Article 749 speaks. (631)
When does this article apply?
1. When acceptance is made through the parents, legal representative, or
authorized agent of the donee;
2. The property donated is immovable, and
3. The acceptance is not made in the same deed of donation but in a
separate public instrument.
 The requirement of notification of the donor and notation in both
instruments that such notification has been made is necessary for the
validity and perfection of the donation.
Art. 748. The donation of a movable may be made orally or in writing.
An oral donation requires the simultaneous delivery of the
thing or of the document representing the right donated.
If the value of the personal property donated exceeds five
thousand pesos, the donation and the acceptance shall be made in
writing, otherwise, the donation shall be void. (632a)
What are the rules for the formalities for donations for movables?
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 When the value of property exceeds P5000, the donation and the
acceptance must always be made in writing; otherwise the donation is
void, even if there is simultaneous delivery of the thing.
o The donation and the acceptance need not be made in a public
instrument, nor is it necessary that the acceptance be made in the
same deed of donation.
 When the value of property is P5000 or less, it may be made orally or in
writing.
o If made orally, there must be simultaneous delivery of the thing or
of the document representing the right donated, otherwise, the
donation is void. There must be acceptance which may be oral or
written. The receipt of the delivery by the donee constitutes implied
acceptance.
o If made in writing, the donation is valid although there is no
simultaneous delivery. Again, there must be acceptance which may
also be made orally or in writing.
 In every case, the acceptance of the donee must be made known to the
donor for perfection of a donation to take place.
Art. 749. In order that the donation of an immovable may be valid, it
must be made in a public document, specifying therein the property
donated and the value of the charges which the donee must satisfy.
The acceptance may be made in the same deed of donation or
in a separate public document, but it shall not take effect unless it is
done during the lifetime of the donor.
If the acceptance is made in a separate instrument, the donor
shall be notified thereof in an authentic form, and this step shall be
noted in both instruments. (633) 

Formalities for donation of immovables
 This article does not apply to onerous donations since they are
governed by the laws of obligations and contracts
 Donation of real property, which is a solemn contract, is void without the
formalities stated in Article 749
So, what are the rules?
 When donation and acceptance are in the same instrument, the
requirements are:
1. The donation must be in a public document or instrument; and
2. The instrument must specify the property donated and the charges,
if any, which the donee must satisfy.
115
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 When the donation and acceptance are in separate instruments, the
requirements are:
1. The donation must be in a public document or instrument;
2. The instrument must specify the property donated and the charges,
if any, which the donee must satisfy
3. The acceptance by the donee must be in a public document
4. It must be done during the lifetime of the donor
5. The donor must be notified in authentic form of the acceptance of
the donation in a separate instrument; and
6. The fact that such notification has been made must be noted in
both instruments.
o But see the Rep v Silim case wherein the notification was not
noted in the instrument, but still, the SC ruled that the donation
was valid.
 The donation of real property in a private instrument is null and void,
and the donee may not compel the donor to execute a public instrument
(1357) which applies only when the contract or donation is valid and
enforceable. The donation cannot be ratified.
 Registration is not necessary for the donation to be considered valid
and effective.
 From the time the public instrument of donation is simultaneously
executed and acknowledged by the donor and the donee, the latter
acquires the ownership of the donated property, since the execution of a
public instrument of conveyance is one of the recognized ways in which
tradition of immovable property may be made, unless the contrary is
expressed or inferable from the terms of the deed.
 Title to immovable property does not pass from the donor to the donee
by virtue of donation until and unless it has been accepted in public
instrument and the donor duly notified thereof.
 Where the donation is on its face absolute and unconditional, it is error
to imply that the possession or usufruct is excluded from the donation or
the donation is subject to any charge or burden. The absence in the
deed of any reservation in favor of the donor is proof that no such
reservation was ever intended considering that under the law, a
donation of immovable by public instrument is required to specify “the
value of the charges” that the donee must assume.
Case doctrines
 The best or primary evidence of a donation of real property is an
authentic copy of the deed of donation with all the formalities required
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
by Article 749. When a party wants to prove the contents of a
documents, the best evidence is the original writing itself.
 Prior to the introduction of secondary evidence, a party must establish
the existence and due execution of the instrument, after which he must
prove that the document was lost or destroyed. (DECS v Del Rosario)
 Where the deed of donation fails to show the acceptance, or where the
formal notice of the acceptance, made in a separate instrument is not
given to the donor or else not noted in the deed of donation and in the
separate acceptance, the donation is null and void. (Sumipat v Banga)
CHAPTER 3
EFFECT OF DONATIONS AND LIMITATIONS THEREON
Art. 750. The donations may comprehend all the present property of
the donor, or part thereof, provided he reserves, in full ownership or in
usufruct, sufficient means for the support of himself, and of all
relatives who, at the time of the acceptance of the donation, are by law
entitled to be supported by the donor. Without such reservation, the
donation shall be reduced in petition of any person affected. (634a)
Reservation of sufficient means for support of donor and relatives
 A donor may donate all his present property or part thereof provided he
reserves sufficient property in ownership or in usufruct for the support of
himself and of all relatives who are entitled to be supported by him at
the time of the perfection of the donation
 Present property means property which the donor can rightfully dispose
of at the time of the donation.
o The share in an existing inheritance is present property
although the heir has not yet entered into the possession of the
same.
 The donation of present property without the required reservation is not
null and void in its entirety; it is only subject to reduction by the court on
petition of the party prejudiced by the donation – the donor himself, any
dependent relative or creditor of the donor.
 The limitation applies to simple, remunerative and modal donations but
not to onerous ones which are governed by the law on obligations and
contracts, nor to donations mortis causa for they take effect only after
the donor’s death.
 Donations propter nuptias cannot exceed more than one-fifth of the
present property of the future spouses if in their marriage settlements
116
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
executed before the marriage, they agree upon a regime other than the
absolute community of property.4
Case doctrines
 When the dnor stated that she would continue to retain the “possession,
cultivation, harvesting and all other rights and atrtributes of ownership”
she meant only dominium utile, not the full ownership. The words “rights
and attributes of ownership” should be construed ejusdem generis with
the preceding rights of “possession, cultivation and harvesting”
expressly enumerated in the deed. (Cuevas v Cuevas)
Art. 751. Donations cannot comprehend future property.
By future property is understood anything which the donor
cannot dispose of at the time of the donation. (635)
Donation of future property… PROHIBITED!
 Future property is anything which the donor cannot dispose of at the
time of the donation. In other words, it is property that belongs to others
at the time the donation is made and it is immaterial that it may
subsequently belong to the donor.
 Nobody can dispose of that which does not belong to him. Nemo emo.
 Future inheritance cannot be donated because it is future property but
upon the death of his predecessor, the inheritance ceases to be future
and consequently, may be the object of donation even if the properties
constituting the inheritance have not yet been delivered.
 Property, the acquisition of which by the donor depends upon the
fulfillment of a suspensive condition, may be donated because, although
the property may be as to him still “future property”, the effects of the
fulfillment of the condition shall retroact to the day of the constitution of
the contract.
 Another reason is that the donor by desisting to acquire a future
property donated would be revoking the donation contrary to the rule
that donations inter vivos are irrevocable save for causes provided by
law.
4 Art. 82. Donations by reason of marriage are those which are made before its celebration, in
consideration of the same, and in favor of one or both of the future spouses. (126)
Art. 83. These donations are governed by the rules on ordinary donations established in Title III of
Book III of the Civil Code, insofar as they are not modified by the following articles. (127a)
Art. 84. If the future spouses agree upon a regime other than the absolute community of property,
they cannot donate to each other in their marriage settlements more than one-fifth of their present
property. Any excess shall be considered void.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Case doctrine
 A donor cannot lawfully convey what is not his property. Where a parcel
of land was the registered property of another, and the donee failed to
show how her donor acquired it from the registered owner, it is held that
the donor has no right, title or interest in said land which he could
lawfully convey.
Art. 752. The provisions of Article 750 notwithstanding, no person may
give or receive, by way of donation, more than he may give or receive
by will.
The donation shall be inofficious in all that it may exceed this
limitation. (636)
Amount of donation limited to what donor may give by will
 Article 752 makes applicable to donations the limitation on testamentary
disposition with respect to the amount thereof.
 The limitation is really on the right of the donor to give rather than on the
right of the donee to receive.
 A person may not donate more than he can give by will and a person
may not receive by way of donation more than what the donor is
allowed by law to give by will; otherwise, the donation shall be
inofficious and shall be reduced with regard to the excess.
 The limitation applies where the donor has forced or compulsory heirs.
The purpose is not to diminish the legitimes to which they are entitled.
o But the limitation is enforceable only after the death of the
donor because it is only then when it can be determined
whether or not the donation is inofficious; by contrasting its
value with the net value of the estate of the donor deceased.
o The donation is valid during the lifetime of the donor.
Donations of future property shall be governed by the provisions on testamentary succession and
the formalities of wills. (130a)
Art. 85. Donations by reason of marriage of property subject to encumbrances shall be valid. In
case of foreclosure of the encumbrance and the property is sold for less than the total amount of
the obligation secured, the donee shall not be liable for the deficiency. If the property is sold for
more than the total amount of said obligation, the donee shall be entitled to the excess. (131a)
117
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Art. 753. When a donation is made to several persons jointly, it is
understood to be in equal shares, and there shall be no right of
accretion among them, unless the donor has otherwise provided.
The preceding paragraph shall not be applicable to donations
made to the husband and wife jointly, between whom there shall be a
right of accretion, if the contrary has not been provided by the donor.
(637)
Donation to several donees jointly
 The rules are as follows:
1. The donation is understood to be in equal shares, unless the donor
has provided otherwise.
2. There shall be no right of accretion among the donees, unless the
donor has otherwise provided.
3. If the donees are husband and wife, there shall be aright of
accretion, if the contrary has not been provided by the donor.
 If there is no accretion among the donees, one cannot accept
independently for his co-donee who is not present.
Art. 754. The donee is subrogated to all the rights and actions which in
case of eviction would pertain to the donor. The latter, on the other
hand, is not obliged to warrant the things donated, save when the
donation is onerous, in which case the donor shall be liable for
eviction to the concurrence of the burden.
The donor shall also be liable for eviction or hidden defects in
case of bad faith on his part. (638a)
Rights and actions
 Here are the rules:
1. The donee is subrogated to all the rights and actions which in case
of eviction would pertain to the donor
2. If the donation is simple or remunerative, the donor is not liable for
eviction or hidden defects, becaue the donation is gratuitous;
3. Even if the donation is simple or remunerative, the donor is liable
for eviction or hidden defects in case of bad faith on his part
(knowingly donating a chicken with avian flu) or warranty is
expressly stipulated; and
4. If the donation is onerous (modal donation, according to de Leon),
the donor is liable on his warranty but only to the extent of the
burden.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Art. 755. The right to dispose of some of the things donated, or of
some amount which shall be a charge thereon, may be reserved by the
donor; but if he should die without having made use of this right, the
property or amount reserved shall belong to the donee. (639)
Donation with right of donor to dispose of part of object donated, reserved.
 The donor may reserve the right to dispose of some of the things or part
of the thing donated or some amount or income thereof.
 The donation is actually conditional, and the condition is fulfilled if the
donor dies without exercising the right he reserved, either by acts inter
vivos or mortis causa.
Ron donates to Harry a house and an apartment with the provision that Ron
could sell the house and give the rents (or a portion) of the apartment for 5
years to Frank. The donation of the house with a reservation of the right to
dispose should be considered mortis causa, and therefore, must follow the
formalities prescribed for making a will. The donation of the apartment is
inter vivos.
Art. 756. The ownership of property may also be donated to one person
and the usufruct to another or others, provided all the donees are
living at the time of the donation. (640a)
Naked ownership and usufruct separately donated
 The donor may donate separately the naked ownership (dominium
directum) to one person and the usufruct (dominium utile) to another.
 To be valid, the donee must be “living at the time of the donation”, which
is to be understood to refer to the time of the perfection of the donation.
 A donation to a child who was not yet conceived at the time it was made
is void.
 If the property donated is immovable, the formalities for donations of
real property must be complied with.
Art. 757. Reversion may be validly established in favor of only the
donor for any case and circumstances, but not in favor of other
persons unless they are all living at the time of the donation.
Any reversion stipulated by the donor in favor of a third
person in violation of what is provided in the preceding paragraph
shall be void, but shall not nullify the donation. (614a)
Donation with provision for reversion
118
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 The donor may provide for reversion, whereby the property shall go
back to the donor or some other person.
 It may be validly established for any case and circumstances.
 If the revision is in favor of other persons, they must be living at the time
of the donation.
 Thus, a reversion in favor of an unconceived child is void, but such
nullity shall not invalidate the donation. The reversion which is merely
an accessory clause is simply disregarded.
Art. 758. When the donation imposes upon the donee the obligation to
pay the debts of the donor, if the clause does not contain any
declaration to the contrary, the former is understood to be liable to pay
only the debts which appear to have been previously contracted. In no
case shall the donee be responsible for the debts exceeding the value
of the property donated, unless a contrary intention clearly appears.
(642a)
Art. 759. There being no stipulation regarding the payment of debts,
the donee shall be responsible therefor only when the donation has
been made in fraud of creditors.
The donation is always presumed to be in fraud of creditors,
when at the time thereof the donor did not reserve sufficient property
to pay his debts prior to the donation. (643)
Liability of donee to pay debts of donor
 Here are the rules.
1. Where donor imposes obligation upon the donee:
a. The donee is liable to pay only debts previously
contracted;
b. He is liable for subsequent debts only when there is a
stipulation to that effect; and
c. He is not liable for debts in excess of the value of the
donation received, unless the contrary is intended.
2. Where there is no stipulation regarding the payment of debts
a. The donee is generally not liable to pay the donor’s debts;
b. He is responsible therefore only if the donation has been
made in fraud of creditors (which is always presumed
when at the time of the donation the donor has not left
sufficient assets to pay his debts)
c. He is not liable beyond the value of the donation received.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Ordinarily, the donee should not be made liable to pay the donor’s debt
beyond the value of the thing donated.
Donation in fraud of creditors
 Presumed in fraud when at the time thereof the donor did not reserve
sufficient property to pay his debts prior to the donation.
 The creditors of the donor at the time of the donation may exercise the
subsidiary right of rescission when they cannot in any manner collect
the claims due them (accion pauliana) unless the property donated has
passed into the hands of a third person in good faith for value. In the
latter case, the donee shall answer for damages if he acted in bad faith.
Case doctrine
 Requisites for an accion pauliana:
1. Credit prior to alienation, even if demandable later
2. Debtor has made a subsequent contract conveying a patrimonial
benefit to a 3rd person
3. The creditor has no legal remedy to satisfy his claim
4. The act being impugned is fraudulent
5. The third person who received the property conveyed, if is by
onerous title, has been an accomplice in the fraud.
 But remember that accion pauliana is subsidiary.


CHAPTER 4
REVOCATION AND REDUCTION OF DONATIONS
Art. 760. Every donation inter vivos, made by a person having no
children or descendants, legitimate or legitimated by subsequent
marriage, or illegitimate, may be revoked or reduced as provided in the
next article, by the happening of any of these events:
(1) If the donor, after the donation, should have legitimate or
legitimated or illegitimate children, even though they be posthumous;
(2) If the child of the donor, whom the latter believed to be
dead when he made the donation, should turn out to be living; 

(3) If the donor subsequently adopt a minor child. (644a)
Grounds for revocation and reduction of donation
1. Revocation affects the whole donation and is allowed during the lifetime
of the donor. The grounds are:
a. Birth, appearance, or adoption of a child (760);
119
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
b. Non-fulfillment of a resolutory condition imposed by the donor
(764); and
c. Ingratitude of the donee. (765)
2. Reduction generally affects a portion only of the donation (unless the
donee has no free portion left) and is allowed during the lifetime of the
donor or after his death. The grounds are:
a. Failure of the donor to reserve sufficient means for support of
himself or dependent relatives; (750)
b. Failure of the donor to reserve sufficient property to pay off his
existing debts (759);
c. Inofficiousness, that is, the donation exceeds that which the
donor can give by will; (752, 771) and
d. Birth, appearance, or adoption of a child. (760)
 A donation that has been duly perfected in accordance with law should
stand until after its revocation should have been asked and granted in
the proper proceeding.
Birth, appearance, or adoption of a child
 This article applies to all donations inter vivos. It does not apply:
a. to donations mortis causa for they are revocable at will by the
donor (testator);
b. to onerous donations for they are really contracts; and
c. to donations propter nuptias for they are revocable only for the
causes provided in the Family Code – see Art 86 of the Fam
Code5.
 It is applicable when the donor, at the time he made the donation, did
not have any child or descendant or erroneously thought so; otherwise,
Article 771 in relation to Article 752 shall apply.
 Every donation is subject to revocation or reduction by the happening of
any of the events mentioned which are in the nature of implied
resolutory conditions.
Birth of a child
5 (3) When the marriage is annulled, and the donee acted in bad faith;
Art. 86. A donation by reason of marriage may be revoked by the donor in the following cases:
(1) If the marriage is not celebrated or judicially declared void ab initio except donations made in
the marriage settlements, which shall be governed by Article 81;
(2) When the marriage takes place without the consent of the parents or guardian, as required by
law;
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 Here, the donor had no child whether legitimate, legitimated, or
illegitimate at the time of the donation, and thereafter, a child was born
even if posthumous.
 What if the child was already conceived but not yet born, what provision
should apply, Article 760 or 771?
o It depends.
o If the donor was aware of such conception, Article 771. Hence,
he cannot revoke the donation upon the birth of the child.
o But, if he did not know of such conception when he made the
donation, the situation is similar to the appearance of an
absent child thought by the donor to be dead. For purposes of
the law, he had no child.
 The rule is that a conceived child is considered born
for all purposes favorable to it. Since to consider the
child as already born would make the donation
irrevocable and would be unfavorable to it, the
subsequent birth of the child should revoke or reduce
the donation.
Appearance of a child
 In this case, the donor had only one child whom he believed to have
already died at the time of the donation.
 The note says “child”, so the subsequent appearance of a descendant,
like a grandkid, would not revoke the donation
o But the donation may be reduced under Article 771 as
inofficious if it impairs the legitime of the descendant.
Adoption of a child
 The subsequent adoption of a minor child is also a ground for the
revocation or reduction of a donation.
 It’s an exception to the rule that a donation inter vivos shall be
irrevocable by the donor.
 Again, the law says “minor child”; hence the adoption of a person of
majority age although it is allowed in certain cases is not a ground under
No. 3.
(4) Upon legal separation, the donee being the guilty spouse; 

(5) If it is with a resolutory condition and the condition is complied with; 

(6) When the donee has committed an act of ingratitude as specified by the provisions of the Civil
Code on donations in general. (132a)
120
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
Case doctrine
 Revocation upon birth of a child and return of property to donor are not
self-operative or self-executory. There is a need for judicial action.
(Oracion v Juanillo)
Art. 761. In the cases referred to in the preceding article, the donation
shall be revoked or reduced insofar as it exceeds the portion that may
be freely disposed of by will, taking into account the whole estate of
the donor at the time of the birth, appearance or adoption of a child. (n)
Extent and basis of revocation or reduction
Birth, appearance, or adoption of a child.
 A person may not give by way of donation more than he may give by
will.
 The amount subject to revocation or reduction is, therefore, the excess
over the portion that may be freely disposed of by will.
 The basis of revocation or reduction is the value of the whole estate of
the donor at the time of the birth, appearance, or adoption of a child,
and not at the time of the death of the donor as in the case of inofficious
donations under Article 771.
o To the value of the estate shall be added the value of the
donation at the time it was made because it would have been
still part of the estate had not the donation been made.
 The burden of proof is on the plaintiff-donor who must allege and
establish the requirements prescribed by law.
In the case of inofficious donations.
 What is sought to be protected by Article 760 is only the prospective or
presumptive legitime of the child because that is the only portion which
cannot be disposed of.
 If the donation does not exceed the free portion at the time of the birth,
appearance, or adoption, there will be no revocation or reduction but it
may still be reduced under Article 771 if it cannot be covered by the free
portion computed as of the time of the donor’s death.
Let us suppose Ron who was then childless, donated a property worth P50
to Erin, a close “friend.” Subsequently, a child was born to Ron whose estate
at the time was P30. His total estate then including the value of the property
donated was P80.
Since the legitime of a legitimate child is ½ of the estate or P40, and
therefore, the free portion is also P40, the donation must be reduced by P10.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
But if the value of the estate was P70, the donation is not revoked or
reduced because it does not exceed the free portion of P60 [(P70 + 50)/2].
However, should the estate of Ron be less than P50, excluding the P50
donation, at the time of his death (for example, P40), it shall be subject to
reduction to the extent that it is inofficious (i.e. P50 – P45 [(P50+P40/2) =
P50) under article 771.
Case doctrines
 Donor has the burden to allege and establish the requirements
prescribed by law for which the annulment or reduction of the donation
can be based. (Cruz v CA)
Art. 762. Upon the revocation or reduction of the donation by the birth,
appearance or adoption of a child, the property affected shall be
returned or its value if the donee has sold the same.
If the property is mortgaged, the donor may redeem the
mortgage, by paying the amount guaranteed, with a right to recover the
same from the donee.
When the property cannot be returned, it shall be estimated at
what it was worth at the time of the donation. (645a)
Obligation of donee upon revocation or reduction
 In case of revocation or reduction under Article 760, the obligation of the
donee depends upon the situation of the property donated.
o If the property affected is still in his possession, he must return
the same.
o If he has sold the property, he must give its value.
o If the property has been mortgaged by him, and the donor
redeemed the mortgage, he must reimburse the donor.
o If the property cannot be returned, as when it ahs been lost or
destroyed, he must return its value at the time of the perfection
of the donation.
 It is presumed that the price at which the property is sold is its value.
o If the price is less than its actual value, the donee is not liable
for the difference absent proof of bad faith.
o When the property cannot be returned, its value shall be
determined not as of the time of the loss but as of the time of
the donation.
Art. 763. The action for revocation or reduction on the grounds set
forth in article 760 shall prescribe after four years from the birth of the
121
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
first child, or from his legitimation, recognition or adoption, or from the
judicial declaration of filiation, or from the time information was
received regarding the existence of the child believed dead.
This action cannot be renounced, and is transmitted, upon the
death of the donor, to his legitimate and illegitimate children and
descendants. (646a)
Prescription of action for revocation or reduction
 The donation is revoked ipso jure by operation of law, by the happening
of any of the events mentioned in Article 760.
o Hence, it is not really essential that an action be brought to
revoke the donation.
o BUT, the revocation is not self-operative or self-executory.
 If the donee should refuse to comply with his obligation under Article
762, resort to judicial action is necessary under Article 763. But since it
is the law itself that declares the revocation, the action is strictly not an
action to revoke but one to have the court expressly declare the
revocation which has already taken place by operation of law.
 The period within which to bring the action is 4 years. The time to start
counting depends upon the cause:
o Birth of the first child;
o From time of legitimation, recognition or adoption; or
o From judicial declaration of filiation
o From the time information was received regarding the
existence of the child believed dead.
 Not from the actual appearance of the absent child.
 If the donor dies within the period, the action is transmitted to his
legitimate and illegitimate children and descendants (not the spouse or
ascendants of the donor).
 In case more than one cause or ground for revocation or reduction
concur, the period of prescription must run from the earliest cause.
 Reduction of a donation upon the allegation of impairment of legitime is
not controlled by a particular prescriptive period for which reason the
period shall be governed under the ordinary rules of prescription. Under
Article 1144, the action must be brought within 10 years from the time
the right of action accrues, which is the death of the donor.
 The action cannot be waived. (Compare to the next article!)
Art. 764. The donation shall be revoked at the instance of the donor,
when the donee fails to comply with any of the conditions which the
former imposed upon the latter.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
In this case, the property donated shall be returned to the
donor, the alienations made by the donee and the mortgages imposed
thereon by him being void, with the limitations established, with regard
to third persons, by the Mortgage Law and the Land Registration Laws.
This action shall prescribe after four years from the
noncompliance with the condition, may be transmitted to the heirs of
the donor, and may be exercised against the donee's heirs. (647a)
Failure to comply with conditions
 A donation may be revoked in case of failure of the donee to comply
with “any of the conditions” imposed by the donor upon him.
 The word “conditions” actually refers to obligations, charges, or burdens
imposed by the donor; it may also refer to a resolutory condition. Hence,
what is contemplated are onerous or modal donations.
 Of course, it implies that there is an existing donation.
 The condition must be fulfilled within the period fixed by the donor.
o No period? The court shall determine such period as may have
been contemplated by the donor.
 In case the donee fails to comply, the property donated reverts to the
donor, along with the fruits of the property which the donee may have
received after having failed to fulfill the condition.
 If the property has been alienated or mortgaged, the alienation or
mortgage shall be void SUBJECT to the rights of innocent third persons
under registration laws who may have taken the property donated
without notice of the condition imposed. (Public policy baby!)
 In case of non-fulfillment by the donee of any of the conditions imposed
by the donor, the donation shall be revoked at the instance of the donor.
o But, the donor may instead file for an action of specific
performance to compel the donee to comply with the
conditions.
 The action must be brought within 4 years from the non-compliance with
the condition – it can only be brought by the donor or his heirs against
the donee’s heirs (compare to Articles 769 and 770).
 The death of the donor or the donee does not bar the action to revoke
for failure of the donee to comply with the conditions, provided the
prescriptive period has not yet expired.
 Unlike the action for revocation or reduction under Article 763, the
action may be waived because the condition is purely contractual in
nature.
Is court action necessary?
122
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 In any case, a court action is necessary if the donee refuses to return
the property or to comply with the conditions.
 The deed of donation, however, may provide that violation of any of its
conditions shall cause the automatic rescission of the contract. In such
case, upon the violation, the donation is automatically revoked, without
need of a judicial declaration.
o Except where the donee denies the donor’s right to rescind, in
which case, judicial intervention is necessary to determine
whether or not the rescission is proper.
 In the absence of an agreement in the donation providing of an
automatic rescission, a judicial declaration revoking said donation will
be necessary.
Case doctrines
 When land is donated on several express conditions, acceptance by the
donee will be understood to include all of the conditions not umistakably
rejected. (Barreto v Manila)
 When the donee has entered into possession of the property, effect will
be given to the donation according to the terms of the offer and
acceptance, although the formal deed has not been executed. (Barreto)
 If there is no fulfillment with the resolutory condition, the donation may
now be revoked and all rights which the donee may have acquired
under it shall be deemed lost and extinguished. (Central Phil University
v CA)
 Article 764 does not apply to onerous donations because onerous
donations are governed by the rules of Contracts. Hence, the
prescription period is 10 years, not 4 years. (De Luna v Abrigo)
o While courts are given the power to fix the duration when the
condition is to be fulfilled when none is given, if the facts show
that a reasonable period has already been allowed the donee
to avail of the opportunity to comply with the condition, then the
courts will no longer give the donee a period. (Central Phil Uni)
o The legal possibility of bringing the action begins with the
expiration of a reasonable opportunity of the donee to fulfill
what has been charged upon it by the donor. (Sec of Education
v Heirs of Dulay)
 Nothing in law prohibits parties from entering into an agreement that
violation of the terms of the contract would cause cancellation thereof
even without court intervention.
o In cases like these, judicial intervention is necessary not for
purposes of obtaining a judicial declaration rescinding a
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
contract already deemed rescinded but in order to determine
whether or not the rescission was proper. (De Luna)
 When the deed of donation expressly provides for automatic rescission
and reversion of the property donated, the rules on contract and the
general rules on prescription should apply, not 764. (Roman Catholic
Archbishop of Manila v CA)
o A donor cannot revoke the donation on the grounds for non-
compliance of an impossible condition. (Archbishop of Manila v
CA)
 A declaration of petitoner’s absolute ownership appears legally possible
only when the deed of donation is contextually declared peremptorily
revoked. (Dolar v Barangay Lublub)
 The act of selling property to a 3rd party cannot be considered as a valid
act of revocation of the deed of donation for the reason that a formal
case to revoke the donation must be filed which speaks of an action that
has a prescriptive period of 4 years from non-compliance with the
condition. In this case, there was no provision of automatic rescission,
thus placing the case within the ambit of Article 764. (Austria-Magat v
CA)
 When the donation is onerous and does not fix a period to comply with
the condition, the courts should fix a period to uphold the greatest
reciprocity of rights. If it is gratuitous, then they should not, to uphold the
least reciprocity of rights and interests.
 It’s important to determine whether or not the donation is onerous or not
so that we know what law to apply.
Art. 765. The donation may also be revoked at the instance of the
donor, by reason of ingratitude in the following cases:
(1) If the donee should commit some offense against the
person, the honor or the property of the donor, or of his wife or
children under his parental authority;
(2) If the donee imputes to the donor any criminal offense, or
any act involving moral turpitude, even though he should prove it,
unless the crime or the act has been committed against the donee
himself, his wife or children under his authority;

 (3) If he unduly refuses him support when the donee is
legally or morally bound to give support to the donor. (648a)
Revocation by reason of ingratitude of the donee
 Article 765 does not apply to donations mortis causa and onerous
donations.
123
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
 A donation propter nuptias may be revoked by the donor when the
donee has committed an act of ingratitude as specified in Article 765.
 The enumeration is exclusive and cannot be enlarged.
 The act of ingratitude must have been committed by the donee himself
because the duty of gratitude is personal. An act imputable to the
husband or wife or the hot mistress of the donee is not a ground for
revocation.
Offense against the donor, etc
 Criminal conviction is not needed. It is sufficient that the offense be
proved by mere preponderance of evidence in the action for revocation.
 If the offense is committed against a child who is no longer under
parental authority, the donation cannot be revoked.
Imputation to donor of any criminal offense, etc
 It is immaterial that the donee can prove his accusation or substantiate
his testimony against the donor.
o The exception is when the crime has been committed against
the donee himself, his wife or children under his parental
authority.
o The act involving moral turpitude may not amount to a crime.
Refusal to support the donor
 There are two requisites:
1. The refusal to support the donor must be undue, that is,
without just reason; and
2. The donee must be legally or morally bound to support the
donor.
 Note that ingratitude extends beyond failure to do a legal duty to support
and includes a moral duty to help. (donee is a friend who is penniless
and asks for help, and the donor shuns her away like a scorned lover.)
Case doctrine
 All crimes which offend the donor show ingratitude and are causes for
revocation. Any crime under the Revised Penal Code is one involving
moral turpitude. (Spouses Romulo v CA)
Art. 766. Although the donation is revoked on account of ingratitude,
nevertheless, the alienations and mortgages effected before the
notation of the complaint for revocation in the Registry of Property
shall subsist.
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
Later ones shall be void. (649)
Art. 767. In the case referred to in the first paragraph of the preceding
article, the donor shall have a right to demand from the donee the
value of property alienated which he cannot recover from third
persons, or the sum for which the same has been mortgaged.
The value of said property shall be fixed as of the time of the
donation. (650)
Effect of revocation on prior alienations and mortgages
If by non-compliance
 In case of revocation of a donation by non-compliance by the donee
with any of the conditions imposed, alienations and mortgages made by
the donee are void, subject only to the rights of innocent third persons.
The donor can recover from the donee:
o Only the value of the property donated at the time of the perfection
of the donation, OR
o The sum for which it was mortgaged.
Recovery cannot be had against the third person unless he acted in bad
faith as when had actual knowledge of the cause for revocation or the filing
of the action.
If by reason of ingratitude
 If the revocation is by reason of ingratitude, the alienations and
mortgages made by the donee before the complaint for revocation is
annotated in the Registry of Property shall subsist or are valid. Later
alienations and mortgages shall be void.
 The donor can recover the property from the transferee or
mortgagee.
The donation of land by Ron to Erin was made on July 10. Erin sold the land
to Tara on July 20. The act of ingratitude was done on July 30. The
complaint for revocation was annotated on August 10. Thus, the sale to Tara
is valid, and the remedy of Ron is to recover from Eric the value of the land
at the time of the donation.
If the sale was made after August 10, the sale is void and Ron can recover
the land from Tara.
If the act of ingratitude was committed on July 20, the sale on July 30 and
the complaint which was filed on July 25 and was annotated on July 31, but
124
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
at the time of the sale Tara was aware of the act of ingratitude committed by
Erin, or the pending action by Ron, the sale should not be considered valid
because Tara acted in bad faith, and so Ron can recover the land from her.
Art. 768. When the donation is revoked for any of the causes stated in
Article 760, or by reason of ingratitude, or when it is reduced because
it is inofficious, the donee shall not return the fruits except from the
filing of the complaint.
If the revocation is based upon noncompliance with any of the
conditions imposed in the donation, the donee shall return not only the
property but also the fruits thereof which he may have received after
having failed to fulfill the condition. (651)
Return by donee of the fruits of property donated
 The rules depend upon the cause of revocation or reduction
o If the cause is:
 the birth, appearance or adoption of a child, or
 ingratitude, or
 inofficiousness of the donation (because the donor did not
reserve sufficient means for support), or
 he donated more than he could give by will, then
 only the fruits accruing from the filing of the complaint
need be returned.
 It can be implied that the donation remains valid up to the
time of the filing of the complaint.
 If the cause is the non-fulfillment of any of the conditions imposed in the
donation, the fruits must be returned from the time of the breach of the
condition. The donation shall also return the property donated.
 In case of inofficious donation which exceeds the free disposal by will,
the donation takes effect during the lifetime of the donor, the donee
appropriates the fruits, and the reduction may be asked only after the
donor’s death.
Art. 769. The action granted to the donor by reason of ingratitude
cannot be renounced in advance. This action prescribes within one
year, to be counted from the time the donor had knowledge of the fact
and it was possible for him to bring the action. (652)
Renunciation and prescriptive period of action by reason of ingratitude
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 The action granted to the donor for revocation by reason of ingratitude,
like the action based on the birth, appearance, or adoption of a child
cannot be renounced in advance.
 What the law prohibits is waiver, prior to the commission of the act of
ingratitude.
 A past ingratitude can be the subject of a valid renunciation because the
renunciation can be considered as an act of magnanimity on the part of
the donor.
 The action prescribes…
1. Within one year from the time the donor had knowledge of the
act of ingratitude AND
2. It was possible for him to bring the action.
 To bar the action, the donee must show proof that the one-year period
has expired and it was possible for the donor to institute the said action
within the same period.
Art. 770. This action shall not be transmitted to the heirs of the donor,
if the latter did not institute the same, although he could have done so,
and even if he should die before the expiration of one year.
Neither can this action be brought against the heir of the
donee, unless upon the latter's death the complaint has been filed.
(653)
Transmission of action for revocation
 General rule: The action to revoke a donation by reason of ingratitude is
purely personal to the donor and cannot, as a rule, be transmitted to the
heirs.
 This is unlike the action for revocation based on the birth, appearance
or adoption of a child and the action based on non-compliance with the
condition of a donation.
 However, the particular circumstances of the case should be taken into
account to determine whether it was possible to bring the action. Hence,
the following exceptions wherein the heirs of the donors can ask for the
revocation:
1. If the donee killed the donor, or
2. If the donor dies without having known of the act of ingratitude,
or
3. If a criminal case against the donee was instituted by the
donor, but the donor dies before he could bring the civil action
for revocation; or
125
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam
PROPERTY NOTES
4. If the action for revocation has already been filed by the donor
before his death.
Action against heirs of donee
 The heirs of the donee are not held responsible for the acts of their
predecessor-donee. The act of ingratitude. (The sins of the father are
not the sins of the son… although, there are some instances where we
repeat the mistakes of our parents. General rule? Learn.)
 But if the donor has already filed the complaint before the donee’s
death, the suit may be continued against his heirs.
Art. 771. Donations which in accordance with the provisions of Article
752, are inofficious, bearing in mind the estimated net value of the
donor's property at the time of his death, shall be reduced with regard
to the excess; but this reduction shall not prevent the donations from
taking effect during the life of the donor, nor shall it bar the donee from
appropriating the fruits.
For the reduction of donations the provisions of this Chapter
and of Articles 911 and 912 of this Code shall govern. (654)
Reduction of inofficious donations
 Donations which are inofficious because they are more than what the
donor can give by will shall be reduced with regard to the excess upon
the death of the donor, after determining the net value of the estate.
 Thus, it follows that the donation is effective during the lifetime of the
donor and so, the donee, as owner of the property donated also
becomes owner of the fruits, although the donation should appear
inofficious.
 For donations propter nuptias, they may be reduced for being
inofficious. Being liberalities, they remain subject to reduction for
inofficiousness upon the donor’s death, if they should infringe the
legitime of a forced heir.
 The action to reduce the inofficious donation must be brought within 5
years from the time of the donor’s death.
 For reduction of donations, the following articles, quoted below shall
govern:
Art. 911. After the legitime has been determined in accordance with the
three preceding articles, the reduction shall be made as follows:
(1) Donations shall be respected as long as the legitime can be covered,
reducing or annulling, if necessary, the devises or legacies made in the will;
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
(2) The reduction of the devises or legacies shall be pro rata, without any
distinction whatever. 
 If the testator has directed that a certain devise or
legacy be paid in preference to others, it shall not suffer any reduction until
the latter have been applied in full to the payment of the legitime. 

(3) If the devise or legacy consists of a usufruct or life annuity, whose value
may be considered greater than that of the disposable portion, the
compulsory heirs may choose between complying with the testamentary
provision and delivering to the devisee or legatee the part of the inheritance
of which the testator could freely dispose. (820a)
Art. 912. If the devise subject to reduction should consist of real property,
which cannot be conveniently divided, it shall go to the devisee if the
reduction does not absorb one-half of its value; and in a contrary case, to the
compulsory heirs; but the former and the latter shall reimburse each other in
cash for what respectively belongs to them.
The devisee who is entitled to a legitime may retain the entire property,
provided its value does not exceed that of the disposable portion and of the
share pertaining to him as legitime. (821)
Art. 772. Only those who at the time of the donor's death have a right to
the legitime and their heirs and successors in interest may ask for the
reduction or inofficious donations.
Those referred to in the preceding paragraph cannot renounce
their right during the lifetime of the donor, either by express
declaration, or by consenting to the donation.
The donees, devisees and legatees, who are not entitled to the
legitime and the creditors of the deceased can neither ask for the
reduction nor avail themselves thereof. (655a)
Persons entitled to ask for reduction… who are they?
 For the reduction of inofficious donations,
1. those who at the time of the donor’s death have a right to the
legitime, and
2. their heirs, and
3. succesors in interest.
 The donor is not included, patay na siya eh. The inofficiousness can
only be determined after his death.
Who may not ask for reduction?
1. The donees, or
2. The devisees, or
3. The legatees, who are not entitled to the legitime.
126
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

4. Creditors of the deceased. (The remedy of creditors is to file a claim Transmissibility Transmitted to May be Generally, the
against the estate of the deceased, but not against the owners of the of action children and transmitted to action is not
donated property.) descendants of the donor’s transmitted to
the donor upon heirs and may the heirs of the
Renunciation of right to ask for reduction… can it be done? his death be exercised donor nor can
 The right to ask for the renunciation of inofficious donations cannot be against the the action be
renounced during the lifetime of the donor, ether by express declaration donee’s heirs filed against the
or by consenting to the donation. heirs of the
donee
773. If, there being two or more donations, the disposable portion is Effect of Property Property Property
not sufficient to cover all of them, those of the more recent date shall revocation affected shall be donated shall donated shall
be suppressed or reduced with regard to the excess. (656) 
 returned, or its be returned to be returned but
value if the the donor and alienations and
Reduction where there are two or more donations donee has sold the alienations mortgage
 The subsequent donations shall first be reduced and only if they are not the same, or and mortgages effected before
sufficient to cover the disposable portion should the earlier ones be The donor may are void subject the notation of
reduced also with regard to the excess. redeem the to the rights of the complaint
 If the two donations were perfected at the same time, the reduction mortgage on the innocent 3rd for revocation
should be proportionate unless otherwise provided by the donor. property, with a persons in the Registry
right to recover of Property
Rules on revocation… CHARTED! the property shall subsist
Liability for fruits Donee shall Donee shall Same as in first
REVOCATION, Birth, Non- Ingratitude return the fruits return the fruits column
based on… appearance, or compliance accruing from which he may
adoption of a with condition the filing of the have received
child or conditions complaint after having
Time of action Within 4 years Within 4 years Within 1 year failed to fulfill
from birth of first from non- from the time the condition
child, or compliance the donor had
From his with the knowledge of Rules on reduction… CHARTED!
legitimation, or condition the fact of the
Adoption, or ingratitude REDUCTION, Failure of Inofficiousnes Birth, Fraud
From the But if it’s an based on… the donor to s for being in appearanc against
judicial onerous reserve excess of e, or creditors
declaration of donation, within sufficient what the adoption of
filiation, or 10 years from means for donor can a child
From receipt or non-compliance support give by will
info regarding with the Time of action Any time by Within 10 Same as in The action
the existence of condition the donor or years first column for
the child by the (Santos v rescission
believed dead relatives Alana case, must be

127
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 
 ĺ
Ad Majorem Dei Gloriam

PROPERTY NOTES

entitled to based on brought Liability for Donee is Donee Donee, as Fruits of

support 1144) within 4 fruits entitled to appropriates owner, the
during the years from the fruits as the fruits as appropriate property
lifetime of Within 5 the owner of owner of the s the fruits affected
the donor years after perfection the property property of the shall also
the death of of the donated property be
the donor (if donation, not returned.
propter or at the affected by In case the
nuptias, latest, the donee
according to from the reduction, acted in
book) time the but with bad faith
creditor regard to and it
had the excess, should be
knowledge he shall be impossible
of the liable only for him to
donation for the return,
Transmissibili Not Transmitted Same as in Transmitte fruits from then
ty of action transmissibl to the donor’s first column d to the the filing of indemnify
e as the heirs as the creditor’s the the
duty to give donation heirs or complaint donor’s
support and shall be successor creditor for
the right to reduced as s-in- damages.
receive are regards the interest
personal in excess at Happy the man who finds wisdom, the man who gains understanding!
 --
nature time of the Proverbs 3:13
donor’s death
Effect of Reduced to Takes effect Same as in Property Thus you may walk in the way of good men, and keep to the paths of the
revocation the extent during the first column affected just. For the upright will dwell in the land, the honest will remain in it; But the
necessary lifetime of the shall be wicked will be cut off from the land, the faithless will be rooted out of it.
 --
to provide donor subject returned Proverbs 2:20-22
support to reduction by the
only upon his donee for
death with the benefit
regard to the of the
excess creditor
subject to
the rights
of innocent
third
persons

128
Mickey Ingles
Ateneo Law 2012
Librat: No stamping please! 